HomeMy WebLinkAbout011-19 - Ordinance - Land Use Code Amendments and Zoning MapORDINANCE NO. 011-19
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF PORT ORCHARD, WASHINGTON,
RELATING TO LAND USE AND ZONING; REPEALING CERTAIN SECTIONS
OF THE PORT ORCHARD MUNICIPAL CODE; REPEALING INTERIM
ORDINANCE 015-18; REPEALING ORDINANCE 019-17; REVISING
CHAPTERS IN TITLE 20 OF THE PORT ORCHARD MUNICIPAL CODE;
ADOPTING NEW CHAPTERS IN TITLE 20 OF THE PORT ORCHARD
MUNICIPAL CODE; ADOPTING A REVISED ZONING MAP; PROVIDING
FOR SEVERABILITY, CORRECTIONS, AND PUBLICATION; AND SETTING AN
EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, Title 20 (Unified Development Code) of the Port Orchard Municipal Code was
adopted on June 13, 2017 (Ordinance 019-17); and
WHEREAS, the City Council desires to update and revise the Zoning Code regulations of the
Unified Development Code and to adopt a corresponding updated Zoning Map and to ensure that these
revisions are consistent with other sections of Title 20, and
WHEREAS, the revisions to the draft Zoning Code have been reviewed and discussed in at least
19 public meetings starting on May 1, 2018 before the Planning Commission, Land Use Committee, and
City Council; and
WHEREAS, staff have presented revisions and new chapters of the Zoning Code and an updated
Zoning Map to the City Council; and
WHEREAS, on April 24, 2018, the City Council adopted interim self -storage regulations which
have been addressed in the updated Zoning Code (Ordinance 015-18); and
WHEREAS, between June 26, 2018 and July 30, 2018, the City conducted a survey of residents
and stakeholders seeking public input on possible zoning changes; and
WHEREAS, on July 12, 2018, the City provided the Department of Commerce with the required
60-day notice of the City's intent to amend the Zoning Code and Zoning Map; and
WHEREAS, on August 7, 2018, the City's Planning Commission held a public hearing on several
draft chapters of the amended Zoning Code; and
WHEREAS, on October 12, 2018, the City issued a SEPA Determination of Non -Significance, and
no comments or appeals were received; and
WHEREAS, on January 23, 2019, notification was sent to Port Orchard property owners whose
properties would have a significant change in the comprehensive plan designations and zoning
classifications of their properties based on the amended Zoning Map; and
Ordinance No. 011-19
Pap-e 2 of 8
WHEREAS, on February 5, 2019, the City's Planning Commission held a public hearing on the full
draft of the amended Zoning Code and Zoning Map; and
WHEREAS, on February 5, 2019, the Planning Commission voted unanimously to recommend
approval of the Zoning Code and Zoning Map update as presented with minor revisions; and
WHEREAS, on February 19, 2019, the City Council reviewed the Zoning Code and Zoning Map
update during its work-study meeting; and
WHEREAS, on February 25, 2019, the Land Use Committee of the City Council approved moving
the Zoning Code and Zoning Map update to the full Council for adoption; and
WHEREAS, the adoption of the Zoning Code update requires the repeal of POMC Chapters
20.30, 20.34 and 20.46, and Section 20.02.050; and
WHEREAS, the City has received public comments on the proposed Zoning Code update, and
these comments were logged and provided to the Planning Commission and City Council for review; and
WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to adopt zoning classifications and development regulations
that encourage affordable housing, promote sustainable development, provide necessary urban
services, and support economic growth and development, consistent with the City of Port Orchard's
mandate to protect the welfare of its citizens; and
WHEREAS, the proposed Zoning Code update implements numerous comprehensive plan goals
and policies including:
Goals:
• LU Goal 6: Reduce congestion and greenhouse gas emissions, promote public health,
reduce auto dependency, and increase multimodal transportation opportunities for
accessing retail services, health care services, and places of employment.
• TR Goal 21: Promote environmentally sensitive and "green" transportation solutions.
• Policies:LU-1: Ensure that land use and zoning regulations maintain and enhance
existing single-family residential neighborhoods, while encouraging that new
development provides a mixed range of housing types.
• LU-3: Update and establish building and site design standards that support an attractive
and functional built environment in all areas of the City.
• LU-5: Ensure land use and development regulations enable a supply of housing units
within the city and adjacent UGA that will accommodate forecasted population
growth.
Ensure land use and development regulations enable a supply of commercial retail
and office space within the city and adjacent UGA that will accommodate forecasted
employment growth.
Ordinance No. 011-19
Page 3 of 8
• LU-6: Ensure adequate land is available for light industrial and commercial uses,
including high technology, medical, and office uses, in appropriate areas to diversify
Port Orchard's economic base and provide for the community's changing needs.
• LU-15: Evaluate a range of incentives to encourage compact development to
preserve open space throughout the city, possibly to include density credits,
incentive zoning, and transfer of development rights.
• LU-20: Ensure orderly development, concurrency of infrastructure provision, and
protection of environmentally sensitive areas through an effective and predictable
permitting process.
• LU-25: Incorporate the following principles in planning for commercial areas:
o Create lively and attractive places at a human scale.
o Support a mix of retail, office, and residential uses in multistory structures.
o Create transitions between commercial areas and surrounding residential
neighborhoods.
o Protect residential areas from excessive noise, exterior lighting, glare, visual
nuisances, and other conditions that detract from the quality of the living
environment.
o Encourage multi -modal transportation options, especially during peak traffic
periods.
o Promote an intensity and density of land uses sufficient to support effective
transit and pedestrian activity.
o Promote a street pattern that provides through connections, pedestrian and
vehicular access.
o Establish urban and architectural design standards that support an attractive
and functional pedestrian environment, such as block size limits and
requiring street -facing windows and doors.
o Encourage pedestrian travel to and within commercial areas by providing:
o Safe and attractive walkways.
o Close groupings of land uses.
o Parking lot design that provides safe walking routes and pedestrian
connections between adjacent properties.
o Off-street surface parking to the backs or sides of buildings to maximize
pedestrian access from the sidewalk(s).
LU-26: Require adequate transitions between different land uses to mitigate
potential negative impacts of noise, light, and air pollution.
LU-27: Require new development to provide connections to and through -access for
existing and planned trails and roads. Explore strategies to encourage existing
development to provide the same as part of a city- and region -wide trail and open
space network.
LU-28: In conjunction with the proposed Centers strategy, enhance downtown Port
Orchard's role as the center of the South Kitsap region, reflecting the following
principles in development standards and land use plans:
o Encourage land uses that support transit centers and promote pedestrian
activity.
Ordinance No. 011-19
Page 4 of 8
o Promote a mix of uses, including retail, office, and housing.
o Encourage uses that will provide both daytime and evening activities.
o Support civic, cultural, and entertainment activities.
o Provide sufficient public open space and recreational opportunities.
o Enhance, and provide access to, the waterfront.
o Develop enhanced design guidelines and design review requirements that
promote attractive, pedestrian -scale development and redevelopment
within the City's historic downtown area.
• HS-2: Support the development of a variety of housing types, including apartments,
townhomes, mixed -use (residential and other uses) and live -work development,
small -lot and zero lot line single-family homes, and manufactured homes, as well as
traditional single-family homes, through innovative planning, efficient and effective
administration of land and building codes, and, where available, applicable financial
assistance.
• HS-4: Adopt zoning and development regulations that will have the effect of minimizing
housing costs and maximizing housing options.
• HS-10: Encourage the development of vertical multi -family housing above ground
floor commercial uses within centers of local importance.
• HS-16: Consider increasing maximum housing densities and implementing minimum
housing densities in appropriate areas.
• HS-19: Consider commercial building design standards that establish and protect
neighborhood character.
• HS-25 Encourage energy efficient housing types that conserve non-renewable energy
and help minimize impact on air quality and climate.
• ED-6: The City shall encourage residential and commercial growth in mixed -use local
centers where job opportunities and a diverse mix of retail and office activities are
concentrated.
• ED-18: The City shall allow traditional home occupations as permitted by local
regulations, including live -work units.
• ED-27: The City shall, through changes to the land use code, encourage mixed use
developments within centers of local importance that will enhance the visual,
economic, and environmental quality of these areas and improve the transition
between commercial and residential districts.
• ED-28: The City shall require pedestrian orientation for non-residential uses and
office or residential uses above ground floor retail uses within centers of local
importance.
• ED-29: The City shall encourage the redevelopment of strip commercial areas
through changes to the land use code, landscaping code, and signage code.
• TR-3: Require new development and redevelopment to incorporate transit, pedestrian
and other non -motorized transportation improvements, including bus shelters and/or
pullouts, sidewalks, pathways, crosswalks, and bicycle lanes.
• TR-11: Require developers to provide on -site and off -site road, safety, and other
transportation improvements where necessary to serve the needs of the proposed
Ordinance No. 011-19
Page 5 of 8
developments and mitigate the impacts of their development on the surrounding
neighborhoods.
• TR-58: Set minimum bicycle parking quantities and secure bicycle parking and
storage standards for private development.
• TR-81: Develop design guidelines and standards for street wise landscaping,
sidewalks, and maintenance within new developments.
WHEREAS, on February 19, 2019, the City Council reviewed the Zoning Code and Zoning Map
update at its regularly scheduled meeting; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the amendments to the Zoning Code and Zoning Map:
• Implement the 2018 Port Orchard Comprehensive Plan;
• Ensure that sensitive natural resources and critical areas are protected;
• Encourage urban development within the City of Port Orchard consistent with the
Growth Management Act, the Countywide Planning Policies, and the Regional Growth
Strategy;
• Encourage economically sound, fiscally sustainable, orderly, and compatible land
development practices in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan;
• Will promote housing type diversity and affordability;
• Will ensure high quality attractive development;
• Support increased mixing of uses within developments and neighborhoods as a strategy
for reducing traffic, increasing walkability, and providing alternatives to single occupant
vehicle travel;
• Support the revitalization of downtown Port Orchard while protecting views;
• Maintains property rights and preservation of property values;
• Ensure an adequate supply of self-service storage facilities to serve the needs of Port
Orchard residents;
• Ensure an adequate supply of fueling stations to serve the needs of Port Orchard
residents;
• Protect the rural lands surrounding Port Orchard by allowing rural development rights
to be transferred into the City;
• Provide a process to allow accessory dwelling units, as a source of affordable housing
and income for city residents;
• Ensure public health and safety by requiring neighborhood connectivity in new
residential subdivisions;
• Encourage bicycling by ensuring the availability of bicycle parking;
• Provide parking and charging infrastructure in support of electric vehicles;
• Take actions in support of reducing greenhouse gas emissions;
• Ensure that appropriate landscape buffers are provided between different land uses
that may be incompatible;
• Protect and preserve significant trees and ensure a healthy future forest canopy in Port
Orchard; and
WHEREAS, the City Council desires to repeal the above referenced chapters of the POMC, and to
adopt the Zoning Code update as presented; now therefore,
Ordinance No. 011-19
Page 6 of 8
THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PORT ORCHARD, WASHINGTON, DOES HEREBY ORDAIN AS
FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1. Findings. The City Council hereby adopts the above recitals as findings in support of
this ordinance.
SECTION 2. POMC Chapters Repealed. Chapters 20.30, 20.34 and 20.46 of the Port Orchard
Municipal Code are hereby repealed in their entirety.
SECTION 3. POMC Section Repealed. Section 20.02.050 of the Port Orchard Municipal Code is
hereby repealed in its entirety.
SECTION 4. POMC New Chapters Adopted. The new chapters of POMC Title 20 — Unified
Development Code, Chapters 20.30 , 20.31, 20.32, 20.33, 20.34, 20.35, 20.36, 20.37, 20.39, 20.40, 20.41,
20.68 and 20.129, attached as Exhibit 1 hereto and incorporated fully herein by this reference, are
hereby adopted in their entirety.
SECTION 5. POMC Chapters Amended. POMC Title 20 — Unified Development Code, Chapters
20.06, 20.12, 20.22, 20.38, 20.54, 20.58, 20.100, 20.122, 20.124, 20.128 and 20.139, attached as Exhibit
2 hereto and incorporated fully herein by this reference, are hereby amended to read as shown in
Exhibit 2.
SECTION 6. POMC Sections Amended. POMC Title 20 — Unified Development Code, Sections
20.127.020 and 20.127.340, attached as Exhibit 3 hereto and incorporated fully herein by this reference,
are hereby amended to read as shown in Exhibit 3.
SECTION 7. Interim Ordinance Repeal. Ordinance 015-18 is hereby repealed in its entirety.
SECTION 8. Ordinance Repealed. Ordinance 019-17 is hereby repealed in its entirety.
SECTION 9. Revised Zoning Map Adopted. The revised Zoning Map presented to the City Council
as "Alternative 2 Zoning Map", attached as Exhibit 4 "Zoning Map" hereto and incorporated fully herein
by this reference, is hereby adopted.
SECTION 10. Severability. Should any section, paragraph, sentence, clause, or phrase of this
ordinance, or its application to any person or circumstance, be declared unconstitutional or otherwise
invalid by a court, board, or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, for any reason, or should any portion of
this ordinance be pre-empted by state or federal law or regulation, such decision or preemption shall
not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to other persons or
circumstances.
SECTION 11. Corrections. Upon the approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk is authorized to
make any necessary corrections to this ordinance including, but not limited to, the correction of
scrivener's/clerical errors, references, ordinance numbering, section/subsection numbers, and any
reference thereto.
Ordinance No. 011-19
Page 7 of 8
SECTION 12. Effective Date; Publication. This ordinance shall take effect and be in full force and
effect five days after publication, as provided by law. An approved summary of this ordinance consisting
of the title shall be published in the official newspaper of the City.
PASSED by the City Council of the City of Port Orchard, APPROVED by the Mayor and
attested by the Clerk in authentication of such passage this 12th day of March 2019.
ATTEST:
randy Rrnearson, MMC, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Cr�on Cates, City Attorney
PUBLISHED: March 22, 2019
EFFECTIVE DATE: March 27, 2019
`55511 l l l! l i Ilrrrrr
i90
Robert Putaa suu, Mayor =v:+ p �
�S� � AT _SPONS
L�
Scott Diener, Councilmember
Ordinance No. 011-19
Page 8 of 8
EXHIBITS: Exhibit 1— New Chapters of the POMC
Exhibit 2 — Amended Chapters of the POMC
Exhibit 3 — Amended POMC Sections 20.127.020 and 20.127.340
Exhibit 4 — Zoning Map
NOTICE OF CITY OF PORT ORCHARD
ORDINANCE
The following is a summary of an Ordinance approved by the Port Orchard City Council at their regular Council
meeting held March 12, 2019.
ORDINANCE NO. 011-19
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF PORT ORCHARD, WASHINGTON,
RELATING TO LAND USE AND ZONING; REPEALING CERTAIN SECTIONS OF
THE PORT ORCHARD MUNICIPAL CODE; REPEALING INTERIM
ORDINANCE 015-18; REPEALING ORDINANCE 019-17; REVISING
CHAPTERS IN TITLE 20 OF THE PORT ORCHARD MUNICIPAL CODE;
ADOPTING NEW CHAPTERS IN TITLE 20 OF THE PORT ORCHARD
MUNICIPAL CODE; ADOPTING A REVISED ZONING MAP; PROVIDING FOR
SEVERABILITY, CORRECTIONS, AND PUBLICATION; AND SETTING AN
EFFECTIVE DATE.
Copies of Ordinance No. 011-19 are available for review at the office of the City Clerk of the City of Port Orchard.
Upon written request, a statement of the full text of the Ordinance will be mailed to any interested person without
charge. Thirty days after publication, copies of Ordinance No. 011-19 will be provided at a nominal charge.
City of Port Orchard
Brandy Rinearson
City Clerk
Published: Friday, March 22, 2019
Chapter 20.06
CODE AMENDMENTS
Sections:
20.06.025 Legislative zoning map amendments.
20.06.025 Legislative zoning map amendments. For the purposes of Title 20, the city's zoning map shall
be considered a development regulation. However, individual parcels or small groups of parcels shall
not be rezoned through the process described in POMC 20.06, except in cases where a mapping error
has occurred. Instead, the site -specific rezone process described in chapter 20.42 shall be used for
these proposals. Changes to the zoning map affecting large areas of the city may be initiated through
the process in chapter 20.06, provided that such changes are found to be consistent with the city's
Comprehensive Plan and/or are part of an effort to implement the city's Comprehensive Plan.
Chapter 20.12
DEFINITIONS
The definitions in this chapter shall apply to Title 20 unless a specific definition is set forth in a
subsequent section, chapter, or subtitle in which case that definition shall apply but be limited to that
section, chapter, or subtitle as specified therein.
"Accessible electric vehicle charging station" means an electric vehicle charging station where the
battery charging station equipment is located within accessible reach of a barrier -free access aisle
(minimum 44-inch width) and the electric vehicle.
"Accessory dwelling unit" means a separate, complete dwelling unit attached to or contained within the
structure of the primary use or a detached single-family residential dwelling unit (accessory apartment),
or contained within a separate structure that is accessory to the primary use or detached single-family
dwelling unit (backyard cottage) on the premises. Also see 20.39.600.
"Adequate public facilities" means facilities which have the capacity to serve development without
decreasing levels of service below locally established minimums. (WAC 365-196-210(3).)
"Aggrieved person" means:
(1) The applicant and the owner of property to which the land use decision is directed; or
(2) Another person aggrieved or adversely affected by the land use decision, or who would be aggrieved
or adversely affected by a reversal or modification of the land use decision. A person is aggrieved or
adversely affected within the meaning of this section only when all of the following conditions are
present:
(a) The land use decision has prejudiced or is likely to prejudice that person;
(b) That person's asserted interests are among those that the local jurisdiction was required to
consider when it made the land use decision;
(c) A judgment in favor of that person would substantially eliminate or redress the prejudice to
that person caused or likely to be caused by the land use decision; and
(d) The petitioner has exhausted his or her administrative remedies to the extent required by law.
"Agricultural processing" means preparing harvested crops or products of animal or poultry husbandry
for marketing, transportation or further processing. Also see 20.39.500.
"Agricultural products" means items resulting from the practice of agriculture, including crops such as
flowers, fruits, vegetables, grains, seed, feed, and plants, or animal products such as eggs, milk, and
meat, or animal byproducts such as fertilizer. Also see 20.39.500.
"Alley" means a public or private access way, either unimproved or improved, which provides a
secondary means of vehicular access to abutting property. Alley width shall be considered the distance
between the alley right-of-way lines.
"Alteration" means:
(1) A change or rearrangement of the structural parts or exit facilities, or an enlargement by extending
the sides or increasing the height or depth, or the moving from one location to another.
"Animal — Small" means animals, other than livestock or animals considered predatory or wild, which
are kept outside a dwelling unit all or part of the time. Animals considered predatory or wild shall be
considered small animals when they are taken into captivity for the purposes of breeding,
domestication, training, hunting or exhibition.
"Appeal" means to seek review of a decision or determination from a higher authority. An appeal may
be from a staff decision or determination to the examiner; or from an examiner decision to the city
council; or from a city council decision to the superior court or other court of competent jurisdiction;
however, some permit processes follow different appeal procedures, which procedures are set forth in
the corresponding chapter.
"Applicant" means the owner of land proposed for land development or use or its representative who
shall have express written authority to act on behalf of the owner. Written consent shall be required
from the legal owner of the property.
"Arborist" means an individual trained in the art and science of planting, caring for, and maintaining
individual trees, and who is currently certified by the International Society of Arboriculture.
"Available public facilities" means that public facilities are in place, or a financial commitment has been
made to provide the facilities concurrent with development. For the purposes of transportation
facilities, "concurrent with development" means that the improvements or strategies are in place at the
time of development or that a financial commitment is in place to complete the improvements or
strategies within six years. (RCW 36.70A.070 (6)(b).)
"Awning" means an architectural projection for a building that is wholly supported by the building to
which it is attached and comprised of a lightweight rigid skeleton structure over which a covering is
attached.
"Battery charging station" means an electrical component assembly or cluster of component assemblies
designed specifically to charge batteries within electric vehicles, which meet or exceed any standards,
codes, and regulations set forth by Chapter 19.28 RCW and consistent with rules adopted under
RCW 19.27.540.
"Battery electric vehicle (BEV)" means any vehicle that operates exclusively on electrical energy from an
off -board source that is stored in the vehicle's batteries, and produces zero tailpipe emissions or
pollution when stationary or operating.
"Biologist" means a person who has a minimum of a bachelor of science degree in biological sciences or
a related field from an accredited college or university and two or more years of experience; or a person
who has five or more years of experience as a practicing biologist.
"Binding site plan" means a drawing to scale which: (a) identifies and shows the areas and locations of
all streets, roads, improvements, utilities, open spaces, and any other matters identified in chapter
20.94 herein; (b) contains inscriptions or attachments setting forth such appropriate limitations and
conditions for the use of the land as are established by the decision -maker with authority to approve the
site plan; and (c) contains provisions making any development be in conformity with the site plan.
"Block" is a group of lots, tracts or parcels within well-defined and fixed boundaries.
2
"Board" means the design review board (DRB), which makes recommendations to the development
director or designee. Also see Chapter 2.78 POMC.
"Bond" means a form of security provided by a bonding company in an amount and form satisfactory to
the city attorney, intended to ensure that required improvements are installed and/or maintained,
and/or to otherwise guarantee compliance with applicable provisions of this Title.
"Boundary line adjustment" means a division made for the purpose of alteration by adjusting boundary
lines, between platted or unplatted lots or both, which does not create any additional lot, tract, parcel,
site or division nor create any lot, tract, parcel, site or division which contains insufficient area and
dimensions to meet minimum requirements for width and area for a buildable lot pursuant to this Title.
"Brushing" means an allowed practice of removing ground cover, shrubs and vegetation not defined as a
tree to create better visibility on a site for purposes of public safety, surveying or marketing.
"Buffer" means a nonclearing native vegetation area which is intended to protect the functions and
values of critical areas.
"Building" means any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.
"Building area" means the area included within the surrounding interior walls of a building or portion
thereof, exclusive of courts.
"Building envelope" means the area of a lot that delineates the limits of where a building may be placed
on the lot.
"Building facade" means that portion of any exterior elevation of a building extending from the grade of
the building to the top of the parapet wall or eaves for the entire width of the building elevation.
"Building height" means, except when otherwise specified in this code, the vertical distance from grade
plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.
"Building official" means the city employee designated as the building official, or the consultant to the
city who has been designated by contract as the building official.
"Building permit" means the permit required for new construction and additions pursuant to the city's
adopted building code. The term "building permit," as used herein, shall not be deemed to include:
permits required for temporary dwellings; or permits required for remodeling, rehabilitation, or other
improvements to an existing structure or rebuilding a damaged or destroyed structure, provided there is
no increase in the applicable unit of measure (for nonresidential construction) or number of dwelling
units (for residential construction) resulting therefrom.
"Building site" means the physical portion of the real property upon which the structures are situated
within one lot, and which portion of the lot satisfies the applicable zoning code standards for physical
placement, lot coverage, construction of structures, critical areas buffers and setbacks, and all other
location and dimensional requirements for the structures.
3
"Business or occupation of outdoor advertising" shall mean the business of renting or selling space by
the owner of any billboard or outdoor advertising structure to any other party for valuable
consideration.
"Caliper" means the diameter of a tree trunk, applied only to new or replacement nursery -grown trees,
measured six inches above the ground for up to and including four -inch caliper size trees and 12 inches
above the ground for larger size trees.
"Campground" means an area of land on which accommodations for temporary occupancy, such as
tents or recreational vehicles without hook-up facilities, are permitted and which is used primarily for
recreational purposes on an extended basis over a season or year-round and/or as a commercial
activity. Also see 20.39.340.
"Capital facilities" means the facilities or improvements included in a capital facilities plan.
"Capital facilities plan" means the capital facilities plan element of the city's comprehensive plan
adopted pursuant to Chapter 36.70A RCW, and any amendments to the plan, which may include by
reference a capital facilities plan of the school district within the city.
"Charging level" means the standardized indicators of electrical force, or voltage, at which an electric
vehicle's battery is recharged. Levels 1, 2, and 3 are defined by the electrical output, per the following
specifications:
(1) Level 1. Voltage including the range from zero through 120.
(2) Level 2. Voltage is greater than 120 and includes 240.
(3) Level 3. Voltage is greater than 240 and is considered fast or rapid charging.
"City" means the City of Port Orchard, Washington.
"City clerk" means the city employee appointed to that position in accordance with the provisions of
POMC Title 2.
"City Council" means the city council of the City of Port Orchard, Washington.
"City engineer" means the city employee appointed to that position in accordance with the provisions of
POMC Title 2.
"Clearing" or "land clearing," for purposes of this chapter, means the direct and indirect removal of
trees, including topping and limbing, and the destruction, disturbance or removal of other vegetation
from any public or private undeveloped, partially developed, or developed lot, public lands, public right-
of-way, or utility easement by physical, chemical, or other means. This shall also include any destructive
or inappropriate activity applied to a tree or other vegetation that will result in its death or effectively
destroy the functionality. "Clearing" shall not include landscape maintenance, brushing, or pruning
consistent with accepted horticultural practices which does not impair the health, survival or function of
trees or other vegetation. Any proposed activities within a critical area or buffer requires compliance
with POMC 20.162.
"Closed record appeal" means an administrative appeal that is heard by the Hearing Examiner. See
POMC 2.76.150.
4
"Closed record appeal hearing" means a hearing held pursuant to POMC 2.76.150.
"Closed record public hearing" means a public hearing before the city council following an open record
hearing, in which no new evidence is considered or allowed. Oral argument shall be permitted in favor
or against the recommendation of the hearing examiner; however, such oral arguments shall be strictly
limited in accordance with this provision.
"Commission" means the planning commission of the city of Port Orchard, Washington.
"Common ownership" means ownership by the same person, corporation, firm, entity, partnership or
unincorporated association, or ownership by different corporations, firms, partnerships, entities or
unincorporated associations, in which a stockbroker, partner or associate, or a member of his family
owns an interest in each corporation, firm, partnership, entity or unincorporated association.
"Community residential facility (CRF)" means living quarters meeting applicable federal and state
standards that function as a single housekeeping unit and provide supportive services for a group of
individuals comprising more than a family (eight or more individuals excluding staff), including but not
limited to counseling, rehabilitation, and medical supervision, including drug and alcohol detoxification
but excluding prisoner release participants.
"Community residential facility (CRF) — Prisoner release" means living quarters meeting applicable
federal and state standards that function as a single housekeeping unit and provide supportive services
for a group of individuals comprising more than a family (eight or more individuals excluding staff),
including but not limited to counseling, rehabilitation, and medical supervision, excluding drug and
alcohol detoxification, specifically for prisoner release participants and programs such as halfway
houses.
"Comprehensive plan" or "Comprehensive land use plan" means the plan adopted in chapter 20.03 of
the Port Orchard Municipal Code, pursuant to Chapter 36.70A RCW.
"Concurrency" or "concurrent with development" means that adequate public facilities are available
when the impacts of development occur, or within a specified time thereafter. This definition includes
the concept of "adequate public facilities" as defined above. For the purposes of transportation
facilities, concurrent with development means that strategies or improvements are in place at the time
of development or that a financial commitment is in place to complete the improvements or strategies
within six years. (RCW 36.70A.070(6)(b).)
"Consistency" means that no feature of a plan or regulation is incompatible with any other feature of a
plan or regulation. Consistency is indicative of a capacity for orderly integration or operation with other
elements in a system.
"Construction — New" means structures for which the start of construction commenced on or after the
effective date of the ordinance codified in this title and preceding ordinances.
"Council": See "City Council".
"Courtyard" means a space, open and unobstructed to the sky, located at or about grade level on a lot
and bounded on three or more sides by the walls of a building.
5
"Coverage — Site" means the percentage of the area of a lot or site that is built upon or covered over
with impervious materials.
"Critical areas" means any of those areas in the city which are subject to natural hazards or those lands
with features which support unique, fragile, or valuable natural resources, including fish, wildlife, and
other organisms and their habitat and such resources which in their natural state carry, hold or purify
water.
"Critical areas" means those areas identified as:
(1) Wetlands;
(2) Areas with a critical recharging effect on aquifers used for potable water;
(3) Fish and wildlife habitat conservation areas;
(4) Geologically hazardous areas; and
(5) Frequently flooded areas.
"Critical facilities" means those facilities necessary to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
These facilities include but are not limited to schools, hospitals, police stations, fire departments and
other emergency response facilities, and nursing homes. Critical facilities also include sites of hazardous
material storage or production.
"Critical root zone" means the area where the tree's roots are located and is the area surrounding a tree
measured at a radial distance from the trunk equal to one foot for every one -inch diameter of tree.
"Cul-de-sac" means a road closed at one end by a circular area of sufficient size for turning large
emergency response vehicles.
"DBH" means diameter at breast height. DBH is a tree's diameter in inches at four and one-half feet
above the ground at the lowest point surrounding the trunk, and is used to measure existing trees on a
site. On multi -stemmed or multi-trunked trees, the diameter shall be the diameter equivalent to the
sum of trunk areas measured at DBH.
"Dedication" means the deliberate appropriation of land or rights in land by its owner for any general
and public use, reserving to himself or herself no other rights than such as are compatible with the full
exercise and enjoyment of the public use to which the property has been devoted. The intention to
dedicate shall be evidenced by deed, or other instrument of conveyance, or by dedication on a duly filed
and recorded plat (or short plat). Dedications by Short Plat may require City Council acceptance.
"Department" means the City of Port Orchard, Washington Department of Community Development or
its successor agency, unless otherwise specified.
"Designated accessible space" means an accessible parking space required by WAC 51-50-005 and
designated for the exclusive use of parking vehicles with a State Disabled Parking Permit.
"Design review board" see "Board"
0
"Detention facilities" means stormwater facilities designed to store runoff while gradually releasing it at
a predetermined controlled rate. "Detention facilities" shall include all appurtenances associated with
their designed functions, maintenance and security.
"Developer" means the person or entity that owns or has development control over property for which
development activity is proposed.
"Development activity" or "development" means any construction or expansion of a building, structure,
or use; any change in the use of a building or structure; or any changes in the use of the land that
creates additional demand for public facilities (such as a change which results in an increase in the
number of vehicle trips to and from the property, building or structure) and requires a development
permit from the city. (RCW 82.02.090(1)).
"Development agreement" means the agreements authorized in RCW 36.70B.170.
"Development approval" means any written authorization from the city that authorizes the
commencement of a development activity.
"Development approval authority" means the city official or tribunal having code authority to approve a
development.
"Development site" means the legal boundaries of the parcel or parcels of land for which an applicant
has or should have applied for authority from the City to carry out a development activity.
"Director" or "development director" means the Community Development Director of the City of Port
Orchard or his or her duly authorized designee, or as otherwise indicated in this title.
"Dock" means a floating or fixed platform used as a landing place for marine transport or for
recreational purposes and attached to the shore or a fixed pier by a loosely coupled ramp.
"Domestic water system" means any system providing a supply of potable water which is deemed
adequate pursuant to RCW 19.27.097 for the intended use of the development.
"Downtown marquee" means the marquee located at the 700 and 800 blocks of Bay Street and adjacent
streets and which was constructed with funds from LID No. 6S.
"Drip line" of a tree means an imaginary line on the ground created by the horizontal projection of the
foliage at its greatest circumference.
"Dwelling unit" means one or more rooms designed for occupancy by a person or family for living and
sleeping purposes, containing kitchen facilities, lavatory, and closet, and rooms with internal
accessibility, for use solely by the dwelling's occupant, including but not limited to bachelor, efficiency,
and studio apartments, and modular and manufactured homes.
"Easement" means a right granted by the owner of land to another party for specific limited use of that
land.
7
"Electric scooters and motorcycles" means any two -wheel vehicle that operates exclusively on electrical
energy from an off -board source that is stored in the vehicle's batteries and produces zero emissions or
pollution when stationary or operating.
"Electric vehicle" means any vehicle that operates, either partially or exclusively, on electrical energy
from the grid, or an off -board source, that is stored on -board for motive purpose. "Electric vehicle"
includes: (1) a battery electric vehicle; (2) a plug-in hybrid electric vehicle; (3) a neighborhood electric
vehicle; and (4) a medium -speed electric vehicle.
"Electric vehicle charging station" means a public or private parking space that is served by battery
charging station equipment and that has as its primary purpose the transfer of electric energy (by
conductive or inductive means) to a battery or other energy storage device in an electric vehicle. An
electric vehicle charging station equipped with Level 1 or Level 2 charging equipment is permitted
outright as an accessory use to any principal use.
"Electric vehicle charging station — Restricted" means an electric vehicle charging station that is: (1)
privately owned and restricted access (e.g., single-family home, executive parking, designated employee
parking); or (2) publicly owned and restricted (e.g., fleet parking with no access to the general public).
"Electric vehicle charging station — Public" means an electric vehicle charging station that is: (1) publicly
owned and publicly available (e.g., park and ride parking, public library parking lot, on -street parking); or
(2) privately owned and publicly available (e.g., shopping center parking, nonreserved parking in
multifamily parking lots).
"Electric vehicle infrastructure" means structures, machinery, and equipment necessary and integral to
support an electric vehicle, including battery charging stations, rapid charging stations, and battery
exchange stations.
"Electric vehicle parking space" means any marked parking space that identifies the use to be exclusively
for the parking of an electric vehicle due to the presence of electric vehicle charging equipment.
"Enhancement" means an action or actions performed to improve the condition of an existing degraded
critical area (e.g., wetlands or streams) such that the functions or values are of a higher quality;
provided, that this activity does not significantly degrade another existing function or value.
"Equipment — Heavy" means high -capacity mechanical devices for moving earth or other materials, and
mobile power units including, but not limited to:
(1) Carryalls;
(2) Graders;
(3) Loading and unloading devices;
(4) Cranes;
(5) Drag lines;
(6) Trench diggers;
(7) Tractors;
(8) Augers;
(9) Bulldozers;
(10) Concrete mixers and conveyers;
(11) Harvesters;
M
(12) Combines; or
(13) Other major agricultural equipment and similar devices operated by mechanical power as
distinguished from manpower.
"Equipment — Light" means such construction machinery as chainsaws, wheelbarrows, porthole diggers
and all handheld tools.
"Erosion" means the process whereby the land surface is worn away by the action of water, wind, ice or
other geologic agents, by processes such as gravitational creep or events such as landslides caused by
natural or manmade impacts.
"Escrow" means a deposit of cash with the City or escrow agent, pursuant to a written agreement, in
order to secure the promise to perform some act.
"Evergreen" means a plant species with foliage that persists and remains green year-round.
"Examiner": See "Hearing examiner".
"External buffer" means a naturally vegetated area or vegetated area along the exterior boundaries of
an entire development processed in accordance with a subdivision application, which is landscaped and
maintained as open space in order to eliminate or minimize conflicts between such development and
adjacent land uses.
"Facade" means the entire building front or street wall face, including grade, to the top of the parapet
or eaves and the entire width of the building elevation.
"Family" means any number of persons related by blood, marriage or legal adoption and including foster
children and exchange students living together as a single housekeeping unit. "Family" also means the
following when living together as a single, not -for -profit housekeeping unit:
(1) A group of not more than four related and unrelated adults and their related minor children, but
not to exceed a total of eight related and unrelated persons; or
(2) Not more than eight disabled persons, whether adults or minors, living together in a consensual
residential living arrangement, but not to exceed a total of eight persons; or
(3) State licensed adult family homes as defined by RCW 70.128.010; or
(4) State licensed foster family homes and group care facilities as defined in RCW 74.15.020.
For the purposes of this definition, an adult is a person eighteen years of age or older, and a minor child
is a person under the age of eighteen years.
"Fee" or "filing fee" means the fee for filing an application, as said fee is established annually by
resolution of the city council. Unless otherwise indicated, all fees must be paid at the time the
application is submitted to the city.
"Fence" means a barrier for the purpose of enclosing space or separating lots, composed of: wood,
metal or concrete posts connected by boards, rails, panels, wire, mesh, masonry, or concrete, excluding
retaining walls.
0
"Financial commitment" means those sources of public or private funds or combinations thereof that
have been identified as sufficient to finance public facilities necessary to support development and that
there is reasonable assurance that such funds will be timely put to that end.
"Final plat": See "Plat— Final plat".
"Floor — Ground" means the ground floor of a building defined as the three-dimensional interior building
space which sits immediately above the basement, crawl space, or floor slab and below the ceiling or
joists supporting a roof or second floor and which is nearest in floor elevation to the lowest street
elevation located adjacent to the parcel on which the building is located. This includes any loft space.
"Floor — Lowest" means the lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area (including basement). An
unfinished or flood -resistant enclosure, usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage,
in an area other than basement area, is not considered a building's lowest floor; provided, that such
enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of the applicable non -elevation design
requirements of this code.
"Floor — Second" means the second floor defined as the three-dimensional interior building space which
sits above the ground floor and which is not a loft.
"Forest land" means land devoted primarily to growing and harvesting forest and timber products and
designated as a forest production district.
"Forest practice" means any activity conducted on or directly pertaining to forest land and relating to
growing, harvesting, or processing timber, or removing forest biomass, including but not limited to:
(1) Activities in and over typed water;
(2) Road and trail construction;
(3) Harvesting, final and intermediate,
(4) Precommercial thinning;
(5) Reforestation;
(6) Fertilization;
(7) Prevention and suppression of diseases and insects;
(8) Salvage of trees; and
(9) Brush control.
"Forest practice" does not include: Forest species seed orchard operations and intensive forest nursery
operations; or preparatory work such as tree marking, surveying and road flagging; or removal or
harvest of incidental vegetation from forest lands such as berries, ferns, greenery, mistletoe, herbs,
mushrooms, and other products which cannot normally be expected to result in damage to forest soils,
timber or public resources.
10
"Geologist" means a person who has a bachelor of science degree in geologic sciences from an
accredited college or university and has a minimum of four years' experience in soil or slope evaluation
under the direct supervision of a practicing geologist or licensed geotechnical engineer.
"Geotechnical engineer" means a practicing geotechnical/civil engineer licensed as a professional civil
engineer with the state of Washington, with professional training and experience in geotechnical
engineering, including at least four years' professional experience in evaluating geologically hazardous
areas.
"Golf facility" means a recreational facility, under public or private ownership, designed and developed
for uses including, but not limited to:
(1) Golf course;
(2) Driving range;
(3) Pro shops;
(4) Caddyshack buildings;
(5) Restaurants;
(6) Office and meeting rooms; and
(7) Related storage facilities.
"Grade Plane" means a reference plane representing the average of the finished ground level adjoining
the building at its exterior walls. Under conditions where the finished ground level slopes significantly
away from the exterior walls, that reference plane is established by the lowest points of elevation of the
finished surface of the ground within an area between the building and lot line, or where the lot line is
more than 6 feet (1829 mm) from the building, between the building and a line 6 feet (1829 mm) from
the building.
"Grading" means any excavating, filling, grubbing, recontouring or removal of earth materials on the
surface layer, or any combination thereof.
"Grazing area" means any open land area used to pasture livestock in which forage is maintained at an
average height of three inches over 80 percent of the area.
"Ground cover" means any living plant material normally terrestrial, growing low to the ground, or other
small trees less than four inches at DBH and not defined as a tree, all of which are intended to stabilize
soils and protect against erosion.
"Group home: senior citizen assisted": See "Dwelling unit — group: senior citizen assisted".
"Growth Management Act — GMA" means the Washington State Growth Management Act (GMA),
Chapter 17, Law of 1990, First Extended Session, Chapter 36.70A RCW et seq., and Chapter 32 Laws of
1991, First Special Session, RCW 82.02.050 et seq., as now in existence or hereafter amended.
"Grubbing" means the removal of vegetative matter from underground, such as sod, stumps, roots,
buried logs, or other debris, and shall include the incidental removal of topsoil to a depth not exceeding
12 inches.
"Hard surface" means an impervious surface, a permeable pavement, or a vegetated roof.
11
"Healthy soil" means soil that is of good quality, with the capacity to sustain plant, animal, and human
life by providing nutrients, air and water space to infiltrate, pollutant absorption and filtering, and
habitat.
"Hearing examiner" means a person appointed to hear or review certain land use decisions pursuant to
Article XI, Section 11 of the Washington State Constitution, Chapters 35.63 and 58.17 RCW, and Chapter
2.76 POMC.
"High intensity non-residential use" means manufacturing/industrial (POMC 20.36) land uses and any
commercial or mixed use (POMC 20.35), civic or institutional (POMC 20.37.010), or public facilities
(20.37.030) land use with over 120,000 square feet gross floor area. Also see 20.39.400 and 20.39.410.
"Hospital" means an establishment primarily engaged in providing diagnostic services, extensive medical
treatment including surgical services, and other hospital services, as well as continuous nursing services.
A hospital has an organized medical staff, inpatient beds, and equipment and facilities to provide
complete health care. "Hospital" does not include convalescent homes. Also see 20.39.325.
"Impact" means any additional demand and need for public facilities or services that is reasonably
related to the proposed development.
"Impact fee" means the amount of money determined necessary by the city or the school district and
imposed upon new development activity as a condition of development approval or permitting to pay
for public facilities needed to serve new growth and development, and that is reasonably related to the
new development that creates the additional demand and need for public facilities, that is a
proportionate share of the cost of the public facilities and that is used for facilities that reasonably
benefit the new development. "Impact fee" does not include a reasonable permit or application fee.
(RCW 82.02.090(3)).
"Impervious surface" means a non -vegetated or compacted surface area that either prevents or retards
the entry of water into the soil mantle as it entered under natural conditions preexistent to
development, or a non -vegetated or compacted surface area which causes water to run off the surface
in greater quantities or at an increased rate of flow from that present under natural conditions
preexistent to development. Common impervious surfaces include, but are not limited to, roof tops,
concrete or asphalt paving, paved walkways, patios, compacted gravel, driveways, parking lots and
storage areas, packed earthen materials, and oiled, macadam, or other surfaces which similarly impede
the natural infiltration of surface water.
"Landscape architect" means an individual currently licensed by the State of Washington as a landscape
architect.
"Landscaping" means an area devoted to or developed and maintained predominantly with native or
non-native plant materials, including lawn, groundcover, trees, shrubs, and other plant materials; and
also including accessory decorative outdoor landscape elements such as ornamental pools, fountains,
paved or decorated surfaces (excluding driveways, parking, loading, or storage areas), and sculptural
elements.
"Landslide" means episodic down -slope movement of a mass of soil or rock, including snow avalanches.
12
"Level of service" means an established minimum capacity of public facilities or services that must be
provided per unit of demand or other appropriate measure of need.
"Livestock" means grazing animals kept either in open fields or structures for training, boarding, home
use, sales, or breeding, and production, including but not limited to cattle, riding and draft horses, hogs,
sheep, and goats.
"Loading space" means a space for the temporary parking of a vehicle while loading or unloading cargo
or passengers.
"Loft" means an upper interior space of a building, typically consisting of an open unpartitioned floor
area that is accessible from the ground floor and that is below the second floor or roof.
"Long Subdivision": See "Subdivision".
"Lot" means a fractional part of legally divided lands having fixed boundaries, being of sufficient area
and dimension to meet minimum zoning requirements for width and area. The term shall include tracts
or parcels. For purposes of this code, adjoining lots under common ownership, which were created
without subdivision or short subdivision approval from applicable city or county governments, shall be
considered as one lot and subject to the regulations contained herein. The terms of this section shall
apply regardless of whether the individual adjoining lot meets current zoning requirements.
"Lot — Corner lot" means a lot that has frontage on more than one intersecting street. A street that
curves with angles of 120 degrees or less, measured from the center line of the street, is considered two
intersecting streets for the purpose of evaluating whether a lot is a corner lot. See Figures below.
Lot I Lot
Lot - "Corner Lot-'
C
/CO
Centerline 12(
5treet A ore
r
"Flag lot" means an irregular
lot with two distinct
parts:
(1) The flag, which is the only
building site; and is located
behind another lot; and
Corner Lots
13
I {E In I
I Lot t Corner t Corned Lot I
Lot E
Street A
I E 1 I
Lot ICorner Corner Lot I
I [ Lot Lot 1 I
(2) The pole, which connects the flag to the street; provides the only street frontage for the lot; and at
any point is less than the minimum lot width for the zone.
"Lot — Interior lot" means a lot that has frontage on one street only.
"Lot — Irregular lot" means a lot that is shaped so that application of setback requirements is difficult.
Examples include a lot with a shape that is not close to rectangular, or a lot with no readily identifiable
rear lot line, or a flag lot.
Lot Lines on Irregular Lots
REAR LOT LINE
{ ---------i--------._T_.
v� O
LOr
I� I
T' Im
OT
\ FRONT
LDT F
\ Lor. ,ry
I �
I FRONT LOT LINT
STREET
"Lot — Through" means a lot having frontage on two parallel or approximately parallel streets.
"Lot area — Minimum" means the minimum or smallest amount of total lot area in a single ownership,
expressed in square feet, necessary to satisfy the physical development standards defined in this code.
"Lot lines" means:
(1) "Lot front line" means a lot line at which vehicular access is off of a public right-of-way, private
street, access easement or tract;
(2) "Lot rear line" means a lot line which is opposite and most distant from the lot front line. For the
purpose of establishing the lot rear line of a triangular or trapezoidal lot, or of a lot the rear line of which
is formed by two or more lines, the following shall apply:
(a) For a triangular- or gore -shaped lot, a line 10 feet in length within the lot and farthest removed
from the lot front line and at right angles to the line comprising the depth of such lot shall be used
as the lot rear line;
(b) In the case of a trapezoidal lot, the rear line of which is not parallel to the front line, the lot
rear line shall be deemed to be a line at right angles to the line comprising the depth of such lot
and drawn through a point bisecting the recorded lot rear line;
(3) "Lot side line" means any lot boundary line that is not a lot front line or a lot rear line.
"Lot line — Interior" means a lot line that delineates property boundaries along those portions of the
property which do not abut a street.
14
"Lot line interior — Zero" means the elimination of one side setback so that a side building line can be
constructed on the lot line. Zero lot lines must be designated on a plat.
"Low impact development (LID)" means a stormwater and land management strategy that strives to
mimic pre -disturbance hydrologic processes of infiltration, filtration, storage, evaporation, and
transpiration by emphasizing conservation, use of on -site natural features, site planning, and distributed
stormwater management practices that are integrated into a project design.
"Low impact development best management practices (LID BMPs)" means distributed stormwater
management practices integrated into a project design that emphasize pre -disturbance hydrologic
processes of infiltration, filtration, storage, evaporation, and transpiration. LID BMPs include, but are not
limited to, bioretention, rain gardens, permeable pavements, roof downspout controls, dispersion, soil
quality and depth, vegetated roofs, minimum excavation foundations, and water re -use.
"Low impact development principles" means land management strategies that emphasize conservation,
use of onsite natural features, and site planning to minimize impervious surfaces, native vegetation loss,
and stormwater runoff.
"Low intensity non-residential use" means a small scale commercial or mixed use (POMC 20.35), civic or
institutional (POMC 20.37.010), or public facilities (20.37.030) land use which does not have outdoor
storage along the site edge requiring a landscape buffer per POMC 20.128.070, and which has less than
25,000 square feet gross floor area.
"Manufactured home": See "Dwelling unit — manufactured home".
"Marijuana" has the meaning established pursuant to RCW 69.50.101, as currently adopted or hereafter
amended.
"Marijuana business" or "marijuana businesses" means and incorporates all marijuana uses licensed by
the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Board, including, but not limited to, marijuana producers,
marijuana processors, marijuana retailers, and marijuana retail outlets, each as separately defined
herein.
"Marijuana infused products" has the meaning established pursuant to RCW 69.50.101, as currently
adopted or hereafter amended.
"Marijuana processor" has the meaning established pursuant to RCW 69.50.101, as currently adopted or
hereafter amended.
"Marijuana producer" has the meaning established pursuant to RCW 69.50.101, as currently adopted or
hereafter amended.
"Marijuana retail outlet" has the meaning established pursuant to RCW 69.50.101, as currently adopted
or hereafter amended, and shall also include marijuana retailers with a medical marijuana endorsement,
as defined herein.
15
"Marijuana retailer" has the meaning established pursuant to RCW 69.50.101, as currently adopted or
hereafter amended.
"Marijuana retailer with a medical marijuana endorsement" has the meaning established pursuant to
RCW 69.51A.010, as currently adopted or hereafter amended.
"Marquee": See "Downtown Marquee".
"Material error" means substantive information upon which a permit decision is based that is submitted
in error or is omitted at the time of permit application.
"Maximum Lot Coverage" means the maximum percentage in area of a lot that may have a hard surface
constructed thereon.
"May" means optional and permissive, and does not impose a requirement.
"Medical marijuana cooperative" means a cooperative established and registered with the Washington
State Liquor and Cannabis Board pursuant to 69.51A RCW, and that may produce and process marijuana
for the medical use of its members pursuant to the regulations under RCW 69.51A.250, as currently
adopted or hereafter amended. Also see 20.39.650.
"Medium -speed electric vehicle" means a self-propelled, electrically powered four -wheeled motor
vehicle, equipped with a roll cage or crush -proof body design, whose speed attainable in one mile is
more than 25 miles per hour but not more than 35 miles per hour and otherwise meets or exceeds the
federal regulations set forth in 49 CFR 571.500.
"Metes and bounds" means a description of real property which starts at a known point of beginning
and describes the bearings and distances of the lines forming the boundaries of the property, and is
completed when the description returns to the point of beginning.
"Mid -block connection" means a thoroughfare connecting two sides of a residential block, usually
located near the middle of said block and intended for pedestrian and bicycle use.
"Mitigation" or "mitigate" means any action which avoids any negative or adverse impact, or which
ameliorates any such impact.
"Mobile Home": See "Dwelling unit — mobile home".
"Mobile home — Park" means a tract of land developed with individual sites and facilities to
accommodate two or more mobile homes.
"Model home" means a dwelling unit used initially for display purposes, which typifies the type of units
that will be constructed in the subdivision and which will not be permanently occupied during its use as
a model.
"Moderate intensity non-residential use" means any commercial or mixed use (POMC 20.35), civic or
institutional (POMC 20.37.010), or public facilities (20.37.030) land use featuring at least 25,000 square
16
feet gross floor area or featuring outdoor storage along the site edge requiring a landscape buffer per
POMC 20.128.070.
"Modification — Major" means a major alteration of a site plan that includes any one of the following:
(1) Any enlargement of proposed building(s).
(2) Any site relocation of proposed building(s).
(3) Any change in exterior design.
(4) Any modification that creates new traffic circulation patterns.
"Modular home": See "Dwelling unit — modular home".
"Must" means the same as "shall" herein, and is mandatory and imposes a requirement.
"Native vegetation" means plant species that are indigenous and naturalized to the city's region and
which can be expected to naturally occur on a site. Native vegetation does not include noxious weeds.
"Neighborhood electric vehicle" (or a low speed electric vehicle) means a self-propelled, electrically
powered four -wheeled motor vehicle whose speed attainable in one mile is more than 20 miles per hour
and not more than 25 miles per hour and conforms to federal regulations under 49 CFR 571.500.
"New evidence" means any and all evidence that is submitted or received after the date the examiner,
or city council as the case may be, closes the official record. The official record is closed at the end of the
hearing, unless the examiner specifically allows the official record to remain open for a time certain.
"Nonelectric vehicle" means any motor vehicle that does not meet the definition of "electric vehicle."
"Noxious weed" means any plant which when established is highly destructive, competitive, or difficult
to control by cultural or chemical practices (see Chapter 17.10 RCW). The state noxious weed list in
Chapter 16-750 WAC is the officially adopted list of noxious weeds by the noxious weed control board
and recognized by Port Orchard.
"Official file" means:
(1) All materials accepted by the examiner, or the city council as the case may be, for purposes of the
hearing, or created during the hearing, including but not limited to:
(a) All application materials submitted by the applicant;
(b) The staff report for the hearing;
(c) All written comments received by the city prior to the hearing, or received into the official
record during the hearing;
(d) The list of persons who signed in to the public hearing indicating a desire to testify, or who
wish to be notified of a decision or recommendation on the matter;
(e) The electronic recording of the hearing on the matter, or a transcript of the electronic hearing
on the matter, certified under oath to be a transcript of the electronic recording of the hearing on
the matter;
(f) The recommendation or decision of the examiner.
(2) If a decision of the examiner is appealed to the council, the following will also be included in the
official file:
(a) The letter or notice of appeal;
(b) The staff report on the appeal;
17
(c) Any legal motions, briefs or other written appeal documents submitted by a party of record.
(3) If the decision of the council is appealed to superior court, the following will also be included in the
official file:
(a) The electronic recording of the appeal to council and minutes of the same, or a transcript of
the electronic hearing on the matter, certified under oath to be a true and correct transcript of
the electronic recording of the hearing on the appeal;
(b) The decision of the council.
"Official plans" means the comprehensive plan, these development regulations, and other documents
adopted by the city council of the city of Port Orchard.
"Official record" means the written and oral information, exhibits, reports, testimony and other
evidence submitted in a timely manner and accepted by the examiner, or the city council, if applicable.
An electronic recording or transcript certified as a true and correct transcript of an electronic recording
of the hearing is a part of the official record.
"Off -site" means any premises not located within the area of the property proposed for a development
or use activity, whether or not in the common ownership of the applicant.
"Open record hearing" means a hearing, conducted by a single hearing body or officer authorized by the
City to conduct such hearings, that creates the City's record through testimony and submission of
evidence and information, under procedures prescribed by the hearing body or officer.
"Open space" means a portion of land, excluding building sites and parking areas, which is designated
and maintained as an area for leisure, recreation and other activities normally carried on outdoors.
Open space may include greenbelt and recreational areas.
"Ordinances" means legislative enactments of a city or county.
"Owner" means the owner of record of real property, although when real property is being purchased
under a real estate contract, the purchaser shall be considered the owner of the real property, if the
contract is recorded. (RCW 82.02.090(4).)
"Parapet" means that portion of a building wall that extends above the roof of the building.
"Park" means a site designed or developed for recreational use by the public, including but not limited
to: indoor facilities, such as gymnasiums, swimming pools, or activity centers; and outdoor facilities,
such as playfields, swimming pools, courts, playgrounds, fishing and boating access areas, or picnicking
and other group activity areas, and areas and trails for hikers, equestrians, or bicyclists. Also see
20.39.315 and 20.39.340.
"Parking lot aisle" means that portion of the off-street parking area used exclusively for the
maneuvering and circulation of motor vehicles and in which parking is prohibited.
"Parking space" means an area accessible to vehicles, improved, maintained, and used for the sole
purpose of parking a motor vehicle.
18
"Parking space — Off-street" means a space on private property with access to a public street or alley
used to park a motor vehicle.
"Party" or "party of record" means the applicant, the property owner of the property for which a land
use application has been filed, and any person who has submitted written comments or testified as part
of the official record of a land use action.
"Pavement width" means the actual paved surface measured from edge to edge of a street or alley road
surface.
"Peak hour" means the hour during the morning or afternoon when the most critical level of service
occurs for a particular roadway or intersection.
"Permit" or "Project permit" means any land use or environmental permit or license required from the
City, including, but not limited to: building permits, land disturbing activity permits, subdivisions, binding
site plans, conditional use permits, variances, shoreline substantial development permits, site
development permits, temporary use permits, permits or approvals required by critical areas
regulations, and site -specific rezones.
"Permit — Temporary use" means a permit to allow a use for a limited duration and/or frequency.
"Person" means any individual, organization, society, partnership, firm, association, joint venture, public
or private corporation, trust, estate, commission, board, public or private institution, governmental
agency, public or private utility, cooperative, interstate body or other legal entity.
"Pervious surface" means a surface material that allows stormwater to infiltrate into the ground.
Examples include, but are not limited to, lawn, landscape, pasture, native vegetation area, and
permeable pavements.
"Place of worship" means a place where religious services are conducted, and including accessory uses
in the primary or accessory buildings, such as religious education, reading rooms, assembly rooms, and
residences for nuns and clergy.
"Planning commission" means the City of Port Orchard, Washington planning commission.
"Plat" means a map or representation of a subdivision, showing thereon the division of a tract or parcel
of land into lots, blocks, streets and alleys or other divisions and dedications.
"Plat — Final plat" means the final drawing of the subdivision and dedication prepared for filing of record
with the County auditor, and containing all elements and requirements set forth in Chapter 58.17 RCW
and Chapter 20.90 of this Title.
"Plat — Long plat" means the map or representation of a long subdivision, showing thereon the
subdivision of a tract or parcel of land with lots, blocks, streets, and alleys or other subdivisions,
easements and dedications as authorized by Chapter 58.17 RCW and in Title 20 Subtitle V.
"Plat — Preliminary plat" means a neat and approximate drawing of a proposed subdivision showing the
general layout of streets and alleys, lots, blocks and other elements of a subdivision consistent with the
19
requirements of this title. The preliminary plat shall be the basis for the approval or disapproval of the
general layout of a subdivision of five (5) or more lots.
"Plat — Short plat" means the map or representation of a short subdivision.
"Plat certificate" means a title report by a title insurance company certifying the ownership, deed
restrictions, covenants, etc., of the land being subdivided.
"Plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (PHEV)" means an electric vehicle that: (1) contains an internal
combustion engine and also allows power to be delivered to drive wheels by an electric motor; (2)
charges its battery primarily by connecting to the grid or other off -board electrical source; (3) may
additionally be able to sustain battery charge using an on -board internal -combustion -driven generator;
and (4) has the ability to travel powered by electricity.
"Port Orchard" means the City of Port Orchard, Washington.
"Preliminary plat": See "Plat — Preliminary Plat".
"Private" means solely or primarily for the use of residents or occupants of the premises, e.g., a
noncommercial garage used solely by residents or their guests is a private garage.
"Private street" means a privately owned right-of-way which provides access for up to ten (10)
residential units and meets the requirements of the City's Public Works Standards.
"Project improvements" means site improvements and facilities that are planned and designed to
provide service for a particular development and that are necessary for the use and convenience of the
occupants or users of the project, and are not system improvements. No improvement or facility
included in a capital facilities plan approved by the city council shall be considered a project
improvement. (RCW 82.02.090(5)).
"Project permit" or "project permit application" means any land use or environmental approval required
from the city for a project action, including but not limited to building permits, subdivisions, planned
unit developments, conditional uses, shoreline substantial development permits, site plan review,
permits or approvals required by POMC Title 20, critical areas and natural resources, site -specific
rezones authorized by a comprehensive plan or subarea plan, but excluding the adoption or amendment
of a comprehensive plan, subarea plan, or development regulations except as otherwise specifically
included in this land use regulatory code.
"Property owner": See "Owner".
"Protected area" means all land where no construction activity, tree removal, vegetation removal, or
soil compaction is allowed and includes the critical root zone of those trees to be preserved.
"Pruning" means cutting back of limbs larger than one and one-half inches in diameter.
"Public agency" means any agency, political subdivision, or unit of local government of this state,
including but not limited to municipal corporations, special purpose districts, counties, and local service
20
districts; any agency of the state of Washington, the United States or any state thereof; or any Indian
tribe recognized as such by the federal government.
"Public agency yard" means a facility operated by a public agency for open or enclosed storage, repair,
and maintenance of vehicles, equipment, or related materials, excluding document storage.
"Public facilities" means facilities which are owned, operated and maintained by a public agency.
"Public right -of- way" means any road, alley, street, avenue, arterial, bridge, highway, or other publicly
owned ground or place used or reserved for the free passage of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic or
other services, including utilities.
"Public Street": See "Public Right of Way".
"Rapid charging station" means an industrial grade electrical outlet that allows for faster recharging of
electric vehicle batteries through higher power levels and that meets or exceeds any standards, codes,
and regulations set forth by Chapter 19.28 RCW and consistent with rules adopted under
RCW 19.27.540.
"Reasonable use" has the meaning established by the most recent applicable state or federal court
decision.
"Recreational vehicle (RV)" means a vehicle designed primarily for recreational camping, travel or
seasonal use, which has its own motive power or is mounted on or towed by another vehicle, including
but not limited to: travel trailer, folding camping trailer, park trailer, truck camper, motor home, and
multi -use vehicle.
"Recreational vehicle parks" means the use of land upon which two or more recreational vehicle sites,
including hookup facilities, are located for occupancy by the general public of recreational vehicles as
temporary living quarters for recreation or vacation purposes.
"Recyclable material" means a nontoxic, recoverable substance that can be reprocessed for the
manufacture of new products.
"Regional utility corridor" means a right-of-way tract or easement which contains transmission lines or
pipelines for utility companies, excluding distribution lines contained within street rights -of -way or lines
serving individual lots or developments.
"Reserve strip" means a strip of land dedicated or created in fee for the purpose of controlling the
access to streets or other public rights -of -way from adjoining property.
"Resident" means a person who occupies a residential dwelling within the city of Port Orchard on an
ongoing and continual basis, and who actually lives within the home, as distinguished from a visitor or
transient.
"Restoration" means the actions to return a stream, wetland or other critical area to a state in which its
stability, functions, and values approach its unaltered state as closely as possible.
21
"Retention facilities" means drainage facilities designed to store runoff for gradual release by
evaporation, plant transpiration, or infiltration into the soil. Retention facilities shall include all such
drainage facilities designed so that none of the runoff entering the facility will be discharged as surface
water. Retention facilities shall include all appurtenances associated with their designed function,
maintenance, and security.
"Right-of-way" or "ROW" means a strip of land platted, dedicated, condemned or established by
prescription, or otherwise legally established, for the use of pedestrians, vehicles or utilities.
"Sale or lease" means any immediate or future transfer of ownership, or any possessory interest in land,
including contract of sale, lease, devise, intestate succession, or other transfer of an interest in a
subdivision or part thereof, whether by metes and bounds or lot and block description.
"Sanitary sewer systems" means all facilities, including approved on -site disposal facilities, used in the
collection, transmission, storage, treatment, or discharge of any water borne waste, whether domestic
in origin or a combination of domestic, commercial or industrial waste.
"School district" means South Kitsap School District No. 402.
"Seasonal decoration" means temporary decorations for holidays which do not fall under the definition
of a sign. Decorations, which fall under the definition of a sign, must conform to all provisions of the sign
code.
"Senior" means a person aged 55 or older.
"School" means an institution primarily for academic instruction, public, private or parochial, and
accredited by the state Department of Education.
"School bus base" means an establishment for the storage, dispatch, repair, and maintenance of
coaches and other vehicles of a school transit system. Also see 20.39.210.
"School district support facility" means uses (excluding schools and bus bases) that are required for the
operation of a school district, including centralized kitchens, and maintenance or storage facilities.
"Sensitive Area": See "Critical Area".
"SEPA responsible official" means the development director, or such other person as the development
director has designated in writing to serve as the SEPA responsible official.
"Setback" means the minimum required distance between a structure or portion thereof and a lot line
of the lot on which it is located, or another line as described in a particular section of this Title. See
POMC 20.40.020 for additional information.
"Shall" means the same as "must" herein, and is mandatory and imposes a requirement.
22
"Shoreline jurisdiction" means the area extending landward for 200 feet in all directions as measured on
a horizontal plane from the ordinary high water mark; floodways and contiguous floodplains areas
landward 200 feet for such floodways, and all wetlands associated with streams, lakes and tidal waters.
"Shoreline master program" means the shoreline master program for the City of Port Orchard, and the
use regulations, together with maps, diagrams, charts, or other descriptive material and text, a
statement of desired goals, and standards developed in accordance with the policies enunciated in
RCW 90.58.020.
"Short plat": See "Plat — Short Plat".
"Short subdivision" means the division or re -division of land into four (4) or fewer lots, tracts, parcels or
divisions for the purpose of sale or lease.
"Should" means strongly advisable, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
"Site area — Minimum" means the minimum or smallest amount of total site area in a single ownership
expressed in acres necessary to support development consistent with the zoning district provisions of
this code.
"Soil amendments" means materials added to soil to improve its physical or chemical properties. Unlike
fertilizers, the exact ingredients and chemical composition of soil amendments vary among different
sources. Examples could include compost, lime, gypsum, and clay. Soil amendments can be used to
improve the permeability and water retention characteristics of soil.
"Specified sexual activities" means human genitalia in a state of sexual stimulation or arousal; acts of
human masturbation; sexual intercourse or sodomy; erotic fondling, touching or display of human
genitalia, pubic region, buttock, or female breast; peep shows, topless dancing, and nude dancing.
"State" means the state of Washington.
"Stream" has the meaning established pursuant to Chapter 90.58 RCW as currently adopted or hereafter
amended.
"Street" (including the words "Avenue," "Boulevard," "Circle," "Court," "Drive," "Lane," "Loop,"
"Parkway," "Place," "Road," "Spur," "Terrace," and "Way") means:
(1) Any public way, either unimproved or improved, which affords the principal means of access to
abutting properties. A street width shall be considered the distance between its right-of-way lines.
(2) A public or recorded private thoroughfare providing the main pedestrian and vehicular access
through neighborhoods and communities and to abutting property.
"Street block" means a group of lots or properties on the same side of a street between two street
intersections or a street intersection and a dead end.
"Street frontage" means the portion of a lot property line that abuts a public right-of-way.
23
"Street standards" means the City of Port Orchard "Public Works Engineering Standards and
Specifications" (PWESS) for streets as adopted by ordinance of the Port Orchard City Council.
"Structure" means anything permanently constructed, walled, and roofed, including a gas or liquid
storage tank that is principally in or on the ground, or over the water, excluding fences less than six feet.
"Subdivider" means any person, firm or corporation who subdivides or develops any land deemed to be
a subdivision.
"Subdivision" means the division or re -division of land into five (5) or more lots, tracts, parcels, sites or
divisions for the purpose of sale or lease, or transfer of ownership, and includes all re -subdivision of
land.
"Substantial development or improvement" means:
(1) Any repair, reconstruction, or improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50
percent of the market value of the structure either:
(a) Before the improvement repair is started; or
(b) If the structure has been damaged and is being restored, before the damage occurred. For the
purposes of this definition, substantial improvement is considered to occur when the first
alteration of any wall, ceiling, floor, or other structural part of the building commences, whether
or not that alteration affects the external dimensions of the structure.
(2) The term does not, however, include either:
(a) Any project for improvement of a structure to comply with existing state or local health,
sanitary, or safety code specifications which are solely necessary to assure safe living conditions;
or
(b) Any alteration of a structure listed on the National Register of Historical Places or a State
Inventory of Historical Places.
"Survey monument" or "monument" means the physical structure, along with any references or
accessories thereto, used to mark the location of a land boundary survey corner, geodetic control point,
or local control point.
"Surveyor" means a registered professional land surveyor licensed to practice surveying in the state of
Washington.
"System improvements" means public facilities that are included in the city's capital facilities plan and
are designed to provide service to areas within the city and community at large, in contrast to project or
on -site improvements. (RCW 82.02.090(9).)
"Testamentary" means given or bequeathed by a will.
"Trails" means manmade pathways designed and intended for use by nonmotorized transportation
modes, including walking, biking, horseback riding, and/or recreational uses.
"Tract" means a nonbuildable or buildable unit of land created by a subdivision, short subdivision, deed,
or other instrument recorded with the appropriate county recorder. Tracts are usually held in common
by the owners of an organization, such as a homeowners' association, for common benefit and are not
24
in every instance required to meet minimum lot size and dimensional requirements of the applicable
zone.
"Transportation facilities" means capital facilities related to air, water or land transportation.
"Transportation level of service standards" means a measure which describes the operational condition
of the travel stream and acceptable adequacy requirements, as identified in the City's comprehensive
plan (as required by RCW 36.70A.070(6)(b)).
"Transportation system management (TSM)" means low cost projects that can be implemented in a
short time frame designed to increase the efficiency of existing transportation facilities. This also
includes transit and/or ride -sharing measures to decrease single -occupancy vehicle trips.
"Tree" means any woody plant characterized by one main stem or trunk and many branches, or multi -
stemmed trunks which have a diameter individually or cumulatively of four inches DBH or larger.
"Tree enhancement plan" means a plan prepared by a certified arborist, licensed landscape architect, or
certified forester and required of all commercial or industrial properties greater than two acres in size
when any tree removal or tree clearing takes place. The tree enhancement plan shall combine tree
preservation of existing trees to the extent feasible, along with tree replacement and replanting equal to
at least 15 percent of the number of significant trees existing on the site prior to any tree removal. The
tree enhancement plan shall incorporate trees in as many areas as feasible, such as tree tracts,
boundary trees, perimeter landscaping, parking lot landscaping, street and driveway trees, fagade
landscaping, or other viable stands of trees, considering the type of commercial or industrial
development.
"Tree inventory" means a detailed list of all trees of four inches DBH or larger, located on a site for
which a tree permit is required, and which is prepared by a certified arborist, licensed landscape
architect, certified forester, or other qualified tree professional. A tree inventory shall be included on a
site plan drawn to scale, and provide the number, size, approximate height, specific location, and tree
species of all trees of four inches DBH or larger, with a summary of all significant trees in sufficient detail
for the City to review.
"Tree owner" means the owner of the real property where 51 percent or more of the diameter of the
trunk of the tree at ground level is located.
"Tree topping" means the severe cutting back of limbs to stubs larger than three inches in diameter
within the tree's crown to such a degree so as to remove the normal canopy and disfigure the tree.
"Tree, vegetation and soil protection area (TVSPA)" means a separate tract of land, which may or may
not be deeded as such, specifically set aside for the preservation of healthy soil and the preservation or
planting of existing and/or native vegetation and trees. Stormwater retention/detention facilities,
critical area buffers and other common areas may be considered TVSPA if they currently, or are
improved to an extent where they can, support healthy soils and the growth of native vegetation and
trees. The purpose of these areas (for preserving healthy soils, preserving and/or planting native
vegetation and trees) is stated on the face of the plat when applicable.
25
"Ultimate roadway section" means a designation that the maximum roadway or intersection capacity
has been reached and further right-of-way acquisition and/or improvements are not feasible to increase
peak hour vehicle capacity.
"Understory" means the low layer of plants forming an underbrush or underwood.
"Use — Principal" means the primary use for a lot, structure, or building or the major portion thereof, as
designated or actually used.
"Use — Secondary" means an incidental or accessory use for which a lot, structure or building is
designated or employed in conjunction with, but not subordinate to, its primary use.
"Utilities" or "public utilities" means enterprises or facilities serving the public by means of an integrated
system of collection, transmission, distribution and processing facilities through more or less permanent
physical connections between the plant of the serving entity and the premises of the customer.
Included are systems for the delivery of natural gas, electricity, telecommunications services and water,
and for the disposal of sewage. Also see 20.39.260 and 20.39.270.
"Vacation rental" means a self-contained single-family residence including condominiums, apartments
and detached residences that may be rented by groups or individuals. Not to be confused with
hotels/motels or bed and breakfast facilities. Also see 20.39.345.
"Vegetation" means any and all organic plant life growing at, below or above the soil surface.
"Wall frontage" means the length of an outside building wall on a public right-of-way.
"Wall plane" means the flat vertical surface on a building fagade, which may include doors, windows,
openings, or other incidental recessions that do not extend through to the roofline.
"Wastewater treatment facility" means a plant for collection, decontamination, and disposal of sewage,
including residential, industrial, and agricultural liquid wastes, and including any physical improvement
within the scope of the definition of "water pollution control facility" set forth in WAC 173-90-015(4) as
amended. Also see 20.39.480.
"Waterwise plant" means a plant that requires regular water while being established. However, once
established, it will need less water than most traditional plants, but will not necessarily withstand
periods of drought.
"Wetland" or "wetlands" means areas that are inundated or saturated by surface water or ground water
at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a
prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally
include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas. Wetlands do not include those artificial wetlands
intentionally created from non -wetland sites, including, but not limited to, irrigation and drainage
ditches, grass -lined swales, canals, detention facilities, wastewater treatment facilities, farm ponds, and
landscape amenities, or those wetlands created after July 1, 1990, that were unintentionally created as a
result of the construction of a road, street, or highway. Wetlands may include those artificial wetlands
intentionally created from non -wetland areas to mitigate the conversion of wetlands.
26
27
Chapter 20.22
PERMITTING AND DEVELOPMENT APPROVAL — PERMIT PROCESS TYPES
Sections:
20.22.010
Classification.
20.22.020
Determination of types —Table.
20.22.030
Type I (administrative decision, judicial appeal).
20.22.040
Type II (administrative decision, hearing examiner appeal).
20.22.050
Type III (hearing examiner decision, judicial appeal).
20.22.060
Type IV (city council decision, judicial appeal).
20.22.070
Type V (legislative actions).
20.22.010 Classification.
The review and approval of land use and development permit applications shall be classified as either
Type I, II, III, IV, or V based on who makes the decision, the amount of discretion exercised by the
decision maker, the level of impact associated with the decision, the amount and type of public input
sought, and the type of appeal opportunity. The types of decisions are set forth in this chapter. The
application procedures identified in this chapter shall be pursuant to Chapter 20.24 POMC.
20.22.020 Determination of types —Table.
(1) Determination of Proper Decision Type. The director shall determine the proper review procedure
for all land use and development permit applications and actions. If there is a question as to the
appropriate type of process, the director shall resolve it in favor of the higher process type number.
(2) Optional Consolidated Permit Processing. An application that involves two or more procedures may
be processed collectively under the highest numbered procedure required for any part of the
application or processed individually under each of the procedures identified by the code. The applicant
may determine whether the application shall be processed collectively or individually. If the application
is processed under the individual procedures option, the highest numbered type procedure must be
processed prior to the subsequent lower numbered procedure. If the individual procedure option is
chosen, the applicant will be eligible for any fee reduction contained in the current fee schedule.
Table 20.22.020 — Permit Review Type Classifications
Type I
Type II
Type III
Type IV
Type V
Director Decision
Director Decision
HE Decision
City Council
City Council
Judicial Appeal
HE Appeal
Judicial Appeal
Decision
Decision
Judicial Appeal
GMHB Appeal
Building Permit'
Short Plat,
Preliminary Plat,
Final Plat (Chapter
Development
(Subtitle X of this
Preliminary,
Preliminary Plat
20.90 POMC)
Agreement
title)
Alteration of
Major
Site -Specific
(Chapter 20.26
Binding Site Plan,
Preliminary,
Modifications,
Rezone without
POMC)
Final (Chapter
Alteration of Final,
Alteration of Final,
Comprehensive
Comprehensive
20.94 POMC)
Vacation of Final
Vacation of Final
Plan Amendment
Plan Amendment—
Type I
Director Decision
Judicial Appeal
Type II
Director Decision
HE Appeal
Type III
HE Decision
Judicial Appeal
Type IV
City Council
Decision
Judicial Appeal
Type V
City Council
Decision
GMHB Appeal
Preliminary Plat —
(Chapters 20.86
(Chapters 20.88
(Chapter 20.42
Land Use Map
Minor
and 20.96 POMC)
and 20.96 POMC)
POMC)
Amendment, Text
Modifications
Temporary Use
Variance (Chapter
Amendment
(Chapter 20.88
Permit (Chapter
20.28 POMC)
(Chapter 20.04
POMC)
20.58 POMC)
Conditional Use
POMC)
Land Disturbing
Binding Site Plan —
Permit (Chapter
Legislative Zoning
Activity Permit
Preliminary,
20.50 POMC)
Map Amendment
(Chapter 20.140
Alteration of
Shoreline
(Chapter 20.06
POMC and POMC
Preliminary,
Substantial
POMC)
20.150.100)
Alteration of Final,
Development
POMC Title 20
Boundary Line
Vacation of Final
Permit, Conditional
Code Amendment
Adjustment
(Chapter 20.94
Use Permit, and
(Chapter 20.06
(Chapter 20.84
POMC)
Nonadministrative
POMC)
POMC)
Stormwater
Variance (Chapter
Annexations
Code
Drainage Permit
20.164 POMC)
Interpretation
(Chapter 20.150
Planned Residential
(Chapter 20.10
POMC)
Developments
POMC)
Sign Permit (if
Comprehensive
Legal
SEPA required)
Sign Design Plan
Nonconforming
(Chapter 20.132
Permits
Permit (Chapter
POMC)
Final Plat —
20.54 POMC)Short
Shoreline
Alteration or
Plat, Final (Chapter
Substantial
Vacation (Chapter
20.86 POMC)
Development
20.96 POMC)
Sign Permit (if SEPA
Permit,
View Protection
not required)
Administrative
Overlay District
(Chapter 20.132
(Chapter 20.164
(VPOD) Variance
POMC)
POMC)
(POMC 20.38.713)
Sign Variance
Variance —
(Chapter 20.132
Administrative
POMC)
(Chapter 20.28
Shoreline Permit
POMC)
Exemption
(Chapter 20.164
POMC)
Temporary Use
Permit, Extension
(Chapter 20.58
POMC)
Untyped review and decision actions: preapplication meeting (Chapter 20.24 POMC), design review board review
and recommendation (POMC 20.38.228), tax exemption for multifamily development (Chapter 3.48 POMC),
capacity reservation certificate (Chapter 20.180 POMC), public works design variation, right-of-way permit
(Chapter 12.04 POMC), street use permit (Chapter 12.24 POMC), water/sewer connection permit (Chapter 13.04
POMC).
1 If a building permit application does not require SEPA review, no public notice is required. If a building permit
application requires SEPA review, public notice shall be provided consistent with the requirements for Type II
applications pursuant to Chapter 20.25 POMC.
20.22.030 Type I (administrative decision, judicial appeal).
(1) General. Type I applications are defined pursuant to POMC 20.22.020. All Type I actions must meet
all applicable requirements of the POMC in addition to the requirements specified in this subtitle.
(2) Preapplication Conference. Type I applications do not require a preapplication conference.
(3) Notice of Application. Type I applications do not require a notice of application, unless environmental
review is required under SEPA pursuant to Chapter 20.160 POMC.
(4) Review of Application.
(a) The director shall commence permit review pursuant to Chapter 20.24 POMC. The director shall
determine which city departments are responsible for reviewing or commenting on an application
and shall ensure the affected departments receive a copy of the application, or appropriate parts of
the application.
(b) Following a determination of technical completeness and determination of consistency pursuant
to POMC 20.24.090, the director shall approve, deny, or approve with conditions all Type I
applications. Conditions may be imposed directly on the plans (red -lining) or through other
documentation reflected on the plans to ensure the requirements of city codes and regulations are
met without going through another correction cycle before permit issuance.
(5) Decision.
(a) Unless a permit type has been excluded from the 120-day permit decision timeline established in
POMC 20;24.100, pursuant to RCW 36.7013.140, all Type I applications are subject to the maximum
120-day timeline, but in most cases review may be complete within a much shorter time period. If
no correction cycles are required, review should be complete within approximately 30 calendar
days from the date of technical completeness. Correction cycles will extend review time in
proportion to the time the city must wait for an applicant to submit additional or corrected
information.
(b) The decision of the director may be reflected on the plans or permit itself or may be
documented in a written report or letter of approval.
(6) Notice of Decision. Public notice of a Type I decision is not required. The applicant shall be notified in
writing or by email that the permit is ready to issue or the application is approved.
(7) Administrative Appeal. There is no administrative appeal of a Type I decision except for decisions
that are appealable to the building board of appeals in accordance with this title and the International
Codes as adopted by the city.
3
(8) Judicial Appeal. A Type I decision not appealable to the building board of appeals may be appealed
directly to superior court.
20.22.040 Type II (administrative decision, hearing examiner appeal).
(1) General. Type II applications are defined pursuant to POMC 20.22.020. All Type II applications must
meet all applicable requirements of the POMC in addition to the requirements specified below.
(2) Preapplication Conference. Type II actions are required to participate in a preapplication conference
pursuant to POMC 20.24.010. A limited preapplication conference may be allowed for projects that do
not require substantial review by other departments such as variances and design review without SEPA
or street improvement requirements.
(3) Notice of Application. Type II applications require a notice of application pursuant to Chapter 20.25
POMC.
(4) Review of Application.
(a) The director shall commence permit review pursuant to Chapter 20.24 POMC. The director shall
determine which city departments are responsible for reviewing or commenting on an application
and shall ensure the affected departments receive a copy of the application, or appropriate parts of
the application.
(b) Following a determination of technical completeness and determination of consistency pursuant
to POMC 20.24.090, the director shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny all Type II
applications. Conditions may be imposed directly on the plans (red -lining), through other
documentation reflected on the plans, or in a written staff report or other decision document, to
ensure the requirements of city codes and regulations are met without going through another
correction cycle before permit issuance.
(5) Public Hearing. No public hearing is required for Type II decisions.
(6) Decision. Type II decisions are subject to the maximum 120-day timeline requirement pursuant to
POMC 20.24.100. A decision for a Type II action shall be made in writing by the director and shall include
the following information:
(a) A description of the proposal and a listing of permits or approvals included in the application;
(b) A statement of the applicable criteria and standards in this code and other applicable law;
(c) A statement of background information and facts relied upon by the department which show the
application does or does not comply with the approval criteria;
(d) A summary of public comment received and how the department or applicant responded to the
public comments or concerns; and
(e) The decision to deny or approve the application and, if approved, any conditions of approval
necessary to ensure the proposed development will comply with applicable law.
(7) Notice of Decision. Public notice of a Type II decision shall be provided pursuant to POMC 20.24.100.
Notice of a short plat or binding site plan shall be provided in the same manner as notice of application
as set forth in Chapter 20.25 POMC.
4
(8) Administrative Appeal. A Type II decision, except for shoreline substantial development permits and
shoreline variances, may be appealed to the hearing examiner within 14 calendar days of the notice of
decision. A decision on a shoreline substantial development permit or shoreline variance may be
appealed to the State Shorelines Hearings Board pursuant to Chapter 20.164 POMC. Shoreline appeal
procedures and information are available from the department or from the State Department of
Ecology. Administrative appeals of director decisions to the hearing examiner are to be made on forms
provided by the city and shall include the following information:
(a) A brief statement regarding how the appellant is significantly affected by or interested in the
matter appealed;
(b) A specific clear and comprehensible statement of the appellant's issues on appeal, noting
appellant's specific exceptions and objections to the decision or action being appealed;
(c) The specific relief requested, such as reversal or modification; and
(d) Signature, address, and phone and fax number of the appellant, and name and address of
appellant's designated representative, if any.
(9) Judicial Appeal. The decision of the hearing examiner on a Type II appeal may be appealed to
superior court.
20.22.050 Type III (hearing examiner decision, judicial appeal).
(1) General. Type III applications are defined pursuant to POMC 20.22.020. All Type III applications must
meet all applicable requirements of the POMC in addition to the requirements specified below.
(2) Preapplication Conference. Type III applications are required to have a preapplication conference
pursuant to POMC 20.24.010.
(3) Notice of Application. Type III applications require a notice of application pursuant to Chapter 20.25
POMC.
(4) Review of Application.
(a) The director shall commence permit review pursuant to Chapter 20.24 POMC. The director shall
determine which city departments are responsible for reviewing or commenting on an application
and shall ensure the affected departments receive a copy of the application or appropriate parts of
the application.
(b) Following a determination of technical completeness and determination of consistency pursuant
to POMC 20.24.090, the director shall prepare a written recommendation to the hearing examiner.
The director's recommendation shall provide a description of the proposal, a listing of the permits
or approvals included in the application, a statement of the criteria and standards applicable to the
proposal, and a review of the background information and facts relied upon by the director for the
recommendation. The recommendation shall enumerate any conditions needed to ensure the
application meets each of the applicable decision criteria.
(c) If a director recommendation is not available to the hearing examiner as provided in this section,
the hearing examiner may reschedule or continue the hearing upon his or her own motion or upon
5
the motion of a party, or the hearing examiner may decide the matter without the
recommendation.
(d) The director's recommendation, and any additional staff reports, shall be consistent with RCW
36.70B.060(5).
(5) Public Hearing. A Type III action requires an open record hearing before the hearing examiner.
(a) At least 14 calendar days before the date of the hearing, public notice of the hearing shall be
provided consistent with the requirements of POMC 20.25.050.
(b) The director's recommendation shall be made available on the date the hearing notice is issued.
(c) SEPA appeals for Type III decisions may be consolidated with a public hearing as provided for in
POMC 20.160.240(5).
(d) The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to demonstrate that the proposal conforms to
applicable codes and standards; except that for any SEPA DNS appeal, the burden of proof is on the
appellant.
(e) The public hearing shall be conducted pursuant to the hearing examiner's adopted rules and
procedures and shall be recorded on audio or audiovisual tape. The hearing examiner may remand
an application to staff at his or her discretion to allow staff to administratively address an issue or
irregularity with the application or the processing thereof.
(6) Decision.
(a) A written decision for a Type III action shall be issued by the hearing examiner within 14 calendar
days after the date the record closes, unless the applicant has consented in writing to an extension
of this time period. The hearing examiner's decision shall include the following information:
(i) A description of the proposal and a listing of permits or approvals included in the
application;
(ii) A statement of the applicable criteria and standards in the municipal code and other
applicable law;
(iii) A statement of background information and facts relied upon by the hearing examiner
which show the application does or does not comply with the approval criteria and standards;
(iv) A summary of public testimony and public comment received and how the department or
the applicant responded to the public testimony and public comments; and
(v) The decision to deny or approve the application and, if approved, any conditions of approval
necessary to ensure the proposed development will comply with applicable law.
(b) Notice of Decision. Public notice of a Type III decision shall be provided pursuant to POW
20.24.100.
(7) Reconsideration.
M
(a) The hearing examiner may reconsider a Type III decision if a written request for such
administrative appeal is filed by a party of record within 14 calendar days of the date of the notice
of decision. Grounds for requesting reconsideration shall be limited to the following:
(i) The decision or conditions of approval are not supported by facts in the record;
(ii) The decision contains an error of law;
(iii) There is newly discovered evidence potentially material to the decision which could not
reasonably have been produced prior to the open record pre -decision hearing; or
(iv) The applicant proposes changes to the proposal in response to deficiencies identified in the
decision.
(b) Any request for reconsideration shall be mailed to all parties of record on the same day as the
request is mailed or delivered to the hearing examiner.
(c) A request for reconsideration shall stop the running of the judicial appeal period on a Type III
decision for seven calendar days. During this time period, the hearing examiner shall decide
whether reconsideration is appropriate. If the hearing examiner decides to reconsider the decision,
the judicial appeal period will be placed on hold until the reconsideration process is complete and a
new decision is issued. If the hearing examiner decides to reconsider a decision, all parties of record
shall be notified.
(d) The hearing examiner shall, by order, set a schedule for other parties of record to respond in
writing to the reconsideration request and shall issue a decision no later than 14 calendar days
following the due date for submittal of written responses. A new judicial appeal period shall
commence from the date of the hearing examiner's decision on reconsideration.
(8) Judicial Appeal. Type III decisions, except shoreline conditional use permits and any associated
shoreline permits, may be appealed to superior court. Shoreline decisions are appealable to the State
Shorelines Hearings Board.
20.22.060 Type IV (city council decision, judicial appeal).
(1) General. Type IV applications are defined pursuant to POMC 20.22.020. All Type IV applications must
meet all applicable requirements of the POMC in addition to the requirements specified below.
(2) Preapplication Conference. Type IV applications are required to have a preapplication conference
pursuant to POMC 20.24.010.
(3) Notice of Application. Type IV applications require a notice of application pursuant to Chapter 20.25
POMC.
(4) Review of Application.
(a) The director shall commence review of the permit application pursuant to Chapter 20.24 POMC.
The director shall determine which city departments are responsible for reviewing or commenting
on an application and shall ensure the affected departments receive a copy of the application or
appropriate parts of the application.
7
(b) Following a determination of technical completeness and determination of consistency pursuant
to POMC 20.24.090, the director shall prepare a written recommendation to the hearing body. The
director's recommendation shall provide a description of the proposal, a listing of the permits or
approvals included in the application, a statement of the criteria and standards applicable to the
proposal, and a review of the background information and facts relied upon by the director for the
recommendation. The recommendation shall enumerate any conditions needed to ensure the
application meets each of the applicable decision criteria.
(c) If a SEPA determination of nonsignificance (DNS) is issued for the proposal, the DNS will be
issued in conjunction with the director's recommendation to the hearing body.
(d) Within 14 calendar days of holding a public hearing, the hearing body shall issue a
recommendation on the application to the city council.
(5) Public Hearing. A Type IV action requires an open record hearing for a recommendation before either
the hearing examiner or planning commission, pursuant to the requirements of the individual permit
application requirements.
(a) At least 14 calendar days before the date of the hearing, public notice of the hearing shall be
provided consistent with the requirements of POMC 20.25.050.
(b) The director's recommendation shall be made available on the date the hearing notice is issued.
(c) SEPA appeals for Type IV decisions may be consolidated with a public hearing as provided for in
POMC 20.160.240(5). The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to demonstrate that the
proposal conforms to applicable codes and standards; except that for any SEPA DNS appeal, the
burden of proof is on the appellant.
(d) The public hearing shall be conducted pursuant to the hearing body's adopted rules and
procedures and shall be recorded on audio or audiovisual tape.
(6) Decision. Following receipt of a recommendation from the hearing body, the city council shall
approve, approve with conditions, or deny a Type IV application by ordinance.
(7) Administrative Appeal. There is no administrative appeal of Type IV decisions.
(8) Judicial Appeal. A Type IV decision may be appealed to superior court.
20.22.070 Type V (legislative actions).
(1) General.
(a) Type V actions are defined pursuant to POMC 20.22.020. All Type V proposals are legislative
actions, but not all legislative actions are Type V decisions. Legislative actions involve the creation,
amendment, or implementation of policy or law by ordinance. In contrast to other types of actions,
legislative actions apply to large geographic areas and are of interest to many property owners and
citizens.
(b) Type V actions are not subject to the application procedures in Chapter 20.24 POMC, unless
otherwise specified.
(2) Public Hearing.
M
(a) The planning commission shall hold a public hearing and make recommendations to the city
council on Type V actions. A notice for the public hearing shall be provided pursuant to POMC
20.25.050.
(b) The city council may hold a public hearing on Type V actions prior to passage of an ordinance or
entry of a decision.
(c) The planning commission and/or city council may require more than one public hearing for Type
V actions.
(d) Notice of a public hearing shall be provided to the public at least 14 calendar days prior to the
hearing by publishing notice as provided for in POMC 20.25.050. In addition to publishing notice
and posting notice at City Hall, at least 14 calendar days prior to the hearing the city shall mail
notice of the public hearing to the applicant, relevant government agencies, and other interested
parties who have requested in writing to be notified of the hearing. If the legislative action is for a
comprehensive plan amendment, notice of the public hearing shall also be posted and mailed
pursuant to Chapter 20.04 POMC. The city may also provide optional methods of public notice as
provided in Chapter 20.25 POMC.
(3) Review. Review of Type V actions shall be pursuant to the applicable POMC chapter for each action.
(4) Decision. The city council shall issue a final decision on all Type V actions by passage of an ordinance.
(5) Appeals. A Type V decision may be appealed to the Growth Management Hearings Board pursuant to
the regulations set forth in RCW 36.70A.290.
(6) Legislative Enactments Not Restricted. Nothing in this section, chapter, or Chapter 20.24 POMC shall
limit the authority of the city council to make changes to the city's comprehensive plan, as part of a
regular revision process, or to make changes to the city's municipal code.
0
Chapter 20.30
INTRODUCTION TO ZONING, LAND USES, AND BUILDING TYPES
Sections:
20.30.010 Purpose
20.30.020 Application
20.30.010 Purpose.
(1)
This subtitle is adopted for the purpose of guiding development in accordance with the Port
Orchard Comprehensive Plan and to protect, promote, and improve the public health, safety,
and general welfare.
(2)
This subtitle is enacted to exercise the full range of authority under Washington law to establish
standards to regulate and restrict the:
(a)
Height, number of stories, size, construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair, or use of
buildings and structures;
(b)
Percentage of lot occupancy, size of courts, yards, and open spaces;
(c)
Dimensions of lots and density of development; and
(d)
Location and use of buildings and structures.
(3)
This subtitle is enacted for the following purposes:
(a)
To ensure that important environmental features are protected;
(b)
To encourage the urban development within the City of Port Orchard consistent with
the Growth Management Act, the Countywide Planning Policies, and the Regional
Growth Strategy;
(c)
To protect life and property in areas subject to natural hazards and disasters;
(d)
To protect fish, wildlife, and recreation resources;
(e)
To avoid undue water and air pollution;
(f)
To provide standards for the subdivision of land in addition to those listed in Subtitle V
of this Title;
(g)
To encourage economically sound, fiscally sustainable, orderly, and compatible land
development practices in accordance with the comprehensive plan;
(h)
To ensure that adequate public facilities and services are provided to Port Orchard
residents at a reasonable cost;
(i)
To ensure that development on land is commensurate with the physical characteristics
of the land; and
(j)
To assure the provision of needed open spaces and public facility sites.
(4)
This Subtitle is intended to provide a mechanism for achieving the following goals:
(a)
Mix of land uses;
(b)
Compact building design;
(c)
Creating a range of housing opportunities and choices;
(d)
Creating walkable neighborhoods;
(e)
Fostering distinctive, attractive communities with a strong sense of place;
(f)
Preserving open spaces and natural beauty;
(g)
Providing a variety of transportation choices; and
(h)
Making development decisions predictable, fair, and cost effective.
1
20.30.020 Application
(1) Territorial Application. This Subtitle applies to all land, uses, buildings and structures within Port
Orchard located above (landward of) the ordinary high water mark (OHWM) of the shoreline, as
defined in the city's shoreline master program (Chapter 20.164). Land located below the OHWM
does not have a zoning designation, and use of such land is subject to the regulations of the
city's shoreline master program.
(2) General Application. In their interpretation and application, the provisions of this subtitle are
the minimum requirements necessary to meet the purpose and intent of these regulations.
(3) Required Conformance. All buildings, structures or land, in whole or in part, must be used or
occupied in accordance with this subtitle.
(4) Control over less restrictive laws and regulations. If any condition or requirement imposed by
this subtitle is more restrictive than a condition or requirement imposed by any other law, rule
or regulation of any kind, the more restrictive condition or requirement governs.
(5) Conflict. If any condition or requirement imposed by this subtitle contains an actual, implied, or
apparent conflict, the more restrictive condition or requirement controls.
(6) References to Other Laws. Whenever a provision of this subtitle refers to any other part of the
Port Orchard Municipal Code or to any other law, the reference applies to any subsequent
amendment of that law.
(7) Text and Graphics. Illustrations and photographs are included in this Subtitle to illustrate the
intent and requirement of the text. In cases of a conflict between the text and illustrations,
photos, and graphics, the text controls.
2
Chapter 20.31
ZONES AND ZONING MAP
Sections:
20.31.010 Zones established.
20.31.020 Boundary questions.
20.31.021 Interpretation — Right-of-way.
20.31.030 Changes.
20.31.040 Annexed land.
20.31.010 Zones established.
(1) The following zones are hereby established:
(a) Greenbelt (GB)
(b) Residential 1 (111)
(c) Residential 2 (112)
(d) Residential 3 (113)
(e) Residential 4 (115)
(f) Residential 5 (R5)
(g) Residential 6 (R6)
(h) Residential Mixed -Use (RMU)
(i) Neighborhood Mixed -Use (NMU)
(j) Commercial Mixed -Use (CMU)
(k) Business Professional Mixed -Use (BPMU)
(1) Downtown Mixed -Use (DMU)
(m) (Downtown) Gateway Mixed -Use (GMU)
(n) Commercial Corridor (CC)
(o) Commercial Heavy (CH)
(p) Industrial Flex (IF)
(q) Light Industrial (LI)
(r) Heavy Industrial (HI)
(s) Civic Institutional (CI)
(t) Parks and Recreation (PR)
(u) Public Facilities (PF)
(2) The following Overlay Districts are hereby established:
(a) View Protection Overlay District (VPOD)
(b) Downtown Height Overlay District (DHOD)
(c) Self -Storage Overlay District (SSOD)
(3) The location and boundaries of the various zones are shown on the city's adopted zoning map and
are codified in this title and made a part of this title. Overlay District Boundaries may be shown on
the City's adopted zoning map, may be codified elsewhere in this code, or be adopted as a
standalone map. Changes in the boundaries of the zones or overlay districts, including application
or amendment or interim zoning, shall be made by ordinance adopting or amending the zoning map
or alternatively in the case of an overlay district, by amending the standalone overlay district map or
code section.
(4) Maps may be kept electronically in a Geographic Information System (GIS). Copies published
online or electronically do not constitute originals. Map originals must be kept on file with the
Port Orchard City Clerk and must indicate the date of the adoption and most recent
amendment.
20.31.020 Boundary questions.
Where uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zone or overlay district, the following rules of
construction, listed in priority order, shall apply:
(1) Where boundaries are indicated as following approximate lot lines, the actual lot lines shall be
considered the boundaries.
(2) Where boundaries are indicated as following lines of ordinary high water, or government meander
lines, the lines shall be considered to be actual boundaries. If these lines should change, the boundaries
shall be considered to move with them.
(3) If none of the rules of interpretation described in the above subsections apply, then the zoning
boundary shall be determined by map scaling.
20.31.030 Interpretation — Right-of-way.
(1) Except when such areas are specifically designated on the zoning map as being classified in one of
the zones provided in this title, land contained in rights -of -way for streets or alleys shall be considered
unclassified.
(2) Within street or alley rights -of -way, uses shall be limited to street purposes as defined by law.
(3) Where such right-of-way is vacated, the vacated area shall have the zone classification of the
adjoining property with which it is first merged.
20.31.040 Changes.
No change shall be made to a zoning map except by authority of an amending ordinance. Any changes
made otherwise shall be in violation of this title.
20.31.050 Annexed land.
(1) The City's Comprehensive Plan has predesignated land use and zoning designations for all areas of
the Port Orchard Urban Growth Area as shown on the Land Use Map in the Comprehensive Plan and on
the City's adopted zoning map. Upon annexation, these predesignated land use and zoning designations
shall apply unless the City Council designates some other zoning designation in the annexation
ordinance.
(2) Any lot subdivided under authority of the county and recognized by the county as a buildable lot will,
upon annexation to the city, be considered a buildable lot, even though it may be smaller than the city
zoning requires for that vicinity and zone.
2
Chapter 20.32
BUILDING TYPES
Sections:
20.32.005 Purpose.
20.32.010 Building Type Descriptions.
20.32.020 Detached House.
20.32.030 Backyard Cottage.
20.32.040 Cottage Court.
20.32.050 Duplex: Side by Side.
20.32.060 Duplex: Back to Back.
20.32.070 Attached House.
20.32.080 Four Plex.
20.32.090 Townhouse.
20.32.100 Apartment.
20.32.110 Live Work.
20.32.120 Shopfront House.
20.32.130 Single Story Shopfront.
20.32.140 Mixed Use Shopfront.
20.32.150 General Building.
20.32.005 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to differentiate building types and provide standards for the construction
of different building types to ensure a high quality public realm.
20.32.006 Applicability.
No new building may be erected within the City of Port Orchard except in conformance with this
chapter.
20.32.007 Exceptions.
Mechanical equipment buildings associated with public utilities, such as well houses or sewer lift
stations, shall be exempt from the standards in this chapter. This chapter shall not apply in the Light
Industrial or Heavy Industrial zones (POMC 20.36).
20.32.010 Building Type Descriptions.
(1) Detached House.
a. A building type that accommodates one dwelling unit on an individual lot with yards on
all sides. A new manufactured home shall be considered a detached house for the
purposes of this Title. "New manufactured home" means any manufactured home
required to be titled under Title 46 RCW, which has not been previously titled to a retail
purchaser, and is not a "used mobile home" as defined in RCW 82.45.032(2). A new
manufactured home shall be treated as a detached house for the purposes of this Title.
b. Zones where permitted: R1, R2, R3, R6, NMU, BPMU, GB
(2) Backyard Cottage.
a. A small self-contained accessory dwelling located on the same lot as a detached house
but physically separated.
b. Zones where permitted: R1, R2, R3, R6, NMU, BPMU, GB
(3) Cottage Court.
a. A building type that accommodates 5 to 12 detached dwelling units organized around
an internal shared courtyard.
b. Zones where permitted: R1, R2, R3, R6, NMU, BPMU
(4) Duplex: Side by Side.
a. A building type that accommodates two dwelling units on an individual lot separated
vertically side by side that share a common wall.
b. Zones where permitted: R2, R3, NMU, BPMU
2
(5) Duplex: Back to Back.
a. A building type that accommodates two dwelling units on an individual lot separated
vertically with one unit located directly behind the other unit that share a common wall.
b. Zones where permitted: R2, R3, NMU, BPMU
(6) Attached House.
a. A building type that accommodates two attached dwelling units located on two
separate lots that share a common wall along a lot line.
b. Zones where permitted: R2, R3, NMU, BPMU
(7) Four-Plex.
a. A building type that accommodates 3 to 4 dwelling units vertically or horizontally
integrated.
x �r
4
\ t
y � �
b. Zones where permitted: R3, R4, R5, NMU
(8) Townhouse.
a. A building type that accommodates 3 or more dwelling units where each unit is
separated vertically by a common side wall and located on its own lot. Units cannot be
vertically mixed. A subdivision or short subdivision may be required to construct
townhouse units.
3
b. Zones where permitted: R2 (2-3 dwelling unit buildings only), R3, R4, R5, NMU, CMU,
GMU, BPMU
(9) Apartment.
a. A building type that accommodates 5 or more dwelling units vertically and horizontally
integrated.
b. Zones where permitted: R3, R4, R5, NMU, CMU, GMU
(10) Live Work.
a. A building type that accommodates 3 or more units. Units allow for residential and
nonresidential uses in the same physical space. Units may be vertically or horizontally
mixed.
r �rti 4 1f'x
ti {x
w�
wh
v`
b. Zones where permitted: RMU, NMU, CMU, GMU, DMU, IF, CC
(11) Shopfront House.
a. A building type that typically accommodates ground floor retail, office or commercial
uses with upper -story residential or office uses at a scale that complements the existing
residential character of the area.
4
b. Zones where permitted: NMU, CMU, RMU, GMU, CC, BPMU
(12) Single -Story Shopfront
a. A single -story building type that typically accommodates retail or commercial uses.
b. Zones where permitted: CMU, CC, CH, DMU, GMU
(13) Mixed Use Shopfront.
a. A building type that typically accommodates ground floor retail, office or commercial
uses with upper -story residential or office uses
l.��rt p p
.Q'�L00 6 09
c 11SR. q00
SIrk .4� p G
b. Zones where permitted: BPMU, CMU, DMU, CC
(14) General Building.
a. A building type that typically accommodates ground floor retail, office, or commercial
uses with upper -story residential or office uses.
r L`
b. Zones where permitted: BPMU, CMU, GMU, CC, CH, IF, IL, IH, CI, PR, PF
(15)Manufactured or Mobile Home Park.
a. A cluster of manufactured or mobile homes configured such that more than one mobile
home is located on a lot, parcel, or tract. A manufactured or mobile home Park
typically features land or un-subdivided lots leased or rented by the manufactured or
mobile home owner.
b. Zones where permitted: None. New manufactured or mobile home parks are not
permitted. Existing legal nonconforming manufactured or mobile home parks may be
maintained and the homes therein may be replaced.
5
(16) Accessory Building:
a. An accessory building is any building of which the form and use are subordinate in both
purpose and size, incidental to and customarily associated with a permitted principal
building and use located on the same lot.
20.32.015 Building Type Zoning Matrix.
(1) Building Type Zoning Matrix Key:
(a) Permitted Building Type (P). Indicates a building type is permitted in the zone.
(b) Building Type not Permitted (--). Indicates a building type is not permitted in the
zone.
Building Type
r
W
N
W
M
W
v
a
W
W
m
C9
2 2
Z
2
U
2
G
2
C9
x
c)
'L
_
W LL
v a a
Detached House
Backyard Cottage
P
P
P
--
--
P
IP
--
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
P
IP
--
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Cottage Court
P
P
IP
--
--
P
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Duplex: Side by Side
P
P
__
__
__
__
__
P
__
__
__
P
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
--
Duplex: Back to Back
Attached House
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
P
__
__
__
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Four-Plex
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Townhouse
P*
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
P
P
Apartment
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
P
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Live-Work
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
Shopfront House
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P-
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Single-Story Shopfront
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
Mixed-Use Shopfront
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
General Building
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
P
__
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Manufactured or Mobile
Home Park
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Accessory Building
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
PIP
P
P
P
P
P
P
* See restriction in POMC 20.32.090.
11
20.32.020 Detached House.
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates one dwelling unit on an individual lot with yards
on all sides.
(2) Districts where allowed: GB, R1, R2, R3, R6, NMU, BPMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
7
U
X�o
5
a. Minimum/Maximum Lot Area: Set by District.
b. Minimum Lot Width. Set by District.
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District.
d. Building and Structure Setback from Primary Street lot line: Set by District.
e. Building and Structure Setback from Side Street lot line: Set by District.
f. Building and Structure Setback from Side Interior lot line: Set by District.
g. Building and Structure Setback from Rear lot line: Set by District
(4) Maximum dwelling units per lot: 1 Primary, 1 Accessory
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a. Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Does not apply.
b. Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Does not apply.
(6) Height and Form:
0
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 3 stories / 35 feet max
b. Accessory Structure: 24 feet max
c. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 Feet Minimum
d. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
e. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
ii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iii. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
f. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: See 20.122.070
ii. Garage door restrictions: See 20.139
20.32.030 Backyard Cottage
0
(1) Definition: A small self-contained accessory dwelling located on the same lot as a detached
house but physically separated, for use as a complete, independent living facility, with
provisions for cooking, sanitation and sleeping.
(2) Districts where allowed: R1, R2, R3, R6, NMU, RMU, BPMU, GB
(3) Lot and Placement:
,o
5
a. Minimum/Maximum Lot Area: Set by District.
b. Minimum Lot Width: Set by District.
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District.
d. Building and Structure Setback from Primary Street lot line: Set by District.
e. Building and Structure Setback from Side Street lot line: Set by District.
f. Building and Structure Setback from Side Interior lot line: Set by District.
g. Building and Structure Setback from Rear lot line: Set by District
h. Minimum Building separation: 10'
i. Maximum Size: A backyard cottage shall not exceed 40 percent of the total square
footage of the primary dwelling/detached house (excluding any garage area and other
non -living areas such as workshops or greenhouses), or 1,000 square feet, whichever is
less.
(4) Max dwelling units per lot: 1 backyard cottage may be permitted as an accessory use to 1
detached house or manufactured home on a lot. Backyard cottages are not permitted in
manufactured or mobile home parks.
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a. Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Does not apply.
b. Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Does not apply.
(6) Height and Form:
10
i
O � O
/ O
�r \
a. Maximum Accessory Structure Height: 24 Feet
b. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 Feet Minimum
c. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Does not apply.
d. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Balcony. Does not apply.
ii. Porch. Does not apply.
iii. Stoop. Does not apply.
e. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: Does not apply.
ii. Garage door restrictions: See Chapter 20.139 of this Title.
iii. Additional on -site parking required: See Chapter 20.68 of this Title.
20.32.040 Cottage Court.
11
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates 5 to 12 detached dwelling units on individual lots
organized around an internal shared courtyard. Cottage courts require an approved subdivision
or short subdivision (depending on the total number of lots proposed).
(2) Districts where allowed: R1, R2, R3, R6, RMU, NMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
a. Minimum Site Area: 22,500 square feet
b. Minimum Site Width and Depth: 150'
c. Minimum Lot Area: 1,200 square feet
d. Minimum Lot Width: 20'
e. Maximum Principal Building Footprint: 1,200 square feet
f. Building and Structure Setback from Primary Street lot line: Set by District.
g. Building and Structure Setback from Side Street lot line: Set by District.
h. Building and Structure Setback from Side Interior lot line: Set by District.
12
i. Building and Structure Setback from Rear lot line: Set by District
(4) Maximum Dwelling Units allowed per site: 5-12
(5) Additional site area required per dwelling unit beyond 5: 4,500 square feet
(6) Maximum Lot Coverage: Does not apply
(7) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a. Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Does not apply.
b. Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Does not apply.
(8) Height and Form:
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 1.5 stories / 24 feet max
b. Maximum Building Wall Plate Height: 18 feet
c. Maximum Accessory Structure Height: 18 feet
d. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet
e. Courtyard Area:
i. Minimum Area: 3,000 square feet
ii. Additional Minimum Courtyard Area per dwelling unit beyond 5 units: 600
square foot minimum.
iii. Courtyard cannot be parked or driven on, except for emergency access and as
permitted for temporary events.
f. Minimum Courtyard Width:
i. 40 feet
g. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
ii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iii. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
h. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: Not allowed.
13
20.32.050 Duplex: Side by Side.
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates two dwelling units on an individual lot separated
vertically side by side that share a common wall.
(2) Districts where allowed: R2, R3, NMU, BPMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
14
L]
C
i
`t.
�2Sr �a 5
a.
Minimum Lot Area: Set by district.
b.
Minimum Lot Width: Set by district.
c.
Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d.
Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e.
Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f.
Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g.
Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: 2 min, 2 max
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a.
Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Does not apply.
b.
Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Does not apply.
(6) Height
and Form:
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 3 stories / 35 feet
b. Maximum Accessory Structure Height: 24 feet
15
c. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet Minimum
d. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
e. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
ii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iii. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
f. Parking Location:
i. Garage door restrictions: See 20.139
g. Maximum Garage Door Width for garage bays facing primary street: 10 feet.
20.32.060 Duplex: Back to Back.
16
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates two dwelling units on an individual lot separated
vertically with one unit located directly behind the other unit that share a common wall.
(2) Districts where allowed: R2, R3, NMU, BPMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
420
a. Minimum Lot Area: Set by District
b. Minimum Lot Width: Set by District
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d. Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e. Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f. Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
17
g. Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: 2 min, 2 max
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a. Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Does not apply.
b. Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Does not apply.
(6) Height and Form:
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 3 stories / 35 feet Max
b. Maximum Accessory Structure Height: 24 feet Max
c. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet Minimum
d. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
e. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
ii. Porch. See section 20.122.030
iii. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
f. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: See 20.32.070
ii. Garage door restrictions: See 20.139
18
POMC 20.32.070 Attached House
"T- a :t om: .-. , .4.: -;Mfimmmp�
19
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates two attached dwelling units located on two
separate lots that share a common wall along a lot line. An attached house may require a
subdivision or short subdivision.
(2) Districts where allowed: R2, R3, NMU, BPMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
O
O
A
��2s a 5w
5
a. Minimum Lot Area: Set by District
b. Minimum Lot Width: Set by District
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d. Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e. Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f. Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g. Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: 1 min, 1 max
(S) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a. Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Does not apply.
b. Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Does not apply.
(6) Height and Form:
20
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 3 stories / 35 feet
b. Maximum Accessory Structure Height: 24 feet
c. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet Minimum
d. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
e. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
ii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iii. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
f. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: See 20.32.070
ii. Garage door restrictions: See 20.32.070
20.32.080 Four-Plex.
21
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates 3-4 dwelling units vertically or horizontally
integrated.
(2) Districts where allowed: R3, R4, R5, NMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
22
a. Minimum Lot Area: 7,000 square feet
b. Minimum Lot Width: 65'
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d. Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e. Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f. Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g. Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: Minimum 3, Maximum 4
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a. Building Fa4ade in primary street BTZ: Set by District.
b. Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Set by District.
(6) Height and Form:
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 3 stories / 35 feet
b. Maximum Accessory Structure Height: 24 feet
c. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet
d. Minimum Ground Floor Transparency: 20%
23
e. Minimum Upper Floor Transparency: 20%
f. Maximum Blank Wall Area: 35'
g. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
h. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Awning/canopy. See Section 20.122.020
ii. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
iii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iv. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
i. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: Parking Not allowed in front/corner yards.
ii. Garage Door Restrictions: See section 20.32.170.
20.32.090 Townhouse
24
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates 2 or more dwelling units where each unit is
separated vertically by a common side wall and located on its own lot. Units cannot be vertically
mixed. A subdivision or short subdivision may be required to construct townhome units.
(2) Districts where allowed: R2 (3-4 unit residential attached only), R3, R4, R5, RMU, CMU, GMU,
BPMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
a.
Minimum Site Area: 5,000 SF Min
b.
Minimum Site Width: 70'
c.
Minimum Lot Area: Set by district.
d.
Minimum Lot Width Set by district.
e.
Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
f.
Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
g.
Side Street Setback: Set by District.
h.
Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
i.
Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Dwellings allowed per site/lot: 1 min, no max
25
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a. Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Set by District
b. Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Set by District
(6) Height and Form:
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 3 stories / 35 feet Max
b. Accessory Structure: 24 feet Max
c. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet Minimum
d. Unit Width: 20 foot Min
e. Number of Units Permitted in a row: 6 max
f. Transparency ground story: 20% minimum
g. Transparency upper story: 20% minimum
h. Blank wall area: 35 feet max.
i. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
j. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Awning/canopy: See section 20.122.020
ii. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
iii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iv. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
k. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: Not allowed in front/corner yards.
ii. Garage door restrictions: See section 20.32.170.
26
20.32.100 Apartment.
I
i
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates 5 or more dwelling units vertically and
horizontally integrated.
27
(2) Districts where allowed: R3, R4, R5, NMU, GMU, CMU,
(3) Lot and Placement:
a.
Minimum Lot Area: Set by District
b.
Minimum Lot Width: Set by District
c.
Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d.
Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e.
Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f.
Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g.
Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: 5 min, no max
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a.
Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Set by district.
b.
Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Set by district.
(6) Height
and Form:
28
a. Maximum building and structure height: Set by district
b. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet Minimum
c. Maximum building length:
d. Minimum ground story transparency: 20%
e. Minimum upper story transparency: 20%
f. Maximum blank wall area: 35'
g. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
ii. Entrance spacing along primary street: 100' max.
h. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Awning/canopy: See section 20.122.020
ii. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
iii. Forecourt: See section 20.122.040
iv. Porch. See section 20.122.060
v. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
i. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: Not allowed.
20.32.110 Live Work.
Aft
29
I
e
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates 3 or more units. Units allow for residential and
nonresidential uses in the same physical space. Units may be vertically or horizontally mixed.
(2) Districts where allowed: RMU, NMU, BPMU, CMU, GMU, DMU, IF, CC
(3) Lot and Placement:
30
a.
Minimum Site Area: 4,000 square feet
b.
Minimum Site Width: 55 feet
c.
Minimum Lot size: Set by District.
d.
Minimum Lot Width: 16 feet Min
e.
Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
f.
Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
g.
Side Street Setback: Set by District.
h.
Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
i.
Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Units per
lot: 1 min / no max
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ)
a.
Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Set by District.
b.
Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Set by District.
(6) Height
and Form:
a. Maximum Building and Structure Height: 3 stories / 35 feet
b. Minimum Ground Story Height: 12 feet
31
c. Minimum Ground Floor Elevation: 2 feet
d. Unit Width: 15 feet Min / 30 feet Max
e. Number of Units Permitted in a Row: 6
f. Minimum ground story transparency: 20%
g. Minimum upper story transparency: 20%
h. Maximum blank wall area: 35 feet
i. Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
j. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Awning/Canopy: See 20.122.020
ii. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
iii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iv. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
k. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: See 20.32.170
ii. Garage Door Restrictions: See section 20.32.170
20.32.120 Shopfront House.
32
A
(1) Definition: A building type that typically accommodates ground floor retail, office or commercial
uses with upper -story residential or office uses at a scale that complements the existing
residential character of the area.
(2) Districts where allowed: NMU, CMU, RMU, GMU, CC, BPMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
33
a. Minimum Lot Area: Set by District
b. Minimum Lot Width: Set by District
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d. Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e. Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f. Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g. Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: 2 min, 2 max
(5) Build to Zone (BTZ):
Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Set by District
Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Set by District.
34
a
(6) Height and Form:
a.
Maximum Principal Building Height: 3 stories / 35 feet
b.
Minimum Ground Story Height: 10 feet
c.
Maximum Building Length: 50 feet
d.
Maximum Building depth: 75 feet
e.
Minimum ground story transparency: 40%
f.
Minimum upper story transparency: 20%
g.
Pedestrian Access:
i. Entrance facing primary street: Required.
h.
Building Elements Allowed:
i. Awning/canopy: See 20.122.020
ii. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
iii. Porch. See section 20.122.060
iv. Stoop. See section 20.122.070
i.
Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: Not allowed.
ii. Garage door restrictions: See 20.32.170.
35
20.32.130 Single Story Shopfront
Ev
(1) Definition: A single story building type that typically accommodates retail or commercial uses.
36
(2) Districts where allowed: CMU, CC, CH, DMU, GMU
(3) Lot and Placement:
a.
Minimum Lot Area: Set by District
b.
Minimum Lot Width: Set by District
c.
Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d.
Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e.
Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f.
Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g.
Rear Setback: Set by District
(4) Build to Zone (BTZ):
a.
Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Set by district.
b.
Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: set by district.
(5) Height
and Form:
37
a. Maximum Principal Building Height: 1 stories / 24 feet
b. Minimum ground story height: 12 feet
c. Maximum building length: 150 feet
d. Ground story transparency:
i. Ground Story: 60% min
ii. Ground Story w/building footprint 20,000 square feet or more: 30% min
e. Maximum Blank Wall Width:
i. Building footprint less than 20,000 square feet: 25 feet max width
ii. Building footprint 20,000 square feet or more: 75 feet max width
f. Pedestrian Access - Entrance facing primary street: Required.
g. Entrance spacing along primary street:
i. 75' max
ii. Building footprint of 20,000 sf or more: 125 feet max
h. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Balcony. See section 20.122.030
ii. Forecourt. See section 20.122.040
iii. Gallery. See section 20.122.050
i. Parking Location:
i. Front/corner yard restrictions: Set by district.
20.32.140 Mixed Use Shopfront.
38
Ph
(1) Definition: A building type that typically accommodates ground floor retail, office or commercial
uses with upper -story residential or office uses
(2) Districts where allowed: BPMU, CMU, DMU, GMU, CC
(3) Lot and Placement:
39
a. Minimum Lot Area: Set by District
b. Minimum Lot Width: Set by District
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d. Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e. Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f. Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g. Rear Setback: Set by District
h. Build to Zone (BTZ) - Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: Set by district.
i. Build to Zone (BTZ) - Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: Set by district.
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: No Limit
(5) Height and Form:
a. Maximum Building and Structure Height: Set by District
b. Minimum ground story height: 12 feet
c. Maximum building length: 120 feet
40
d. Minimum ground story transparency: 60%
e. Minimum upper story transparency: 20%
f. Blank wall area: 25 feet max
g. Pedestrian Access - Entrance facing primary street: Required.
h. Entrance spacing along primary street: 75 feet max
i. Building Elements Allowed:
i. Awning/Canopy. See section 20.122.020
ii. Forecourt. See section 20.122.040
iii. Gallery. See section 20.122.050
j. Parking Location: Set by District
20.32.150 General Building
00
pig
•
jJJ
Op
y +I's F �.
!VA
41
(1) Definition: A building type that accommodates commercial, office, agricultural, or industrial
uses.
(2) Districts where allowed: BPMU, CMU, GMU, CC, CH, IF, IL, IH, Cl, PR, PF
(3) Lot and Placement:
a. Minimum Lot Area: Set by District
b. Minimum Lot Width: Set by District
c. Maximum Lot Coverage: Set by District
d. Primary Street Setback: Set by District.
e. Side Street Setback: Set by District.
f. Side Interior Setback: Set by District.
g. Rear Setback: Set by District
h. Build to Zone (BTZ) - Building Fagade in primary street BTZ: set by district.
i. Build to Zone (BTZ) - Building fagade in secondary street BTZ: set by district.
(4) Dwellings allowed per lot: Not Permitted
42
(5) Height and Form:
5
a�
a. Maximum Building and structure Height: Set by district
b. Minimum Ground Story Height: 10 feet
c. Maximum building length: 120 feet
d. Minimum ground story transparency: 40%
e. Minimum upper story transparency: 20%
f. Maximum blank wall area: 50 feet
g. Pedestrian Access - Entrance facing primary street: Required.
h. Pedestrian Access — Entrance Spacing along Primary Street 125 feet max.
k. Building Elements Allowed:
iv. Awning/Canopy. See section 20.122.020
v. Forecourt. See section 20.122.040
vi. Gallery. See section 20.122.050
i. Parking Location: Set by district.
43
Chapter 20.33
GREENBELT DISTRICT
Sections:
20.36.010 Greenbelt.
(1) Intent.
The Greenbelt district is intended to protect sensitive natural resources and critical areas. Residential
development not exceeding 1 single-family residential unit per 2 acres, and certain other compatible
land uses, are allowed to supplement the protection of these resources in exchange for preserving open
space.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The following building types are allowed:
(a) Detached single-family house
(b) Backyard Cottage
(c) General Building
1. ■ JA+A A
Greenbelt Buildings
(3) Lot Dimensions:
Gross Density: 1 unit/2 acres maximum
Area (A) Width (B)
Detached house 2 acres min No Minimum
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 15%.
1
Greenbelt Lot Dimensions ~
(5) Building Placement.
Principal Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary street
15 ft min
(A)
(b) Side street
10 ft min
(B)
(c) Side interior
5 ft min
(C)
(d) Rear
10 ft min
(D)
2
Greenbelt Building Placement
(B) Building Height:
Principal building 3aorieR35# max ()
Accessory structure 24# max (B
�-
z'
�
Greenbelt Building Height
3
CHAPTER 20.34
RESIDENTIAL DISTRICTS
Sections:
20.34.010
Residential 1 (R1)
20.34.020
Residential 2 (R2)
20.34.030
Residential 3 (R3)
20.34.040
Residential 4 (R4)
20.34.050
Residential 5 (R5)
20.34.060
Residential 6 (116)
20.34.010 Residential 1 (111)
(1) Intent. The R1 district is intended to accommodate single-family detached houses with a minimum
lot size of 1,200 - 6,000 square feet. R1 may be applied in areas designated as Residential Low or
Residential Medium in the Port Orchard Comprehensive Plan. Uses and building types that would
substantially interfere with the single family residential nature of the district are not allowed.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types in the R1 zone are as follows:
(a) Detached house (POMC 20.32.020)
(b) Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030)
(c) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
(d) Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040)
R1 Building Types
1
(3) Lot Dimensions.
x �
f� ti
y
f'
f�
I
(a) Minimum lot size:
i. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 6,000 square feet.
ii. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street (lots with vehicular access from
alley): 5,000 square feet.
iii. Cottage Court: 1,200 square feet (See POMC 20.32.040).
(b) Minimum lot width: 50 feet.
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 50%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 10feet minimum or average front setback (See POMC 20.40.020)
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum
(6) Accessory Structure Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 40 feet minimum
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum
(d) Rear: 3 feet minimum (Rear setback for an accessory structure abutting an alley may be reduced to 2
feet)
2
-�
1W,
�.�
-��
qlkb.. 4e
)
R1 Building Placement
(7) Building height.
(a}Principal bm8mE3stories/35# max
(b}Acessory structure: 2 # max
R1 Building Heigh
2.3:2 Residential 2(R)
(1) Intent. The RZ $aHc R primarily intended toaccommodate detached house, duplex, and
townhouse development with a minimum lot size that varies based on building type. The RZ district R
intended toimplement the residential medium density Comprehensive Mandesignation. Additional
building types that are allowed include backyard cottage (detached accesetry dwelling unit), cottag
court, duple and attached house. Use that would substantially interfere with the residential natue of
the district are not allowed.
(2) Building Types Allowed. Them lowedbuilding types in the RZzone are ofollows:
(a) Detached house 7O M C 20.3 »OZ%
(b) Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) 7O v C 2 .3»Oa%
3
(c) Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040)
(d) Duplex: Side by Side (POMC 20.32.050)
(e) Duplex: Back to Back (POMC 20.32.060)
(f) Attached House (POMC 20.32.070)
(g) Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090) (3-4 units townhouse buildings only)
(h) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
a
i
R2 Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions.
4
R2 Lot Dimensions
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Detached house (POMC 20.32.020):
(A) Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 5,000 square feet
(B) Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street (lots with
vehicular access from alley): 3,000 square feet
ii. Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030): Not Applicable.
iii. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 1,200 square feet
iv. Duplex: Side by Side (POMC 20.32.050): 5,000 square feet
v. Duplex: Back to Back (POMC 20.32.060): 5,000 square feet
vi. Attached House (POMC 20.32.070): 2,500 square feet
vii. Townhouse (POMC20.32.090): 2,000 square feet
(b)Minimum Lot Width:
i. Detached house (POMC 20.32.020):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 50 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
ii. Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030): Not Applicable
iii. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 20 feet
iv. Duplex: side by side (POMC 20.32.050):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 60 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 40 feet
v. Duplex: back to back (POMC 20.32.060): 40 feet
vi. Attached House (POMC 20.32.070):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 20 feet
vii. Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 20 feet
viii.
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 10 feet minimum or average front setback (See POMC 20.40.020)
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum (Except attached housing types with dwellings on individual lots such
as townhouses or attached houses which do not require a side interior setback.)
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum (Rear setback for an accessory structure abutting an alley may be reduced to
2 feet)
(6) Accessory Structure Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 40 feet minimum
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
5
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum (Except attached housing types with dwellings on individual lots such
as townhouses or attached houses which do not require a side interior setback.)
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum (Rear setback for an accessory structure abutting an alley may be reduced to
2 feet)
. ep
;1 k
R2 Building Placement
(7) Building height.
Principal building 3 stories/35 ft max (A)
Accessory structure 24 ft max (B)
R2 Building Height
20.34.030 Residential 3 (R3)
(1) Intent. The R3 district is intended to accommodate a variety of residential options limited to 3
stories in height. The R3 zone should be applied in areas designated as residential medium density in
the Port Orchard Comprehensive Plan. Uses that would substantially interfere with the residential
nature of the district are not allowed.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types in the R3 zone are as follows:
0
(a) Detached house (POMC 20.32.020)
(b) Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030)
(c) Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040)
(d) Duplex: Side by Side (POMC 20.32.050)
(e) Duplex: Back to Back (POMC 20.32.060)
(f) Attached House (POMC 20.32.070)
(g) Four-plex (POMC 20.32.080)
(h) Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090)
(i) Apartment (POMC 20.32.100)
(j) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
R3 Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions.
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Detached house (POMC 20.32.020):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street with 3 or more side
by side enclosed parking stalls (3-car garage): 5,000 square feet
B. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street with 2 side by side enclosed
parking stalls (2-car garage): 4,000 square feet
C.Lots that take vehicular access from primary street with 1 side by side enclosed
parking stall (1-car garage or tandem configuration 2-car garage): 2,800 square
feet
D. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street (lots
with access from alley): 2,400 square feet
ii. Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030): Not Applicable.
iii. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 1,200 square feet
iv. Duplex: Side by Side (POMC 20.32.050): 5,000 square feet
v. Duplex: Back to Back (POMC 20.32.060): 5,000 square feet
7
vi. Attached House (POMC 20.32.070): 2,000 square feet
vii. Four-plex: 7,000 square feet
viii. Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090): 800 square feet
ix. Apartment (POMC 20.32.100): 10,000 square feet
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Detached house (POMC 20.32.020):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 36 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 26 feet
ii. Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030): Not Applicable
iii. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 20 feet
iv. Duplex: Side by Side (POMC 20.32.050):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 60 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 40 feet
v. Duplex: Back to Back (POMC 20.32.060): 40 feet
vi. Attached House (POMC 20.32.070):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 20 feet
vii. Four-plex (POMC 20.32.080): 60 feet
viii. Townhouse:
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 16 feet
ix. Apartment: 80 feet
R3 Lot Dimensions
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 80%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 10 feet minimum or average front setback (See POMC 20.40.020)
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum (Except attached housing types with dwellings on individual lots such
as townhouses or attached houses which do not require a side interior setback.)
W
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum
(6) Accessory Structure Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 40 feet minimum
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum (Rear setback for an accessory structure abutting an alley may be reduced to
2 feet)
R3 Building Placement
(7) Building height.
Principal building 3 stories/35 ft max (A)
Note: If a property is located within an area designated by the City as a receiving site for the transfer of
development rights, additional height for apartment buildings may be allowed. Refer to Chapter 20.41,
Transfer of Development Rights, for additional information.
Accessory structure 24 ft max (B)
0
R3 Building Height
Residential 4 (114)
(1) Intent. The R4 district is intended to accommodate a variety of multifamily residential options at
heights of 45 feet or less. Uses that would substantially interfere with the residential nature of the
district are not allowed.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types in the R4 zone are as follows:
(a) Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040)
(b) Four-plex (POMC 20.32.080)
(c) Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090)
(d) Apartment (POMC 20.32.100)
(e) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
10
R4 Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions.
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 1,200 square feet
ii. Four-plex: 7,000 square feet
iii. Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090): 800 square feet
iv. Apartment (POMC 20.32.100): 10,000 square feet
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 20 feet
ii. Four-plex (POMC 20.32.080): 60 feet
iii. Townhouse:
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 16 feet
iv. Apartment: 80 feet
11
R4 Lot Dimensions
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is: 80%.
(5) Building Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 10feet minimum or average front setback (See POMC 20.40.020)
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum (Except attached housing types with dwellings on individual lots such
as townhouses which do not require a side interior setback.)
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum (4 feet minimum where abutting an alley).
(6) Build -to -Zone (BTZ).
(a) Building facade in primary street: 60% min BTZ (% of lot width)
(b) Building fagade in side street: 30% min BTZ (% of lot width)
R4 Building Placement
12
(7) Building height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 4 stories/45 feet maximum
Note: If a property is located within an area designated by the City as a receiving site for the transfer of
development rights, additional height for apartment buildings may be allowed. Refer to Chapter 20.41,
Transfer of Development Rights, for additional information.
R4 Building Height
Residential 5 (R5)
(1) Intent. The R5 district is intended to accommodate a variety of multifamily residential options at
heights of 55 feet or less. Uses that would substantially interfere with the residential nature of the
district are not allowed.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types in the R5 zone are as follows:
(a) Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040)
(b) Four-plex (POMC 20.32.080)
(c) Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090)
(d) Apartment (POMC 20.32.100)
(e) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
13
R5 Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions.
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 1,200 square feet
ii. Four-plex: 7,000 square feet
iii. Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090): 1,000 square feet
iv. Apartment (POMC 20.32.100): 10,000 square feet
(b)Minimum Lot Width:
v. Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040): 20 feet
vi. Four-plex (POMC 20.32.080): 60 feet
vii. Townhouse:
i. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
ii. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 16 feet
viii. Apartment: 80 feet
14
R5 Lot Dimensions
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 80%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 10 feet minimum or average front setback (See POMC 20.40.020)
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum (Except attached housing types with dwellings on individual lots such
as townhouses which do not require a side interior setback.)
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum (4 feet minimum where abutting an alley).
(6) Build -to -Zone (BTZ).
(a) Building fagade in primary street: 60% min BTZ (% of lot width)
(b) Building fagade in side street: 30% min BTZ (% of lot width)
� r
-.00 �.
R5 Building Placement
(7) Building height.
(a) All buildings and structures: 5 stories/55 feet maximum
Note: If a property is located within an area designated by the City as a receiving site for the transfer of
development rights, additional height for apartment buildings may be allowed. Refer to Chapter 20.41,
Transfer of Development Rights, for additional information.
15
i �•
~4
R5 Building Height
20.34.020 Residential 6 (116)
(1) Intent. The R6 district is primarily intended to accommodate detached house development with a
minimum lot size that varies based on building type. The R6 district is intended to implement the
residential medium density Comprehensive Plan designation in selected parts of the McCormick Woods
master planning area. Additional building types that are allowed include backyard cottage (detached
accessory dwelling unit), cottage court, duplex and attached house. Uses that would substantially
interfere with the residential nature of the district are not allowed.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types in the R6 zone are as follows:
(a) Detached house (POMC 20.32.020)
(b) Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030)
(c) Cottage Court (POMC 20.32.040)
(d) Duplex: Side by Side (POMC 20.32.050)
(e) Duplex: Back to Back (POMC 20.32.060)
(f) Attached House (POMC 20.32.070)
(g) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
16
R6 Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions.
R6 Lot Dimensions
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Detached house (POMC 20.32.020): 4,000 square feet
ii. Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030): Not Applicable.
iii. Duplex: Side by Side (POMC 20.32.050): 5,000 square feet
iv. Duplex: Back to Back (POMC 20.32.060): 5,000 square feet
Attached House (POMC 20.32.070): 2,500 square feet
17
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Detached house (POMC 20.32.020): 40 feet
ii. Backyard Cottage (detached ADU) (POMC 20.32.030): Not Applicable
iii. Duplex: side by side (POMC 20.32.050):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 60 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 40 feet
ix. Duplex: back to back (POMC 20.32.060): 40 feet
x. Attached House (POMC 20.32.070):
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 20 feet
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 75%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 10 feet minimum or average front setback (See POMC 20.40.020)
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum (Rear setback for an accessory structure abutting an alley may be reduced to
2 feet)
(6) Accessory Structure Setbacks.
(a) Primary Street: 40 feet minimum
(b) Side Street: 10 feet minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 feet minimum
(d) Rear: 10 feet minimum (Rear setback for an accessory structure abutting an alley may be reduced to
2 feet)
R6 Building Placement
(7) Building height.
(a) Principal building: 3 stories/35 ft max
(b) Accessory structure: 24 ft max
18
R6 Building Height
19
CHAPTER 20.35
COMMERCIAL AND MIXED -USE DISTRICTS
Sections:
20.35.010
Residential Mixed Use (RMU).
20.35.020
Neighborhood Mixed Use (NMU).
20.35.025
Business Professional Mixed Use (BPMU).
20.35.030
Commercial Mixed Use (CMU).
20.35.040
Downtown Mixed Use (DMU).
20.35.050
Gateway Mixed Use (GMU).
20.35.060
Commercial Corridor (CC).
20.35.070
Commercial Heavy (CH).
20.35.080
Industrial Flex (IF).
20.35.010 Residential Mixed Use (RMU).
(1) Intent. The RMU district is intended to accommodate working and living in close proximity to one
another, including in the same physical space. Building type options include townhouse and live -work.
The RMU zone should be applied in areas where the existing or proposed land use pattern promotes
live -work uses and in areas designated as Commercial in the Port Orchard Comprehensive Plan. This
designation may also be applied in areas designated residential high density in the comprehensive plan
provided that the area abuts areas designated commercial and residential high density such that the
application of the RMU district acts as a transitional zoning district. Uses that would substantially
interfere with the live -work nature of the district are not allowed.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types in the RMU zone as follows:
(a) Townhouse (POMC 20.32.020)
(b) Live Work (POMC 20.32.110)
(c) Shopfront House (POMC 20.32.120)
RMU Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions:
RMU Zone Lot Dimensions
(a) Minimum lot size:
i. Townhouse: 1,000 square ft.
ii. Live Work: 1,000 square ft
iii. Shopfront House: 6,000 square ft
(b) Minimum lot width:
i. Townhouse:
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 16 feet
ii. Live Work: 16 feet
iii. Shopfront House: 60 feet
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 90%.
(5) Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 0 ft min/10 ft maximum
(b) Side Street: 0 ft min/10 ft max
(c) Side Interior: 0 or 5 ft min
(d) Rear: 10 ft (4 ft if abutting an alley)
2
f
RMU Building Setback and Build to Zone
(6) Build to Zone:
(a) Building Facing Primary Street: 70% minimum (% of lot width)
(b) Building Facing Side Street: 35% minimum (% of lot width)
(7) Building Height:
(a) 3 stories/35 ft max
W_q
RMU Zone Building Height
20.35.020 Neighborhood Mixed Use (NMU)
(1) Intent. The NMU district is intended to accommodate neighborhood -oriented commercial facilities.
The intent of the district is to provide small-scale service establishments close to residential uses, and to
ensure that buildings and uses are compatible with the character of nearby neighborhoods. Building
type options include: detached house, duplex, backyard cottage, four-plex, townhouse, and shopfront
house. NMU zones should be applied in areas where the existing or proposed land use pattern has
commercial activity close to established residential areas and may be applied in areas designated
commercial in the comprehensive plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types for the NMU zone are as follows:
(a) Detached house (20.32.020)
3
(b) Duplex (20.32.040-050)
(c) Backyard Cottage (Detached Accessory dwelling unit) (20.32.030)
(d) Cottage Court (20.32.040)
(e) Four-plex (POMC 20.32.080)
(f) Townhouse (POMC 20.32.090)
(g) Shopfront house (20.32.120)
(h) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
NMU Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Detached House: 3,500 square feet
ii. Duplex (all types): 7,000 square feet
iii. Backyard Cottage: 7,000
iv. Four-plex: 7,000 square feet
v. Townhouse: 800 square feet
vi. Shopfront House: 7,000 square feet
vii. Accessory Building: N/A
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Detached House: 60 feet
ii. Duplex (all types): 60 Feet.
iii. Backyard Cottage: N/A
iv. Four-plex: 60 feet
v. Townhouse:
A. Lots that take vehicular access from primary street: 30 feet
B. Lots that do not take vehicular access from primary street: 16 feet
vi. Shopfront House: 65 feet
4
NMU Lot Dimensions
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 10 ft minimum/30 ft maximum
(b) Side Street: 10 ft minimum/30 ft maximum
(c) Side Interior: 5 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 10 ft minimum
(6) Build to Zone:
(a) Building fagade in primary street: 50% minimum (% of lot width)
(b) Building fagade in side street: 25% (% of lot width)
(7) Accessory Structure Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 40 ft minimum
(b) Side Street: 10 ft minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 3 ft (Rear if abutting an alley: 4 ft)
NMU Building Placement
(8) Building Height:
5
(a) Principal Building Height: 3 stories/35 ft max
(b) Accessory Building Height: 2 stories/24 ft max
r � 1
1 •�
� r
r
ti f
NMU Building Height
20.35.025 Business Professional Mixed Use (BPMU)
(1) Intent. The BPMU district is intended to accommodate mixed use development as well as a mix of
uses that are oriented around the existing areas of medical, business professional, and residential uses
and structures. Development in this zone is sought at a scale appropriate for uses ranging from single
family detached to large medical buildings with larger buildings to be designed to be more compatible
with smaller structures. Building type options include: detached house, duplex, backyard cottage, live
work, shopfront house, mixed use shopfront, and general building. BPMU zones should be applied in
areas in the vicinity of the Tremont medical facilities and near downtown Port Orchard and the Kitsap
County Campus on properties designated as Commercial in the comprehensive plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types for the BPMU zone are as follows:
(a) Detached house (20.32.020)
(b) Duplex (20.32.050-060)
(c) Backyard Cottage (Detached Accessory dwelling unit) (20.32.030)
(d) Attached House (POMC 20.32.070)
(e) Live Work (POMC 20.32.110)
(f) Shopfront House (POMC 20.32.120)
(g) Mixed -Use Shopfront (POMC 20.32.140)
(h) General Building (POMC 20.32.150)
(i) Accessory Buildings (POMC 20.32.010 (16))
0
BPMU Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Detached House: 3,000 square feet
ii. Duplex: 6,000 square feet
iii. Backyard Cottage: 6,000 square feet
iv. Attached House: 3,500 square feet
v. Live Work: 1,000 square feet
vi. Shopfront House: 6,000 square feet
vii. Mixed -Use Shopfront: 10,000 square feet
viii. General Building: 10,000 square feet
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Detached House: 60 feet
ii. Duplex: 60 feet Backyard Cottage: N/A
iii. Attached House: 30 feet
iv. Live Work: 16 feet
v. Shopfront House: 60 feet
vi. Mixed Use Shopfront: 80 feet
vii. General Building: 100 feet
k � �
f . �
f'
BPMU Lot Dimensions
7
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 75%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 10 ft minimum/30 ft maximum
(b) Side Street: 10 ft minimum/30 ft maximum
(c) Side Interior: 5 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 10 ft minimum
(6) Build to Zone:
(a) Building fagade in primary street: 50% minimum (% of lot width)
(b) Building fagade in side street: 25% (% of lot width)
(7) Accessory Structure Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 40 ft minimum
(b) Side Street: 10 ft minimum
(c) Side Interior: 5 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 20 ft (Rear if abutting an alley: 4 ft)
BPMU Building Placement
(7) Building Height:
(a) Principal Building Height (except detached house, duplex, attached house): 3 stories/40 ft max
0
(b) Accessory Building Height: 2 stories/24 ft max
•i
f• � f
l �
� r
BPMU Building Height
20.35.030 Commercial Mixed -Use (CMU).
(1) Intent. The Commercial Mixed -Use district is intended to accommodate a broader range of
residential and non-residential activity than Neighborhood Mixed Use. To promote walkability and
compatibility, auto -oriented uses are restricted. Building type options include: townhouse, apartment,
live -work, shopfront house, single -story shopfront, mixed -use shopfront and general building.
Commercial Mixed Use should be applied in areas where the existing or proposed land use pattern
promotes mixed use and pedestrian -oriented activity and may be applied in areas designated
commercial in the comprehensive plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types are as follows:
(a) Townhouse
(b) Apartment
(c) Live -work unit
(d) Shopfront house
(e) Single -story shopfront
(f) Mixed use shopfront
(g) General building
CMU Building Types
01
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Townhouse: 800 square feet
ii. Apartment: 5,000 square feet
iii. Live -work Unit: 1,000 square feet
iv. Shopfront House: 5,000 square feet
v. Single -story shopfront: 5,000 square feet
vi. Mixed -use shopfront: 5,000 square feet
vii. General Building: 5,000 square feet
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Townhouse: 16 feet
ii. Apartment: 50 feet
iii. Live -work Unit: See POMC 20.32.110 (3) (d).
iv. Shopfront House: 50 feet
v. Single -story shop front: 50 feet
vi. Mixed -use shopfront: 50 feet
vii. General Building: 50 feet
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 80%.
CMU Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 0 ft minimum / 10 ft maximum
(b) Side Street: 0 ft minimum / 10 ft maximum
(c) Side Interior: 0 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 20 ft minimum (Rear if abutting an alley: 4 ft minimum)
(6) Build to Zone:
(a) Building facade in primary street: 70% minimum (% of lot width)
(b)Building fagade in side street: 30% minimum (% of lot width)
10
L �
'L
L1
L �
L
CMU Building Placement
(7) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POMC 20.124:
(a) Front Yard: Not Allowed
(b) Corner Yard: Not Allowed
(c) Side Yard: Allowed
(d) Rear Yard: Allowed
(8) Building Height: All buildings and structures: 3.5 stories/ 40 ft maximum.
L J
'L
V
CMU Building Height
20.35.040 Downtown Mixed Use (DMU).
(1) Intent. The Downtown Mixed -Use district is intended to provide for mixed use, pedestrian -oriented
development in downtown. To promote walkability and to encourage street -level retail activity, auto -
oriented uses and ground -floor residential uses are restricted. Building type options include live -work,
single -story shopfront and mixed -use shopfront. Downtown Mixed Use should be applied in areas
where the existing or proposed land use pattern promotes the highest levels of pedestrian and mixed -
use activity in the community and may be applied in areas designated commercial in the comprehensive
plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types are as follows:
11
(a) Live -work unit
(b) Single -story shopfront
(c) Mixed -use shopfront
DMU Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) There are no minimum or maximum lot sizes in the DMU district.
(b) There is no minimum lot width in the DMU district.
DMU Lot Dimensions
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 100%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a)
Primary Street: Not applicable
(b)
Side Street: Not applicable
(c)
Side Interior: Not applicable
(d)
Rear: not applicable
(6) Build to Zone:
(a) Building fagade in primary street: 80% minimum (% of lot width)
(b)Building fagade in side street: 40% minimum (% of lot width)
12
�k
r'
i
Y
r
r'
r'
i J
� r
VIP
DMU Building Placement
(7) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POMC 20.127:
(a) Front Yard: Not Allowed
(b) Corner Yard: Not Allowed
(c) Side Yard: Allowed
Rear Yard: Allowed
(8) Building Height:
(a) Maximum Height: 3 stories/38 feet unless an alternative maximum building height is specified
pursuant to the Downtown Height Overlay District (POMC 20.38.600-670).
r
1
r�
r y
r.
DMU Building Height
20.35.050 Gateway Mixed Use
(1) Intent. The Gateway Mixed Use district is intended to provide transitional districts in the east and
west gateways to downtown Port Orchard. The district allows both mixed use, pedestrian -oriented
development such as what is allowed in the GMU district along with other moderately more auto -
dependent uses. Building type options include townhouse, apartment, live -work, shopfront house,
single -story shopfront, mixed -use shopfront, and general buildings. Gateway Mixed Use should be
applied to the east and west of downtown and may be applied in areas designated commercial in the
comprehensive plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types are as follows:
(a) Townhouse
13
(b)
Apartment
(c)
Live -work unit
(d)
Shopfront house
(e)
Single -story shopfront
(f)
Mixed -use Shopfront
(g)
General Building
GMU Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(c) There are no minimum or maximum lot sizes in the GMU district.
(d) There is no minimum lot width in the GMU district.
t.
J
I
GMU Lot Dimensions
(4) The maximum hard surface coverage is 90%.
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a)
Primary Street: Not applicable
(b)
Side Street: Not applicable
(c)
Side Interior: Not applicable
(d)
Rear: not applicable
(6) Build to Zone:
(a) Building fagade in primary street: 80% minimum (% of lot width)
(b) Building fagade in side street: 40% minimum (% of lot width)
14
J.
.� J.
J !_�
J
-� J-
GMU Building Placement
(7) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POMC 20.127:
(a) Front Yard: Not Allowed
(b) Corner Yard: Not Allowed
(c) Side Yard: Allowed
Rear Yard: Allowed
(8) Building Height:
(a) Maximum Height: 3 stories/38 feet unless an alternative maximum building height is specified
pursuant to the Downtown Height Overlay District (POMC 20.38.600-670).
GMU Building Height
20.35.060 Commercial Corridor (CC)
(1) Intent. The Commercial Corridor district is intended to serve as a commercial gateway and to take
advantage of proximity to major roadways. Therefore, the quality and aesthetics of new development is
very important. Building type options include live -work units, shopfront house, single -story shopfront,
15
mixed -use shopfront and general building. The Commercial Corridor district should be applied along
commercial corridors that serve as entrances to downtown or other pedestrian -oriented activity areas.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types are as follows:
(a) Live -work unit
(b) Shopfront house
(c) Single -story shopfront
(d) Mixed -use Shopfront
(e) General building
CC Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Live Work Unit: 1,000 square ft
ii. Shopfront House: 5,000 square ft
iii. Single Story Shopfront: 5,000 square ft
iv. Mixed use shopfront: 5,000 square ft
v. General building: 5,000 square ft
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Live Work Unit: 25 ft
ii. Shopfront House: 50 ft
iii. Single Story Shopfront: 50 ft
iv. Mixed use shopfront: 50 ft
v. General building: 50 ft
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
16
CC Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 15 ft minimum / 50 ft maximum
(b) Side Street: 0 ft minimum / 50 ft maximum
(c) Side Interior: 10 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 10 ft minimum
(6) Build to Zone:
(a) Building fagade in primary street: 50% minimum (% of lot width)
(b) Building fagade in side street: 25% minimum (% of lot width)
CC Building Placement
(7) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POW 20.127:
(a) Front Yard: Not Allowed
(b) Corner Yard: Not Allowed
(c) Side Yard: Allowed
(d) Rear Yard: Allowed
(8) Building Height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 3 stories/ 35 ft maximum
17
N
CC Building Height
20.35.070 Commercial Heavy (CH)
(1) Intent. Commercial Heavy is intended for auto -oriented and heavy commercial uses. To help ensure
compatibility, residential uses are not allowed. Building type options include single -story shopfront and
general building. The Commercial Heavy district should be applied in areas where the existing or
proposed land use pattern contains a variety of auto -oriented and heavy commercial uses and in areas
designated as Commercial in the Comprehensive Plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types are as follows:
(a) Single -story shopfront
(b) General building
CH Building Types
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Single Story Shopfront: 7,000 square ft
ii. General building: 7,000 square ft
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
18
i. Single Story Shopfront: 70 ft
ii. General building: 70 ft
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
x
CH Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 20 ft minimum (from planned ROW acquisition area)
(b) Side Street: 20 ft minimum / 50 ft maximum
(c) Side Interior: 20 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 20 ft minimum
CH Building Placement
(7) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POMC 20.127:
(a)
Front yard
Allowed
(b)
Corner yard
Allowed
(c)
Side yard
Allowed
(d)
Rear yard
Allowed
19
(8) Building Height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 3 stories/ 35 ft maximum
CH Building Height
20.35.080 Industrial Flex.
(1) Intent. IF is intended to accommodate a variety of light industrial, commercial and residential uses.
To help ensure that land is reserved for employment purposes, residential uses are limited to the upper
stories. Building type options include live -work, single -story shopfront, mixed use shopfront and general
building. IX should be applied in industrial areas where commercial and residential uses are also desired,
or where such pattern is desired in the future and in areas where designated as Commercial in the
Comprehensive Plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. The allowed building types are as follows:
(a) Live -work unit
(b) Shopfront house
(c) Single -story shopfront
(d) Mixed use building
(e) General building
IF Building Types
20
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type:
i. Live Work Unit: 1,000 square ft
ii. Shopfront House: 5,000 square ft
iii. Single -story shopfront: 5,000 square ft
iv. Mixed -use shopfront:
v. General building: 7,000 square ft
(b) Minimum Lot Width:
i. Live Work Unit: 25 ft
ii. Shopfront House: 50 ft
iii. Single -story shopfront: 50 ft
iv. Mixed -use shopfront: 50 ft
v. General building: 50 ft
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
IF Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a)
Primary Street: 5 ft minimum
(b)
Side Street: 5 ft minimum
(c)
Side Interior: 10 ft minimum
(d)
Rear: 10 ft minimum
! 1
< 5.-
J \
t !
J
4 !lop
IF Building Placement
21
(6) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POMC 20.127:
(a)
Front yard:
Allowed
(b)
Corner yard:
Allowed
(c)
Side yard:
Allowed
(d)
Rear yard:
Allowed
(7) Building Height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 3 stories/ 35 ft maximum
IF Building Height
22
Chapter 20.36
INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS
Sections:
20.36.010 Light Industrial (LI)
20.36.020 Heavy Industrial (HI)
20.36.010 Light Industrial (LI)
(1) Intent.
The Light Industrial district is intended to accommodate manufacturing and light industrial uses in order
to promote economic viability, encourage employment growth, and limit the encroachment of non-
industrial development within established industrial areas. Development should be operated in a
relatively clean and quiet manner, and should not be obnoxious to nearby residential or commercial
uses. The Light Industrial designation should be applied in established light industrial or manufacturing
areas or where such land use pattern is desired in the future and in areas designated Industrial in the
Comprehensive Plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. Building types (POMC 20.32) are not applicable in the Light Industrial
district.
Tom.■ r'
Light Industrial Buildings
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type: 7,000 square ft
(b) Minimum Lot Width: 70 ft
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
1
Light Industrial Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a)
Primary Street: 20 ft minimum
(b)
Side Street: 10 ft minimum
(c)
Side Interior: 10 ft minimum
(d)
Rear: 10 ft minimum
(6) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POW 20.127):
(a)
Front yard: Allowed
(b)
Corner yard: Allowed
(c)
Side yard: Allowed
(d)
Rear yard: Allowed
yr ..
l!
Light Industrial Building Placement
(7) Building Height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 3 stories/ 35 ft maximum
2
Light Industrial Building Height
20.36.020 Heavy Industrial. (HI)
(1) Intent.
The Heavy Industrial district is intended to accommodate a broad range of high -impact manufacturing or
industrial uses that by their nature create a nuisance, and that are not properly associated with or are
not compatible with nearby residential or commercial uses. The Heavy Industrial designation should be
applied in established heavy industrial areas or where such land use pattern is desired in the future and
in areas designated as Industrial in the Comprehensive Plan.
(2) Building Types Allowed. Building types (POMC 20.32) are not applicable in the Heavy Industrial
district.
%0
Heavy Industrial Buildings
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type: 7,000 square ft
(b) Minimum Lot Width: 70 ft
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
3
Heavy Industrial Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a)
Primary Street: 20 ft minimum
(b)
Side Street: 10 ft minimum
(c)
Side Interior: 10 ft minimum
(d)
Rear: 10 ft minimum
(6) Parking location. Parking shall be allowed as follows except where another standard is specified in
POW 20.127:
(a)
Front yard:
Allowed
(b)
Corner yard:
Allowed
(c)
Side yard:
Allowed
(d)
Rear yard:
Allowed
f k
� � r
l
Heavy Industrial Building Placement
(7) Building Height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 3 stories/ 35 ft maximum
4
Heavy Industrial Building Height
Chapter 20.37
CIVIC AND OPEN SPACE DISTRICTS
Sections:
20.37.010
Civic and Institutional (CI)
20.37.020
Parks and Recreation (PR)
20.37.030
Public Facilities (PF)
20.37.010
Civic and Institutional (CI)
(1) Intent.
The Civic and Institutional district is intended to protect for civic uses that serve the surrounding
neighborhoods or produce intense civic activities that do not readily assimilate into other zoning
districts. Activities may include, but are not limited to, religious facilities, fraternal organizations, and
schools. The Civic and Institutional district intends to provide for compliance with the Religious Land
Use and Institutionalized Persons Act (RLUIPA). The Civic and Institutional district may be applied in any
area of the City regardless of Comprehensive Plan designation.
(2) Building Types Allowed. Building types are not applicable in the Civic and Institutional district.
Civic and Institutional Buildings
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type: 7,000 square ft
(b) Minimum Lot Width: 70 ft
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 70%.
1
Civic and Institutional Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks:
(a) Primary Street: 15 ft minimum (may be reduced on designated storefront and mixed designation
streets POMC 20.127)
(b) Side Street: 10 ft minimum (may be reduced on designated storefront and mixed designation
streets POMC 20.127)
(c) Side Interior: 10 ft minimum
(d) Rear: 10 ft minimum
. u
v.
i
Civic and Institutional Building Placement
(6) Building Height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 3 stories/ 55 ft maximum
i
Civic and Institutional Building Height
2
20.37.020 Parks and Recreation (PR)
(1) Intent. The Parks and Recreation district is intended to create, preserve and enhance park land to
meet the active and recreational needs of residents. The Parks and Recreation district is intended to
provide for both improved and unimproved park land. Activities may include, but are not limited to,
structures or other active, player -oriented facilities such as playgrounds, recreational fields, ballfield,
sport courts, dog parks, and associated accessory facilities such as parking areas and restrooms. The
Parks and Recreation district is also intended to accommodate buildings of a public nature such as
community and recreation centers. The Parks and Recreation District may be applied in any area of the
City regardless of Comprehensive Plan designation.
(2) Building Types Allowed. Building types are not applicable in the Parks and Recreation district.
Parks and Recreation Buildings
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) There shall be no minimum lot size within the Parks and Recreation District.
(b) There shall be no minimum lot width within the Parks and Recreation District.
J L
Parks and Recreation Lot Dimensions
(4) Building Setbacks:
a. Primary Street: 10 ft minimum
b. Side street: 10 ft minimum
c. Side interior: 10 ft minimum
d. Rear: 10 ft minimum
3
-�` • �
z•� ��
a•
Par and Recreation Building Placement
(5) Building Height:
(a}All buildings and structures: 35Rmaximum
z�\
Par and Recreation maim Height
4
20.37.030 Public Facilities (PF)
(1) Intent.
The Public Facilities district is intended to provide for public facility uses that serve the city and which
may not readily assimilate into other zoning districts. The Public Facilities district may be applied in any
area of the City regardless of Comprehensive Plan designation. The Public Facilities district intends to
accommodate buildings of a public nature such as police, fire or EMS stations and government offices.
(2) Building Types Allowed. Building types are not applicable in the Public Facilities district.
(3) Lot Dimensions:
(a) Minimum Lot Size by building type: 7,000 square ft
(b) Minimum Lot Width: 70 ft
(4) Maximum hard surface coverage is 95%.
Civic and Institutional Lot Dimensions
(5) Principal Building Setbacks (from ground level up to 40 feet):
(a) Primary Street: 10 ft minimum (may be reduced on designated storefront and mixed designation
streets POMC 20.127)
(b) Side Street: 10 ft minimum (may be reduced on designated storefront and mixed designation
streets POMC 20.127)
(c) Side Interior:
i. Side Interior abutting non-residential: 5 ft minimum
ii. Side Interior abutting residential: 20 ft minimum
(d) Rear:
i. Abutting non-residential: 5 ft minimum
ii. Rear abutting residential: 20 ft minimum
5
J•
�h.
Civic and Institutional Building Placement
(6) Building Height:
(a) All buildings and structures: 5 stories/ 85 ft maximum (it is recognized that public buildings may
have higher per story heights than other building types hence the 85-foot height limit).
Civic and Institutional Building Height
M
Chapter 20.38
OVERLAY DISTRICTS
Sections:
20.38.600 Downtown Height Overlay District (DHOD)
20.38.610 DHOD Intent
20.38.620 DHOD Applicability
20.38.630 DHOD Conflicts
20.38.640 DHOD Height Limits
20.38.650 DHOD Height Measurement
20.38.660 DHOD Variances
20.38.670 DHOD Map Amendments
20.38.700 Self Storage Overlay District (SSOD)
20.38.710 SSOD Intent
20.38.720 SSOD Applicability
20.38.730 SSOD Conflicts
20.38.740 SSOD Map Amendments
20.38.800 View Protection Overlay District (VPOD)
20.38.810 VPOD Intent
20.38.820 VPOD Applicability
20.38.830 VPOD Conflicts
20.38.840 VPOD Height Limits
20.38.850 VPOD Height Measurement
20.38.860 VPOD Variances
20.38.870 VPOD Map Amendments
20.38.880 VPOD Landscaping
20.38.600 Downtown Height Overlay District (DHOD)
A Downtown Height Overlay District (DHOD) is hereby established with boundaries as shown on Figure
1.
20.38.610 DHOD Intent
The intent of the Downtown Height Overlay District (DHOD) is to protect scenic views on north facing
slopes in the vicinity of Sinclair Inlet and Downtown, protect property values, provide access to light,
ensure that the scale of development in downtown Port Orchard does not negatively impact the historic
character of the community, and otherwise protect the general health, safety, and welfare of the
community. The intent of the DHOD is to be achieved by establishing height limits for buildings and by
establishing a method of measuring buildings that is different than the methods used elsewhere in this
title to recognize the generally sloping characteristics of the overlay district.
20.38.620 DHOD Applicability
No new building or modification of an existing building may be permitted in the DHOD unless it complies
with the height limits established in this chapter.
20.38.630 DHOD Conflicts
Where the requirements of this chapter conflict with another chapter, the more restrictive requirement
shall control.
20.38.640 DHOD Height Limits
(1) DHOD Height Zones Established. Within the DHOD as shown on the Zoning Map, there are three
different DHOD height zones with height limits established as follows:
(a) DHOD 3: 38 feet — 3 Stories
(b) DHOD 4: 48 feet — 4 Stories
(c) DHOD 5: 58 feet — 5 Stories
(2) DHOD Height Bonus: A ten -foot (one story) height bonus not to exceed 20,000 feet in area may
be granted to exceed the applicable maximum height provided in 20.38.640 (a) (1) if the applicant
agrees to construct and operate (or lease to an operator) a grocery store in the same building for
which the bonus is sought, with the grocery store space measuring at least 10,000 square feet in
area. In addition to the 20,000-square foot bonus limit, the area of this additional ten feet of
building height shall not exceed 95% of the area of the floor immediately below this bonus height
(floor). Any height bonus shall require a development agreement between the developer and the
City that provides assurances to the City guaranteeing that the ground floor commercial space will
be developed and operated as a grocery store upon project completion.
(3) DHOD Height Zone Map. The height zones described in this section shall be applied as reflected
on the DHOD Height Zone Map as shown in figure 1.
r '
••.'
b
a
Figure 1: DHOD Height Zone Map
2
City 0 Pert O.[ A
D—.t—n Hcigid
0y 1 V D1sftk[
20.38.650 DHOD Height Measurement
(1) Building heights shall be measured one of two ways based on whether the parcel to be
developed abuts Bay Street or whether it does not abut Bay Street.
a. Building heights for lots abutting Bay Street shall be measured from the average grade
of the property line that abuts Bay Street rather than from the grade plane as defined in
POMC 20.12 (see "building height" and "grade plane.")
b. Building heights for lots not abutting bay street shall be measured in accordance with
the definition of building height as found in POW 20.12.
20.38.660 DHOD Variances
Property owners may seek variances from the building height standards imposed under the DHOD
pursuant to POMC 20.28 Variances.
20.38.670 DHOD Map Amendments
Property owners seeking to modify the boundaries of the DHOD or the DHOD Height Zone Map in
Section 20.38.640(3) (Figure 1) may do so by a site -specific rezone pursuant to POMC 20.42, Site -Specific
Rezones.
20.38.700 Self Storage Overlay District (SSOD)
A Self Storage Overlay District (SSOD) is hereby established with boundaries as shown on Figure 2.
;f rT F:
_ City of Port Orchard
Self -Storage o+.erlay
r e
alilF -�
�f I fl
L a
=
m
r � � _ h
fly-
44
TA
-
I -
-
1, ^
pL ri= —
IT
1 Z
- _ ah, 1F T 1 1,
1 — — — ..,........
T -
Figure 2: SSOD Map Included Parcels
3
20.38.710 SSOD Intent
The intent of the Self Storage Overlay District (SSOD) is to limit self -storage uses to areas of the city
where the creation of self -storage facilities will not disrupt the creation of new neighborhoods and will
allow for the development of mixed -use centers. The SSOD identifies locations where self -storage uses
will be of a minimum impact, as shown on Figure 2.
20.38.720 SSOD Applicability
No new self -storage facility or expansion of an existing self -storage facility shall be permitted except
within the boundaries of the SSOD.
20.38.730 SSOD Conflicts
Where the requirements of this chapter conflict with another chapter, the more restrictive requirement
shall control.
20.38.740 SSOD Map Amendments
Property owners seeking to modify the boundaries of the SSOD as shown on Figure 2 may do so by a
site -specific rezone pursuant to POMC 20.42, Site -Specific Rezones.
20.38.800 View protection overlay district (VPOD).
A View Protection Overlay District is hereby established to include certain property as shown on Figure 3
below.
4
Slncleir Inlet
Figure 3: View Protection Overlay District included parcels.
20.38.810 VPOD Intent
49-
City of Port Orchard
View Protection
Overlay District
wanar
_ woo
o ryacmmpany mspmo 1111"T u,
map essunes responvb rty ro� aererm n ng rts
1M1sb p�noa aabsNUN for Retls y
May 1, 2018
The intent of the View Protection Overlay District (VPOD) is to protect scenic views on north facing
slopes in the vicinity of Sinclair Inlet, protect property values, provide access to light, and otherwise
protect the general health, safety, and welfare of the community. The intent of the VPOD is to be
achieved by establishing height limits for buildings and by establishing a method of measuring buildings
that is different than the methods used elsewhere in this title to recognize the generally sloping
characteristics of the overlay district.
20.38.820 VPOD Applicability
No new building or modification of an existing building may be permitted in the VPOD unless it complies
with the height limits established in this chapter.
20.38.830 Conflicts
Where the requirements of this chapter conflict with another chapter, the more restrictive requirement
shall control.
20.38.840 VPOD Height Limits
Building heights in the VPOD shall be restricted by building type as follows:
5
(1) Detached House: 15 Feet
(2) Backyard Cottage: 15 Feet
(3) Cottage Court: 15 Feet
(4) Duplex: Side by Side: 15 Feet
(5) Duplex: Front to Back: 15 Feet
(6) Attached House: 15 Feet
(7) Four Plex: 15 Feet
(8) Townhome: 15 Feet
(9) Apartment: 15 Feet
(10) Live Work: 15 Feet
(11) Shopfront House: 15 Feet
(12) Single Story Shopfront: 15 Feet
(13) Mixed Use Shopfront: 27 Feet
(14) General Building: 27 Feet
(15) Accessory Building: 15 Feet
20.38.850 VPOD Height Measurement
Building height in the VPOD shall be measured from the average uphill property line elevation rather
than from the grade plane as described in POMC 20.12 Definitions (see definitions for "building height"
and "grade plane.")
20.38.860 VPOD — Variances
Property owners may seek variances from the building height standards imposed under the VPOD
pursuant to POMC 20.28, Variances.
20.38.870 VPOD Map Amendments
Property owners seeking to modify the boundaries of the VPOD may do so by a site -specific rezone
pursuant to POMC 20.42, Site -Specific Rezones.
30.38.880 VPOD Landscaping
When landscaping (excluding street trees in the right of way) is required as a condition of development
on a project located within the VPOD, plant selections as reflected on a landscaping plan shall not
exceed a height of 15 feet as measured from the average elevation of the uphill property line based on
the expected mature height of the plants selected. The preparer of a landscaping plan for a project
within the VPOD shall provide information on the expected mature plant heights for all species
proposed to be planted pursuant to that landscaping plan.
0
Chapter 20.39
USE PROVISIONS
Sections:
Use Classifications and Table.
20.39.010
Use Classification
20.39.020
Establishment of Uses
20.39.030
Use Table Key
20.39.040
Use Table
Residential Uses.
20.39.100 Household Living
20.39.110 Group Living
20.39.120 Social Services
Public and Civic Uses.
20.39.200 Animal Shelter
20.39.210 Transit Bus Base
20.39.220 Transit Park and Ride Lot
20.39.230 Transfer Station
20.39.240 Civic Uses
20.39.250 Parks and Open Space
20.39.260 Utilities
20.39.270 Wireless Telecommunication Facilities
Commercial Uses.
20.39.300 Automobile Service Station
20.39.305 Child Care Facilities
20.39.310 Conference Center
20.39.315 Indoor Recreation
20.39.320 Commercial Entertainment
20.39.325 Medical Uses
20.39.335 Office Uses
20.39.340 Outdoor Recreation
20.39.345 Overnight Lodging
20.39.350 Parking
20.39.355 Personal Services
20.39.360 Animal Care (Indoor)
20.39.365 Animal Care (Outdoor)
20.39.370 Restaurant
20.39.375 Retail Sales
20.39.380 Business Services
20.39.385 Marina
20.39.390 Fuel Station
1
Industrial Uses.
20.39.400 Heavy Industrial Uses
20.39.410 Light Manufacturing
20.39.420 Research and Development
20.39.430 Resource Extraction
20.39.440 Vehicle Service and Repair
20.39.450 Warehouse, Storage and Distribution
20.39.460 Self Storage (Mini Warehouse)
20.39.470 Storage Yard
20.39.480 Waste -Related Services
Agricultural Uses.
20.39.500 Agriculture
Accessory Uses.
20.39.600 Accessory Apartment
20.39.605 Backyard Cottage Dwelling
20.39.610 Drive-Thru Facility
20.39.615 Home Occupation
20.39.620 Home Business
20.39.625 Livestock Keeping
20.39.630 Outdoor Display
20.39.635 Outdoor Storage
20.39.640 Indoor Self -Storage as Accessory Use to Apartment Buildings
20.39.645 Vehicle Service and Repair Accessory to Residential Uses
20.39.650 Medical Marijuana Cooperative
Use Classifications and Table.
20.39.010 Use Classification
(1) Classification of Uses
(a) Organization of Use Tables. The use table in section 20.39.040 is organized into principal uses and
accessory uses.
(b) Principal Uses.
i. In order to regulate a variety of similar uses, use categories have been established for
principal uses. Use categories provide a systematic basis for assigning uses to appropriate
categories with other, similar uses. Use categories classify principal uses and activities
based on common functional, product, or physical characteristics.
ii. Where a use category contains a list of included uses, the list is to be considered example
uses, and not all-inclusive. The Director has the responsibility for categorizing all uses.
iii. The allowed use tables in POMC 20.39 Article II establishes permitted uses by district. No
building or lot may be used except for a purpose permitted in the district in which it is
located.
iv. Use definitions and standards for permitted principal uses are specified beginning in POMC
20.39.100.
v. More than one principal use may be established on a property or in a structure.
(c) Accessory Uses.
2
An accessory use is any use that is subordinate in both purpose and size, incidental to and
customarily associated with a permitted principal use located on the same lot.
The allowed use tables in POMC 20.39.040 establishes permitted accessory uses by
district.
(d) Temporary Uses.
i. A temporary use is a use that is in place for a limited period of time only. All uses shall be
treated as permanent principal or accessory uses except where temporary uses are
specifically authorized in code such as in the Temporary Uses (POMC 20.58), Street Use
Permit (POMC 12.24), Special Event Permit (POMC 5.94), or Fireworks Stand Permit (POMC
5.60) chapters.
(e) Principal Uses Not Listed.
i. A principal use not specifically listed is prohibited unless the director determines the use
to be part of the use category as described in this chapter.
ii. The Director is responsible for categorizing all principal uses. If a proposed use is not listed
in a use category, but is similar to a listed use, the Director may consider the proposed use
as part of that category. When determining whether a proposed use is similar to a listed
use, the Director must consider the criteria in POMC 20.39.010 (1) (f). Determinations
whether a proposed principal use is a similar use may be made using the process found in
POMC 20.10. The Director shall determine whether a code interpretation for a proposed
principal use shall require a code interpretation pursuant to POMC 20.10.
iii. Where a principal use not listed is found by the Director not to be similar to any other use
category, the use is only permitted following a code amendment (see POMC 20.06).
(f) Criteria for determining whether a proposed use is a similar use:
i. The actual or projected characteristics of the proposed use;
ii. The relative amount of site area or floor area and equipment devoted to the proposed use;
iii. Relative amounts of sales;
iv. Relative number of employees;
v. Hours of operation;
vi. Building and site arrangement;
vii. Types of vehicles used and their parking requirements;
viii. The number of vehicle trips generated;
ix. How the proposed use is advertised;
x. The likely impact on surrounding properties; and
xi. Whether the activity is likely to be found independent of the other activities on the site;
(g) Accessory Uses Not Listed.
i. An accessory use not listed is prohibited unless the Director determines that the accessory
use meets the criteria listed in POMC 20.39.010 (1) (h).
ii. Determinations whether a proposed accessory use is a similar use may be made using the
process found in POMC 20.39.010(1)(f). The Director shall determine whether a code
interpretation for a proposed accessory use shall require a code interpretation pursuant to
POMC 20.10.
iii. Where a principal use not listed is found by the Director not to be similar to any other use
category, the use is only permitted following a code amendment (see POMC 20.06).
(h) Criteria for determining whether a proposed accessory use may be permitted. The Accessory use
may be permitted when the Director determines the proposed accessory use:
i. Is clearly incidental to and customarily found in connection with an allowed principal use;
ii. Is subordinate to an serving an allowed principal use;
iii. Is subordinate in area, extent, and purpose to the principal use served;
iv. Contributes to the comfort, convenience or needs of the occupants, business or industry in
the principal use served; and
v. Is located on the same lot as the principal use served.
(2) Use Table Key.
(a) Permitted Use (P). Indicates a use is permitted in the respective district. The use is also subject to
all other requirements of this code.
(b) Conditional Use (C). Indicates that the use may be permitted in the respective district only after
issuance of a Conditional Use Permit in accordance with POMC 20.50. Conditional uses are subject to
all other applicable requirements of the code, including applicable use standards, except whether the
use standards are specifically modified are part of the approval process.
(c) Use Not Permitted (--). Indicates that a use is not permitted in the respective district.
20.39.020 Establishment of uses.
The use of a property is defined by the activity for which the building or lot is intended, designed, occupied, or
maintained. All applicable requirements of this title, or other applicable state or federal requirements, shall govern
a use located within the Port Orchard incorporated area.
20.39.030 Use table key.
(1) Permitted Use (P)
Indicates a use is permitted in the respective zoning district. The use is also subject to all other applicable
requirements of this code.
(2) Conditional Use (C)
Indicates a use may be permitted in the respective zoning district only after a conditional use permit has been
issued per Chapter 20.50. Conditional uses are subject to all other applicable requirements of this Title, including
any applicable use standards, except where the use standards are expressly modified in the conditional use permit.
(3) Use Not Permitted (--)
Indicates that a use is not permitted in the respective zoning district.
4
20.39.040 Uselable.
(Gray shading separates categories into Residential, Commercial & Industrial, & Civic/Parks)
Use Category
r�
v un m
m
> >
>
>
>
D
a
C)
x
m LL
Definition/
Specific Use
m
0
a z
v
G
a
m
0
0�
�=
v am a
Standards
Residential Uses
All household living, as
listed below -
Single -family detached
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.600-615
(including new
manufactured homes)
Designated Manufactured
20.39.600-615
Home, Manufactured or
Mobile Home (except for
new designated
manufactured homes)
New Designated
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Manufactured Home
Two-family
--
P
P
--
--
P
--
P
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.600-615
Single-family attached
20.39.600-615
(2 units)
Single-family attached
P
P
P
P
P
__
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
_
20.39.600-615
(3 or 4 units)
Single-family attached
_
P
P
P
P
__
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
_
20.39.600-615
(5 or 6 units)
Multi -family (3 or 4 units)
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.600-615
Multi -family
20.39.600-615
(5 or more units)
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
Manufactured or Mobile
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.600-615
Home Park
Boarding House
C
C
--
--
--
C
--
--
P
C
Congregate Living
--
--
C
C
C
--
--
--
C
--
--
P
C
--
--
--
--
--
--
Facilities
Lodging House
--
--
C
C
C
--
--
--
C
--
--
P
C
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Group home
20.39.600-615
(up to 8 residents), except
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
- _
as follows:
Adult Family Home
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
All group living
--
--
--
C
C
--
--
P
C
P
C
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
- _
20.39.610
(9 or more residents)
All social service
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
20.39.615
Public Uses
All civic uses, as listed
below:
Use Category
>
Definition/
Specific Use
CM
m x
x
m
x
m
C9
M
x
2
z
2
0
2
o
2
0
a
m
V
c�
x
c�
_
x LL
a
Standards
Community college,
university, trade or
technical school
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
20.39.240
(8,000 square feet
or less).
Community college,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
--
C
--
C
university, trade or
technical school
20.39.240
(more than 8,000
square feet).
Club or lodge
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
20.39.240
Public use
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
20.39.240
Museum, library
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
20.39.240
Place of worship
C
C
C
C
C
--
--
--
--
P
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
20.39.240
School (K-12)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
--
--
20.39.240
Jail or Detention Center
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
--
C
20.39.240
Transit park and ride lot
--
-
C
C
C-
--
C
C
P
C
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
Transfer station
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
P
-
-
P
20.39.230
Transit bus base
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
--
--
P
P
-
-
P
20.39.210
All open space and park
uses, as listed below:
Cemetery
C
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
20.39.410
Golf course
C
C
C
--
--
C
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
20.39.410
Park, recreation field
Animal shelter or
20.39.200
adoption center
All utilities, as listed
below:
Minor utilities
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
20.39.415
Major utilities
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
20.39.415
Wireless
telecommunication
facilities, as listed below
Amateur radio operator
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
20.39.270
tower
Small cell wireless
telecommunication
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
20.39.270
facility
Wireless
telecommunication
tower (excludes
C
C
C
C
C C
--
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
--
C
20.39.270
small cell facilities)
Commercial Uses
A
All day care, as listed
below:
Family day care
20.39.505
(6 children or
fewer)
Group day care (mini day
C
C
C
--
--
C
C
C
P
P
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
care) (7 to 12)
20.39.505
Day care center
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
--
P
C
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.505
(13 or more)
All indoor recreation,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
P
C
P
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
C
except as listed below:
Shooting range
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
--
--
C
20.39.510
Special event facility
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
--
C
C
C
20.39.510
Commercial Entertainment,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
except as follows:
Adult Entertainment
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
--
--
--
20.39.515
All outdoor recreation,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C-
C
P
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
C
C
except as listed below:
Campground, travel
20.39.530
trailer park, RV park
C
C
(does not include
mobile home park)
Horse stable, riding
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
20.39.530
academy, equestrian
center
Shooting range
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
20.39.530
Marina (upland areas)
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
C
C
--
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
20.39.575
All overnight lodging, as
listed below:
Level 1: Vacation
rentals or similar short-
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
---
--
--
--
--
20.39.535
term house/room rentals
Level 2: Bed and
breakfast (up to 7
C
C
C
--
--
C
C
--
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.535
rooms)
Level3: Motel
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.535
Level4: Hotel
P
P
P
--
P
P
20.39.535
All medical, except as
--
-
-
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
P
listed below:
Hospital
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
C
--
--
--
--
C
20.39.520
II office, except as listed
below:
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
Bail bonds
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
C
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.525
Surface parking:
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
--
C
20.39.540
commercial parking,
commuter lease parking or
park and ride, remote
parking
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
C
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
C
Commercial parking garage
standalone
20.39.540
Electric vehicle
20.12
charging stations
p
p
p
p
p
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
All personal service,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
P
C
P
P
P
P
C
--
--
--
--
--
except as listed below:
Funeral home
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.545
Crematorium
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
20.39.545
Indoor animal care
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
P
--
P
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.550
Outdoor animal care
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
C
--
--
--
--
20.39.555
Business services
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
C
--
--
20.39.570
Conference center
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C
C
C
C
C
-
-
-
C
-
C
20.39.310
All restaurants except as
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
listed below:
Food truck
--
--
--
--
-
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
P
--
--
20.39.562
All retail sales, as listed
below:
Retail establishment (up
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
P
--
--
20.39.565
to 5,000 gross floor
area)
Retail establishment
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
- _
p
P
P
--
P
P
P
(5,001 - 15,000
20.39.565
gross floor area)
--
--
--
--
Retail establishment
-
-
--
--
-
-
--
(15,001 - 50,000
20.39.565
gross floor area)
Retail establishment over
(50,000 gross floor area)
Fireworks sales in
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
accordance with POMC
5.60.
Recreational marijuana
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
p
p
__
P
--
--
--
--
20.64
sales
Convenience store with
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
--
__
fuel pumps
Convenience store
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
--
-
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.565
without fuel pumps
Fuel station,
including fuel
pumps and fuel
sales, without
convenience store
Automobile service
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
C
-
P
-
-
-
-
station.
_
20.39.300
All vehicle and
tool/construction
equipment sales and
rental, as listed below:
Light vehicle and light tool
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
or construction equipment
sales and rental
--
--
20.39.565
Heavy vehicle and heavy
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
--
tool or construction
equipment sales and
20.39.565
rental
All vehicle service and
repair, as listed below:
Car wash
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.625
Vehicle service and
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
20.39.640
repair, minor
Vehicle service and
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
repair, major
20.39.645
Vehicle service and repair,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
commercial vehicle
20.39.650
Industrial Uses
All heavy industrial
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
---
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
20.39.605
All light manufacturing,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
except as listed below:
Commercial laundry, dry
20.39.610
cleaning or carpet
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
__
P
P
P
--
--
--
cleaning facility
Brewery, Distillery under
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
__
__
P
--
--
--
--
--
5,000 s uare feet
Brewery, Distillery 5,001-
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
--
C
P
P
--
--
--
--
15,000 s uare feet
Brewery, Distillery over
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P-
-
--
--
15,000 s uare feet
Craft shop
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
20.39.610
Food and beverage
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
processing, boutique
(area used for
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
20.39.610
processing less than
3,000 SF)
Food and beverage
--
--
20.39.610
processing, industrial
Recreational
_
--
--
20.64
marijuana production
All research and
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
20.39.615
development
Resource extraction —
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
--
--
--
mining, dredging, raw
20.39.620
mineral processing, except:
Timber harvesting in the
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
absence of concurrent
development
Sand and Gravel Mining
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
--
--
--
Stockpiling of sand, gravel
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
P
--
--
P
or other aggregate
20.39.620
materials
Sheet metal, welding,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
P
P
P
--
--
P
machine shop, tool and
equipment manufacturing,
20.39.610
vehicle painting facility
All warehouse, storage
and distribution, as listed
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
C
C
C
C
--
--
--
below-
Enclosed storage
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
20.39.655
Self-service storage,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
- -
C
--
--
--
C
C
C
--
--
--
--
- -
mini -warehouse
20.39.655
Storage yard
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
C
C
P
P
P
20.39.470
All waste -related service,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
--
--
P
including wastewater
treatment facilities, decant
facilities and recycling
20.39.660
centers
Recreational marijuana
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
processing
20.64
Agricultural Uses
All agriculture, as listed
below:
Agricultural processing,
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
P
P
--
--
--
20.39.705
excluding marijuana
processing
Community garden
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
20.39.705
10
Nursery
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
20.39.705
Winery
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
--
--
C
C
C
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
20.39.705
Accessory uses not
otherwise listed below,
as determined by the
[Administrator]:
Accessory dwelling
units, as listed below:
Accessory
20.68, 20.39.805
apartment
(attached dwelling)
Backyard cottage
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.805
dwelling
Drive-thru facility
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
C
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
20.39.870
Home occupation
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.830
Home business
P
P
P
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.835
Livestock keeping
P
P
P
--
--
--
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.845
Outdoor display
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
20.39.850
Outdoor storage as listed
below:
Low -impact
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
20.39.855
High -impact
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
I P
P
--
--
--
20.39.855
Self -Storage as
accessory use to
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.860
Apartment
Building
Vehicle service
and repair,
P
P
--
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.39.900
accessory to a
residential use
Park as accessory
use to residential
development
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Medical marijuana
cooperative
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
--
--
--
--
Ch. 20.64
Key: P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use -- = Use Not Permitted
11
Residential Uses.
20.39.100 Household Living. Defined: Residential occupancy of a dwelling unit by a household.
Household living includes the following:
• Single-family detached (including a new manufactured home);
• Two -Family;
• Multi -Family;
• Designated Manufactured Home, Manufactured Homes or Mobile Homes (Excluding a new
designated manufactured home);
• New Designated Manufactured Home;
• Manufactured or Mobile Home Park;
• Group Home; and;
• Adult Family Home;
(1) Single -Family Detached. One dwelling unit in a single principal structure; may also contain an
accessory unit in an attached accessory apartment or a backyard cottage. A new manufactured home
shall be treated as a single family detached home for the purposes of this chapter.
(2) Two -Family. Two dwelling units in a single principal structure.
(3) Single -Family Attached. Two or more dwelling units where each unit is attached vertically by a
common side wall. Units cannot be vertically mixed.
(4) Multi -Family. Three or more dwelling units in a single principal structure that do not meet the
definition of single-family attached, above. Where multi -family is allowed as a limited use, it is allowed
only in the upper stories of a mixed -use building. A lobby or other entrance is allowed on the ground
floor.
(5) Designated manufactured home, manufactured home or mobile home. Designated Manufactured
Homes, manufactured homes or mobile homes (excluding new designated manufactured homes) shall
only be permitted within an existing manufactured or mobile home park.
(6) Manufactured or Mobile Home Park. A cluster of manufactured or mobile homes configured such
that more than one mobile home is located on a lot, parcel, or tract. A Manufactured or Mobile Home
Park typically features land or un-subdivided lots leased or rented by the manufactured home owner.
New manufactured or mobile home parks are not permitted in the City. Existing manufactured or
mobile home parks may be maintained insofar as the individual homes within a manufactured or mobile
home park may be swapped out, but the number of manufactured homes in the manufactured home
park may not be increased.
(7) Medical Marijuana Cooperative.
(8) Group Home.
(a) A dwelling unit containing up to 8 unrelated persons who are mentally or physically impaired
who are protected under the Fair Housing Act, along with support or supervisory personnel or
family members who may reside at the facility.
(b) The term mental or physical impairment includes conditions such as blindness, hearing
impairment, mobility impairment, HIV infection, mental retardation, alcoholism, drug addiction,
chronic fatigue, learning disability, head injury, and mental illness.
(c) Current users of illegal controlled substances, persons convicted for illegal manufacture or
distribution of a controlled substance, sex offenders, and juvenile offenders, are not considered
mentally or physically impaired under the Fair Housing Act.
12
(d) The Fair Housing Act affords no protections to individuals with or without disabilities who
present a direct threat to the persons or property of others. Determining whether someone
poses such a direct threat must be made on an individualized basis, however, and cannot be
based on general assumptions or speculation about the nature of a disability.
(9) Adult Family Home.
(a) A dwelling, licensed by the State of Washington, in which a person or persons provide personal
care, special care, room and board to more than one but not more than 6 adults who are not
related by blood or marriage to the person or persons providing the service.
20.39.110 Group Living. Defined: Residential occupancy of a structure by nine (9) or more people that
does not meet the definition of household living. Generally, group living facilities have a common eating
area for residents, and residents may receive care or training. Group living includes the following:
(1) Assisted living facility;
(2) Boarding house, rooming house, or lodging house;
(3) Congregate care facility;
(4) Dormitory;
(5) Hospice;
(6) Monastery or convent;
(7) Nursing or care home;
(8) Independent living facility; and
(9) Skilled nursing care facility.
20.39.120 Social Services. Defined: A facility that provides treatment for persons not protected under
the Fair Housing Act or who present a direct threat to the persons or property of others. Includes
persons convicted for illegal manufacture or distribution of a controlled substance, sex offenders, and
juvenile offenders. Also includes facilities that provide transient housing related to post -incarceration
and social service programs.
Public and Civic Uses
20.39.200 Animal shelter. A facility for the temporary housing of abandoned, surrendered, sick or
wounded domestic or wild animals subject to licensing conditions by appropriate county and state
officials.
20.39.210 Transit bus base (includes school bus bases). A facility for the storage, dispatch, repair and
maintenance of buses and other vehicles of a public transit system.
20.39.220 Transit park -and -ride lot. Vehicle parking specifically for the purpose of access to a public
transit system.
20.39.230 Transfer station. A staffed collection and transportation facility used by private individuals
and route collection vehicles to deposit solid waste collected off site into larger transfer vehicles for
transport to permanent disposal sites. May also include recycling facilities involving collection or
processing for shipment.
20.39.240 Civic Uses. Defined: Places of public assembly that provide ongoing governmental, life safety,
educational, and cultural services to the general public, as well as meeting areas for religious practice.
Civic includes the following:
13
• Community College or University;
• Club or Lodge;
• Museum or Library;
• Place of Worship;
• Public Use;
• Trade or Technical School
• Schools (K-12); and
• Jail or Detention Center.
(1) Community College or University. A facility of higher education having authority to award associate
and higher degrees.
(2) Club or Lodge. A facility used for associations or organizations of an educational, fraternal, or social
character, not operated or maintained for profit. Representative organizations include but are not
limited to Elks, VFW, Lions, and Rotary.
(3) Museum or Library. A facility having public significance by reason of its architecture or former use or
occupancy, or a building serving as a repository for a collection of books, natural, scientific, literary
curiosities or objects of interest, or works of art, and arranged, intended, and designed to be viewed by
members of the public, with or without an admission fee.
(4) Place of Worship. A facility that by design and construction is primarily intended for conducting
organized religious services.
(5) Public Use. Any building, structure, or use owned and operated by the federal government, state,
county, the city, port, utility district, or other municipality, or any authority, agency, board, or
commission of the above governments that is necessary to serve a public purpose, including but not
limited to government administrative buildings; post offices; police, fire and EMS stations; public health
facilities; public works facilities; community centers; and jails and correctional facilities.
(6) Trade or Technical School. A facility having a curriculum devoted primarily to industry, trade, or other
vocational -technical instruction.
(7) Schools (K-12). A facility for students in grades pre -kindergarten through grade 12.
(8) Jail or Detention Center. A facility operated by a governmental agency that is designed, staffed, and
used for the incarceration of persons for the purpose of punishment, correction, and rehabilitation
following conviction of an offense.
20.39.250 Parks and Open Space. Defined: Uses focusing on natural areas consisting mostly of
vegetation, passive or active outdoor recreation areas, and having few structures. Parks and open space
includes the following:
(1) Golf course. A golf course is a public or private recreational facility that contains a golf course, and
may contain ancillary facilities such as a driving range, pro shop, storage and maintenance buildings,
clubhouse, meeting rooms and restaurant.
(2) Cemetery. Land or structures used for burial or internment of the dead. For purposes of this code,
pet cemeteries are considered a subclassification of this use.
(3) Park, Recreation Field. An area used for outdoor play or recreation, often containing recreational
equipment such as slides, swings, climbing frames, ballfields, soccer fields, basketball courts, swimming
pools, and tennis courts. May include passive and active recreation.
20.39.260 Utilities. Defined. Public or private infrastructure serving a limited area with no on -site
personnel (minor utility) or serving the general community with on -site personnel (major utility).
Utilities includes the following:
14
(1) Minor utilities, including on -site stormwater retention or detention facility, neighborhood serving
telephone exchange/switching center, gas/electric/telephone/cable transmission lines, water and
wastewater pump station or lift station, gas gates, reservoir, control structure, drainage well, water
supply, water well.
(2) Major utilities, including aeration facility, electrical substation, electric or gas generation plant, filter
bed, transmission towers, waste treatment plant, water pumping facility, water tower or tank.
20.39.270 Communications Facilities.
(1) Wireless telecommunication facility means a facility for the provision of radio waves or wireless
telephone or data services and includes the following:
(a) Amateur radio operator tower. Means a facility used for personal, non-commercial radio
licensed by the Federal Communications Commission.
(b) Small cell wireless telecommunication facility. Means a wireless telecommunication facility
that meets both of the following qualifications:
(i) Each antenna is located inside an antenna enclosure of no more than three (3) cubic
feet in volume or, in the case of an antenna that has exposed elements, the antenna
and all of its exposed elements could fit within an imaginary enclosure of no more than
three (3) cubic feet; and
(ii) All other equipment associated with the facility (excluding antennas) is cumulatively
no more than twenty-eight (28) cubic feet in volume.
(c) Wireless telecommunication tower. Means any mast, pole, monopole, lattice tower or other
structure designed and primarily used to support antennas.
(2) Small cell wireless telecommunication facilities shall be installed in accordance with the City's
adopted public works and engineering standards and specifications (PWESS).
Commercial Uses.
20.39.300 Automobile Service Station.
Defined: Any building, and the lot on which it is located, that is used for the sale of gasoline or other
motor fuels, oils, lubricants, and for the minor servicing of motor vehicles. Automobile service stations
are primarily engaged in selling gasoline and lubricating oils; frequently selling other merchandise, such
as tires, batteries, and other automobile parts, or performing minor repair work. An automobile service
station may be a principal use that is combined with other activities, such as grocery stores, convenience
stores, or car washes.
20.39.305 Day Care Facility. Defined: A facility providing care and supervision for compensation during
part of a 24-hour day, for a child/adult or children/adults not related by blood, marriage, or legal
guardianship to the person or persons providing the care, in a place other than the child's/adult's or
children's/adults' own home or homes. Day care facilities include the following:
Family day care home (6 or fewer children/adults)
Mini day care center (7-12 children/adults)
Day care center (13 or more children/adults)
15
(1) Family day care home. A facility in which regular care is provided during part of the 24-hour day to
six (6) or fewer children/adults in the family abode of the person or persons under whose direct care the
children/adults are placed.
(2) Mini day care center. A facility in which regular care is provided during part of the 24-hour day to
twelve (12) or fewer children/adults in a facility other than the family abode of the person or persons
under whose direct care the children/adults are placed, or for the care of seven (7) to twelve (12)
children/adults in the family abode of such person or persons.
(3) Day care center. A facility in which regular care is provided for thirteen (13) or more children/adults
during part of the 24-hour day.
20.39.310 Conference Center. Defined: An establishment developed primarily as a meeting facility,
which may include facilities for recreation, events, seminars, and related activities.
20.39.315 Indoor Recreation. Defined: A commercial facility providing daily or regularly scheduled
recreation -oriented activities in an indoor setting. Indoor recreation includes the following:
• Amusement center, game/video arcade;
• Assembly hall, auditorium, meeting hall;
• Billiard hall, pool hall;
• Bowling alley;
• Dance, martial arts, music studio or classroom;
• Extreme sports facility such as BMX, skateboarding or roller blading;
• Gym, health spa or yoga studio;
• Ice or roller skating rink;
• Indoor sports facility;
• Inflatable playground, indoor trampolines;
• Miniature golf facility;
• Motor track;
• Movie theater or other indoor theater;
• Shooting range; and
• Special event facility.
(1) Dance, Martial Arts, Music Studio or Classroom. A facility that offers or provides instruction to more
than two (2) students at a time in dance, singing, music, painting, sculpting, fine arts or martial arts.
(2) Gym, Health Spa, Yoga Studio. A facility that, for profit or gain, provides as one of its primary
purposes, services or facilities which assist patrons to improve their physical condition or appearance.
Not included within this definition are facilities operated by nonprofit organizations, facilities wholly
owned and operated by a licensed physician at which such physician is engaged in the practice of
medicine, or any establishment operated by a health care facility.
(3) Shooting Range. A facility with an enclosed firing range with targets for archery, rifle or handgun
practice.
(4) Special Event Facility. A facility or assembly hall available for lease by private parties or special
events, such as weddings.
20.39.320 Commercial Entertainment.
Adult Entertainment. Defined: An enterprise whose predominant emphasis is involved in the selling,
renting or presenting for commercial purposes of adult entertainment merchandise including books,
magazines, motion pictures, films, video cassettes, or cable television for observation by patrons
therein. Examples of such establishments include, but are not limited to, adult book or video stores and
16
establishments offering panoramas, or peep shows. "Predominant emphasis" means 50 percent or more
of gross revenue generated or total volume of shelf space and display area, whichever is more
restrictive.
20.39.325 Medical Uses. Defined: A facility providing medical or surgical care to patients. Some facilities
may offer overnight care. Medical uses include the following:
(1) Ambulatory surgical center;
(2) Blood or plasma donation center, medical or dental laboratory;
(3) Hospital. A facility providing health services primarily for the sick or injured, and offering inpatient
medical and/or surgical care;
(4) Medical, dental office or chiropractor, osteopath, physician, medical practitioner;
(5) Medical clinic; and
(6) Urgent care, emergency medical office.
20.39.335 Office Uses. Defined: A facility used for activities conducted in an office setting and generally
focusing on business, professional or financial services. Office uses include the following:
(1) Services including, but not limited to, advertising, business management consulting, computer or
data processing, graphic design, commercial art or employment agency;
(2) Professional services including, but not limited to, lawyer, accountant, auditor, bookkeeper,
engineer, architect, sales office, travel agency, interior decorator or security system services;
(3) Financial services including but not limited to, lender, investment or brokerage house, bank, bail
bonds, insurance adjuster, real estate or insurance agent, mortgage agent or collection agency;
(4) Counseling in an office setting;
(5) Radio, TV station, recording studio;
(6) Bail Bonds. A facility with a bail bond agent, or bondsman, that provides surety and pledges money
or property as bail for the appearance of persons accused in court; and
(7) Call Center. A facility used for the purpose of receiving or transmitting a large volume of telephone
calls.
20.39.340 Outdoor Recreation: Defined: A commercial facility, varying in size, providing daily or
regularly scheduled recreation -oriented activities. Activities take place predominately outdoors or
within outdoor structures. Outdoor recreation includes the following.
• Drive-in theater;
• Campground, travel trailer park, RV park;
• Extreme sports facility such as BMX, skateboarding or roller blading;
• Horse stable, riding academy, equestrian center;
• Outdoor amusements such as batting cage, golf driving range, amusement park,
miniature golf facility or water park;
• Outdoor theater; and
• Shooting range.
(1) Campground, Travel Trailer Park, RV Park. A facility used for two (2) or more tent or recreational
vehicle campsites. Does not include sites for manufactured homes.
(2) Horse Stable, Riding Academy, Equestrian Center. A facility used primarily for the care, breeding,
boarding, rental, riding or training of horses or for the teaching of equestrian skills. Where a horse
stable, riding academy or equestrian center is allowed as a limited use, no part of any building, structure
or run in which animals are housed may be closer than 50 feet from any property line, except property
owned or occupied by an owner or operator of the facility.
17
(3) Shooting Range. A facility with an outdoor firing range with targets for archery, rifle or handgun
practice.
20.39.345 Overnight Lodging. Defined: Accommodations arranged for short term stays. Overnight
lodging includes the following:
(1) Level 1 Lodging (Vacation Rentals) . A vacation rental is a self-contained dwelling that may be rented
by individuals or groups on a daily basis.
(2) Level 2 Lodging (Bed and breakfast) (up to 7 rooms). A bed and breakfast is an owner -occupied
dwelling which offers no more than seven bedrooms for paying guests on a daily basis.
(3) Level 3 Lodging (Motel). A motel is an establishment providing overnight accommodations with a
majority of all guest rooms having direct access to the outside without the necessity of passing through
the main lobby of the building, with or without food services.
(4) Level 4 Lodging (Hotel). A hotel is an establishment providing overnight accommodations with a
majority of all guest rooms having direct access through the main lobby of the building, with or without
food services.
20.39.350 Parking. Defined: A facility that provides parking as a principal use. Parking includes the
following.
• Commercial parking; and
• Remote parking.
(1) Commercial Parking. A facility that provides parking as a principal use and where a fee is charged. A
Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot lines abutting a ground
floor residential use. All surface parking areas must be landscaped in accordance with Section
20.128.070.
(2) Remote Parking. A facility that provides parking as a principal use and where a fee is not charged.
Where remote parking is allowed as a limited use, it is subject to the following:
(a) The remote parking facility must be located within the same or more intense zoning
district as the principal use served;
(b) A Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot lines
abutting a ground floor residential use; and
(c) All surface parking areas must be landscaped in accordance with Section 20.128.070.
20.39.355 Personal Services. Defined: A facility involved in providing personal or repair services to the
general public. Personal services include, but are not limited to the following:
(1) Beauty, hair or nail salon;
(2) Catering establishment;
(3) Cleaning establishment, dry-cleaning or laundry drop-off facility, laundromat, washeteria;
(4) Copy center, printing, binding, photocopying, blueprinting, mailing service;
(5) Funeral home, funeral parlor, mortuary, undertaking establishment, crematorium;
(6) Landscaping services;
(7) Locksmith;
(8) Optometrist;
(9) Palmist, psychic, medium, fortune telling;
(10) Repair of appliances, bicycles, canvas product, clocks, computers, jewelry, musical instruments,
office equipment, radios, shoes, televisions, watch or similar items;
(11) Tailor, milliner or upholsterer;
(12) Tattoo parlor or body piercing;
(13) Taxidermist;
18
(14) Tutoring; and
(15) Wedding chapel.
20.39.360 Animal Care (Indoor).
Defined: A facility designed or arranged for the care of animals without any outdoor activity. No outdoor
activity associated with care of animals is allowed. Includes animal grooming, animal hospital,
veterinary clinic, pet clinic, animal boarding, animal shelter, cattery, commercial kennel and doggy day
care.
20.39.365 Animal Care (Outdoor). Defined: A facility designed or arranged for the care of animals that
includes outdoor activity. Includes animal grooming, animal hospital, veterinary clinic, pet clinic, animal
boarding, animal shelter, cattery, commercial kennel and doggy day care. Where outdoor animal care is
allowed as a limited use, it is subject to the following:
(1) All outdoor exercise areas and runs must be fenced for the safe confinement of animals;
(2) A Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along any outside areas used to
exercise, walk, or keep animals that abuts a ground floor residential use; and
(3) No animal may be outdoors between 11 PM and 6 AM.
20.39.370 Restaurant. Defined: A facility for commercial use in which food and beverages are prepared
and sold for on- or off -premises consumption. This definition also includes food trucks, which are
mobile vehicles in which food is prepared and served.
20.39.375 Retail Sales. Defined: A facility involved in the sale, lease or rental of new or used products.
Retail sales includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(1) Recreational Marijuana Sales;
(2) Convenience Store with Fuel Pumps. A facility with a floor area less than 5,000 square feet that sells
convenience goods, such as prepackaged food items and a limited line of groceries. A convenience store
with fuel pumps may sell vehicle fuel but cannot have any type of vehicle repair or service. Where a
convenience store with fuel pumps is allowed as a limited use, it is subject to the following:
(a) A convenience store with fuel pumps is subject to the conditional use permit requirements
of a Fuel Station (see Section 20.39.390).
(b) All fuel pumps must be located at least 25 feet from any public right-of-way or lot line, and
all buildings and appurtenances must be located at least 100 feet from all lot lines abutting a residential
use;
(c) A Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot lines abutting
a residential use; and
(d) All fuel must be stored underground outside of any public right-of-way.
(3) Convenience Store without Fuel Pumps. A facility with a floor area less than 5,000 square feet that
sells convenience goods, such as prepackaged food items and a limited line of groceries. A convenience
store without fuel pumps cannot sell vehicle fuel or have any type of automotive service.
(4) Vehicle Sales/Rental. A facility that sells, rents or leases passenger vehicles, light and medium trucks,
and other consumer vehicles such as motorcycles, boats and recreational vehicles.
(5) Light Vehicle/Equipment. Sales, rental or leasing of passenger vehicles, motorcycles, boats.
(a) A Type A or B landscape buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot
lines abutting a ground floor residential use;
(b) Vehicle display areas may not be artificially elevated above the general topography of the
site; and
(c) Parked or stored vehicles may not encroach upon any public right-of-way or sidewalk.
19
(6) Heavy Vehicle/Equipment. Sales, rental or leasing of commercial vehicles, heavy equipment and
manufactured homes. Includes recreational vehicles, 18-wheelers, commercial box trucks, high -lifts,
construction, heavy earth -moving equipment and manufactured homes.
(a) A Type A or B landscape buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot
lines abutting a ground floor residential use;
(b) Vehicle display areas may not be artificially elevated above the general topography of the
site; and
(c) Parked or stored vehicles may not encroach upon any public right-of-way or sidewalk.
20.39.380 Business Services.
Defined: A facility providing other businesses with services including maintenance, repair and service,
testing, and rental, such as business equipment repair services, document storage, document
destruction, and soils and materials testing laboratories.
20.39.385 Marina.
Defined: A facility that provides launching, storage, supplies, moorage, and other accessory services for
six or more pleasure and/or commercial water craft.
20.39.390 Fuel Station. Defined: A facility that provides gasoline and/or diesel fuel to retail consumers
for motor vehicles.
(1) Where indicated in the use table, 20.39.040, a fuel station is required to obtain a conditional use
permit per Chapter 20.50. In addition to the criteria for approval in Section 20.50.050, the hearing
examiner must also make the following findings in order to issue the conditional use permit:
(a) The proposed fuel station use will provide additional fueling pumps that are necessary to
meet the needs of Port Orchard's population, as demonstrated by a demand analysis and report
provided by the applicant.
Industrial Uses.
20.39.400 Heavy Industrial Uses. Defined: A facility that involves dangerous, noxious or offensive uses
or a facility that has smoke, odor, noise, glare, fumes, gas, vibration, threat of fire or explosion, emission
of particulate matter, interference with radio, television reception, radiation or any other likely cause.
Heavy industrial includes the following:
(1) Animal processing, packing, treating, and storage;
(2) Bottling plant;
(3) Bulk fuel sales;
(4) Bulk storage of flammable liquids, chemical, cosmetics, drug, soap, paints, fertilizers and
abrasive products;
(5) Concrete batch plant;
(6) Prison (public or private);
(7) Primary metal manufacturing; and
(8) Sawmill, log production facility, lumberyard.
20.39.410 Light Manufacturing. Defined: A facility conducting light manufacturing operations within a
fully -enclosed building. Light manufacturing includes the following:
20
(1) Laundry, dry-cleaning, and carpet cleaning plant;
(2) Brewery, distillery;
(3) Clothing, textile or apparel manufacturing;
(4) Craft shop;
(5) Food and beverage processing, boutique;
(6) Food and beverage processing, industrial;
(7) Facilities engaged in the assembly or manufacturing of scientific measuring instruments;
semiconductor and related devices, including but not limited to clocks, integrated circuits, jewelry,
medical, musical instruments, photographic or optical instruments or timing instruments;
(8) Pharmaceutical or medical supply manufacturing;
(9) Recreational equipment manufacturing;
(10) Sheet metal, welding, machine shop, tool repair;
(11) Stone, clay, glass or concrete products;
(12) Woodworking, cabinet makers or furniture manufacturing;
(13) Marijuana production;
(14) Marijuana processing;
(15) Craft Shop. A facility devoted solely to the arts and crafts that produces or makes items that by
their nature, are designed or made by an artist or craftsman by using hand skills Where a craft shop is
allowed as a limited use, it is subject to the following:
(a) May have no more than five (5) employees;
(b) No more dust, fumes, gases, odors, smoke, or vapors are allowed to escape from the premises
than that which is usual in the neighborhood;
(c) All by-products, including waste, are effectively confined to the premises or disposed of off the
premises so as to avoid air pollution, other than that which is usual in the neighborhood;
(d) No noise or disturbance of adjoining premises takes place other than that which is usual in the
neighborhood; and
(e) All equipment and material storage is kept in an enclosed structure.
(16) Food and Beverage Processing, Boutique. A facility in which food, beverages or alcohol are
processed or otherwise prepared and distributed for eventual human consumption. The facility may, in
addition to its processing operation and exclusive of the processing, bottling, and storage floor area
limitation, have a restaurant, offer related and unrelated retail sales, and on -site consumption of free
samples when permitted by the State. The use shall be conducted in a fashion that does not generate
continuous, frequent, or repetitive noises or vibrations than that which is usual in the neighborhood.
(17) Food and Beverage Processing, Industrial. A facility in which food, beverage or alcohol are
processed, or otherwise prepared and distributed for eventual human consumption. The establishment
may, as a subordinate use, offer retail sales and on -site consumption of free samples with no associated
seating area, when permitted by the State, of only products produced or processed by the principal use
on site.
20.39.420 Research and Development. Defined: A facility focused primarily on the research and
development of new products. Research and development includes the following:
(1) Laboratories, offices and other facilities used for research and development by or for any individual,
organization or concern, whether public or private;
(2)Prototype production facilities that manufacture a limited amount of a product in order to fully
investigate the merits of such a product; and
(3)Pilot plants used to test manufacturing processes planned for use in production elsewhere.
21
20.39.430 Resource Extraction. Defined: A facility that extracts minerals and other solids and liquids
from land. Resource extraction includes the following:
(1) Extraction of phosphate or minerals;
(2) Extraction of sand or gravel, borrow pit;
(3) Metal, sand stone, gravel clay, mining and other related processing; and
(4) Stockpiling of sand, gravel, or other aggregate materials.
20.39.440 Vehicle Service and Repair. Defined: Repair and service to passenger vehicles, light and
medium trucks, and other consumer motor vehicles such as motorcycles, boats and recreational
vehicles. Vehicle service includes the following:
• Car wash;
• Vehicle repair (minor);
• Vehicle repair (major); and
• Vehicle repair (commercial vehicle).
(1) Car Wash. A facility with mechanical or hand -operated equipment used for cleaning, washing,
polishing or waxing of motor vehicles. Car wash facilities are subject to the following:
(a) No hand -operated car wash is permitted within 50 feet of a residential use (measured from
the residential lot line to the lot line of the car wash facility).
(b)No mechanical car wash is permitted within 150 feet of a residential use (measured from the
residential lot line to the lot line of the car wash facility).
(c) A Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot lines abutting
a ground floor residential use.
(d)When abutting a ground floor residential use, the car wash facility cannot operate before 6
AM or after 11 PM.
(2) Vehicle Repair (Minor). A facility where minor vehicle repair and service is conducted. Includes audio
and alarm installation, custom accessories, quick lubrication facilities, minor scratch and dent repair,
emissions testing, bed -liner installation, and glass repair or replacement. The following apply to vehicle
repair (minor) facilities:
(a) A Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot lines abutting
a ground floor residential use; and
(b)The dismantling of vehicles for salvage and the storage of impounded vehicles is not allowed.
(3) Vehicle Repair (Major). A facility where general vehicle repair is conducted, including transmission,
brake, muffler and tire shops, along with body and paint shops. The following apply to vehicle repair
(major) facilities:
(a) A Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot lines abutting
a ground floor residential use; and
(b) The dismantling of vehicles for salvage and the storage of impounded vehicles is not allowed.
(4) Vehicle Repair (Commercial Vehicle). A facility conducting repair, service, washing or accessory
installation for commercial vehicles, including box trucks, 18-wheelers and construction or other heavy
equipment. The following apply to vehicle repair (commercial vehicle) facilities:
(a) A Type A or B buffer (see Section 20.128.060) must be established along all lot lines
abutting a ground floor residential use; and
22
(b) The dismantling of vehicles for salvage and the storage of impounded vehicles is not
allowed.
20.39.450 Warehouse, Storage and Distribution. Defined: A facility involved in the storage or
movement of goods for itself or other firms. Goods are generally delivered to other firms or the final
consumer with little on -site sales activity to customers. Warehouse, storage and distribution includes
enclosed storage such as bulk storage, cold storage plants, frozen food lockers, household moving and
general freight storage.
20.39.460 Self Storage (Mini Warehouse). Defined: A facility involved in the rental of storage space,
such as rooms, lockers, or containers to individuals for the purpose of storing personal belongings.
(1) Self storage shall only be permitted in areas within the self storage overlay district (SSOD) in
accordance with POMC 20.38.700-.740, and in zones where permitted outright or as a conditional use in
the land use table in this chapter. Self storage facilities that are built and operated as an accessory to an
apartment use are not subject to the limitations of the SSOD.
(2) Where indicated as a conditional use in the use table, Section 20.39.040, a self -storage facility is
required to obtain a conditional use permit per Chapter 20.50. In addition to the criteria for approval in
Section 20.50.050, the hearing examiner must also make the following findings in order to issue the
conditional use permit:
(a) The proposed self-service storage use will provide self storage units that are necessary to meet
the needs of Port Orchard's population, as demonstrated by a demand analysis and report provided
by the applicant.
(b) The self -storage facility shall be at least two stories in height, as measured from ground level
and not including any basement or below -grade area.
20.39.470 Storage Yard.
Defined: A facility used for the storage of any material or item, including motor or marine vehicles, that
is not in a structure comprised of at least three (3) walls and a roof. Does not include facilities that are
primarily used for the sale of motor and/or marine vehicles.
20.39.480 Waste -Related Services. Defined: A facility that processes and stores waste material. Waste -
related service includes the following:
(1) Automobile dismantlers and recyclers, junk yard, wrecking yard, salvage yard;
(2) Recycling and recovery facility, including recyclable material storage, including construction
material;
(3) Scrap metal processors, secondary materials dealers; and
(4) Wastewater treatment plant.
Agricultural Uses
20.39.500 Agriculture. Defined: The production of crops, livestock or poultry. Agriculture includes the
following:
• Agricultural processing, excluding marijuana processing;
• Community garden;
• Nursery; and
• Winery.
(1) Agricultural Processing. Any operation that transforms, packages, sorts, or grades farm products into
goods that are used for intermediate or final consumption, including goods for non-food use, such as the
23
products of forestry. Agricultural processing includes milk plant, grain elevator, and mulch or compost
production and manufacturing, but does not include animal processing, packing, treating, and storage.
Agricultural processing also does not include marijuana processing pursuant to Chapter 20.64.
(2) Community Garden. An area of land managed and maintained by a group of individuals to grow and
harvest food crops and non-food ornamental crops, for personal or group use, consumption or
donation. May be divided into separate plots for cultivation by one or more individuals or may be
farmed collectively by members of the group, and may include common areas maintained and used by
the group. Where a community garden is allowed as a limited use, it is subject to the following:
(a) A community garden must be primarily used for growing and harvesting food and
ornamental crops for consumption or donation or for sale off -site; and
(b) Only mechanical equipment designed for household use may be used.
(3) Nursery. A facility for the sale of plants and plant materials grown on- or off -site, as well as garden
supplies, equipment and related items.
(4) Winery. A facility for processing grapes or other fruit into wine for sale on -site or through wholesale
or retail outlets.
Accessory Uses
20.39.600 Accessory Dwelling Units (1) Defined: An accessory dwelling unit (ADU) is a separate,
complete dwelling unit attached to or contained within the structure of the primary home or use. An
ADU may be either an accessory apartment (attached dwelling) or a backyard cottage dwelling.
(2) Requirements: Refer to Section 20.68 of this Title.
20.39.610 Drive-Thru Facility. Defined: A facility at which the customer is served while sitting in a
vehicle, typically associated with drive-thru restaurants, banks and pharmacies.
(1) No drive-thru window, lane or order box is permitted within 50 feet of a ground floor residential use
(measured from the residential lot line to the closest point of the drive-thru lane).
(2) In all drive-thru areas, including but not limited to menu boards, stacking lanes, trash receptacles,
ordering box, drive up windows, and other objects associated with the drive-thru, must be located to
the side or rear of the building. Drive-thru windows and lanes may not be placed between a public street
(not including an alley) and the associated building.
(3) Queuing, landscaping and screening requirements are specified in Section 20.124.060 and Chapter
20.128.
20.39.615 Home Occupation. Defined: A home occupation provides a service or product that is
conducted wholly within a dwelling unit. Customers and employees coming to the dwelling to conduct
business are not allowed. A home occupation does not include a bed and breakfast or day care facility.
(1) The use of the dwelling unit for a home occupation must be clearly incidental and subordinate to its
use for residential purposes, and under no circumstances change the residential character of the
building.
(2) No business, storage or warehousing of materials, supplies or equipment is allowed outside.
(3) No equipment or process may be used that creates excessive noise, vibration, glare, fumes, odors, or
electrical interference.
(4) No display of products may be visible from the street.
(5) No persons other than members of the family residing on the premises may be engaged in the
home occupation.
(6) No more than one vehicle may be used in the conduct of the home occupation, and it must be
parked on -site.
24
(7) Storage space and the operation of the business cannot exceed twenty-five percent of the total
floor area of the dwelling (including any accessory structures on the lot).
(8) Customers and employees are not allowed.
(9) The delivery of materials may not exceed more than two (2) deliveries of per day. No delivery
may be by a vehicle larger than typical delivery van.
(10) No signs advertising the home occupation are allowed.
20.39.620 Home Business. Defined: A home business provides a service or product that is conducted
wholly within a dwelling that requires employees, customers, clients or patrons to visit the dwelling. A
home business does not include a bed and breakfast or day care facility.
(1) The use of the dwelling unit for a home business must be clearly incidental and subordinate to its
use for residential purposes, and under no circumstances change the residential character of the
building.
(2) No business, storage or warehousing of materials, supplies or equipment is allowed outside.
(3) No equipment or process may be used that creates excessive noise, vibration, glare, fumes, odors, or
electrical interference.
(4) No display of products may be visible from the street.
(5) The home business must be conducted by a person residing on the premises.
(6) No more than two (2) employees of the business excluding the business/home owner (or home
occupant) shall work on the premises.
(7) No more than one vehicle may be used in the conduct of the home business, and the vehicle must
be parked on -site.
(8) Storage space and the operation of the business inside the dwelling cannot exceed twenty-five
percent of the total floor area of the building (including any accessory structures on the lot).
(9) Not more than twelve (12) client vehicle trips a day are permitted to visit the home business.
(10) The delivery of materials may not exceed more than two (2) deliveries of per day. No delivery may
be by a vehicle larger than typical delivery van.
(11) Retail sales of goods must be entirely accessory to any service provided on the site (such as hair
care products sold as an accessory to hair cutting).
(12) No mechanical equipment is installed or used except such that is normally used for domestic or
professional purposes.
Livestock Keeping. Defined: Livestock includes any animals of the equine, swine or bovine class,
including goats, sheep, mules, cattle, hogs, pigs and other grazing animals, and all ratites, including, but
not limited to, ostriches, emus and rheas.
(1) Prohibited:
(a) The keeping of any animal other than dogs, cats and other household domestic animals
and those specifically allowed below is prohibited.
(b) Roosters are not allowed.
(2) Rabbits, Turkeys, Ducks and Chickens:
(a) One rabbit, turkey, duck or chicken is allowed per 1,500 square feet of lot area, provided
that no more than five (5) rabbits, ducks or chickens, and no more than three (3) turkeys
are located on a single parcel.
(b) An area of at least twenty (20) square feet or at least four (4) square feet for each
rabbit, turkey, duck or chicken, whichever is larger, must be provided. The area must be
adequately fenced, cannot be located in a front yard, be at least twenty-five (25) feet
25
from any dwelling on an abutting lot and be at least fifteen (15) feet from any side or
rear lot line.
(c) Coops or cages may not exceed 8 feet in height.
(3) Alpacas, Llamas, Goats and Sheep:
(a) A lot least one half (1/2) acre in size is allowed one (1) alpaca, llama, goat or sheep per
10,000 square feet of lot area.
(b) An area of at least five hundred (500) square feet or at least two hundred fifty (250)
square feet for each alpaca, llama, goat or sheep, whichever is larger, must be provided.
(c) The containment area must be adequately fenced, cannot be located in a front yard and
must be at least fifteen (15) feet from any side or rear lot line.
20.39.630 Outdoor Display. Defined: The outdoor display of products actively available for sale. The
outdoor placement of propane gas storage racks, ice storage bins, soft drink or similar vending machines
is considered outdoor display. Outdoor display does not include merchandise or material in boxes, in
crates, on pallets or other kinds of shipping containers (see limited outdoor storage). Where allowed,
the outdoor sale or rental of vehicles or equipment as part of a properly permitted use is not considered
outdoor display.
(1) Outdoor display is only allowed with a permitted nonresidential use.
(2) Outdoor display must abut the primary facade with the principal customer entrance, and may
not extend more than six (6) feet from the facade or occupy more than twenty-five percent of the
horizontal length of the facade.
(3) Outdoor display may not exceed six (6) feet in height.
(4) Outdoor display must be removed and placed inside a fully -enclosed building at the end of each
business day, except propane gas storage racks, ice storage bins, soft drink or similar vending machines
may remain outside overnight.
(5)Outdoor display may not encroach upon any public right-of-way or sidewalk. Outdoor display may not
impair the ability of pedestrians to use the sidewalk. There must be a minimum of six (6) feet of clear
distance of sidewalk at all times.
20.39.635 Outdoor Storage.
Defined:
(1) Low -Impact:
(a) Low -impact outdoor storage includes, but is not limited to:
i. The overnight outdoor storage of vehicles awaiting repair;
ii. The outdoor storage of merchandise or material in boxes, in crates, on pallets or
other kinds of shipping containers;
iii. Outdoor sale areas for sheds, building supplies, garden supplies, plants, lawn
movers, barbecue's and other similar items; and
iv. The outdoor storage of vehicles, boats, recreational vehicles or other similar
vehicles at a self-service storage, mini warehouse facility.
(b) Use Standards:
i. All material stored outdoors cannot be located in a required setback;
ii. All material stored outdoors may not be more than twelve (12) feet in height;
iii. All material stored outdoors must be fully screened from view from the public
right-of-way and abutting properties using a Type A or B buffer (see Chapter
20.128.060); and
26
iv. Vehicles awaiting repair may only be stored up to fourteen (14) days within the
screened storage area.
(2) High -Impact:
(a) High -impact outdoor storage includes, but is not limited to:
i. The outdoor storage of contractors equipment, lumber, pipe, steel or wood;
ii. The outdoor storage of salvage, recycled materials or scrap metal;
iii. The outdoor storage of impounded or inoperable vehicles;
iv. The outdoor storage or loading yard for vehicles, trailers or equipment;
v. The outdoor storage of construction material; and
vi. The outdoor storage of domestic or construction waste or debris.
(b) Use Standards:
All material stored outdoors cannot be located in a required setback and must
be located at least fifteen (15) feet from the public right -of- way; and
All material stored outdoors must be fully screened from view from the public
right-of-way and abutting properties using a Type C or D buffer (see Chapter
20.128.060).
20.39.640 Indoor Self Storage as Accessory Use to Apartment Buildings. Indoor self -storage may be
permitted as an accessory use to a site containing one or more apartment buildings as defined in POMC
20.32, provided that the gross floor area of self -storage does not exceed twenty percent of the gross
floor area of the residential living space located within apartment buildings on the site.
20.39.645 Vehicle Service and Repair Accessory to Residential Uses. Vehicle service and repair, as an
accessory use to an existing residential use, is allowed pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 20.66
and the land use table in Chapter 20.39.
20.39.650 Medical Marijuana Cooperatives. Medical marijuana cooperatives, as an accessory use to an
existing residential use, are allowed pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 20.64 and the land use
table in Chapter 20.39.
27
Chapter 20.40
SITE AND LOT DIMENSIONS
Sections:
20.40.010 Site and Lot Dimensions
20.40.020 Building Setbacks
20.40.030 Build -to Zone
20.40.040 Setback Encroachments
20.40.050 Height
20.40.060 Neighborhood Compatibility
20.40.010 Site and Lot Dimensions
(1) Site. A site is any lot or group of contiguous lots owned or controlled by the same person or entity,
assembled for the purpose of a single development.
(a) Site Area. Site area is the cumulative area of all contiguous lots that make up the site. Site
area does not include existing or proposed right-of-way, whether dedicated or not dedicated to
public use.
(b) Site Width. Site width is the cumulative width of all contiguous lots that compose the site.
(c) Site Depth. Site depth is the cumulative depth of all contiguous lots that compose the site.
(2) Lot. A parcel of land either vacant or occupied intended as a unit for the purpose, whether
immediate or for the future, of transfer of ownership, or possession, or for development.
(a) Lot Area. Lot area is the area included within the rear, side and front lot lines. Lot area does
not include existing or proposed right-of-way, whether dedicated or not dedicated to public use.
Minimum lot area may not include constrained land such as wetlands, fish and wildlife habitat
area, floodways and floodplains, and slopes over twenty-five percent which are two thousand
(2,000) square feet or more of contiguous sloped area. Where on -site waste treatment is
required, Health Department standards will determine whether minimum lot area must be
increased to accommodate the on -site waste treatment system.
(b) Lot Width. Lot width is the distance between the two side lot lines measured at the primary
street property line along a straight line or along the chord of the property line on a curvilinear
lot. For irregularly shaped lots or flag lots, lot width may determined by measuring the diameter
of the largest circle that can be drawn within the lot's boundaries.
(c) Lot Frontage. Every lot must abut a public or private street, or a courtyard specifically for a
cottage court building type .
(d) Lot, Flag. A lot with less length of property on a public street than is normally required, with
no less than fifteen (15) feet abutting a public or private street generally intended to make
deeper property accessible.
r I i I j I I
I I r IFLot AM-*!
I I HSRar�
r j r 1 I
(3) Hard Surface Coverage. The area of the lot that is covered by buildings, including both principal
structures, structured parking and roofed accessory structures, including gazebos. Hard surface
coverage also includes paved and gravel areas such as driveways, walkways, uncovered porches or
patios, decks, swimming pools, parking lots, and roof overhangs of over two (2) feet, driveways,
walkways, steps, terraces and uncovered decks.
20.40.020 Building Setbacks
(1) Type of Setbacks. There are four (4) types of setbacks — primary street, side street, side interior and
rear. Building setbacks apply to both principal and accessory buildings or structures except where it is
explicitly stated otherwise.
(2) Measurement of Setbacks.
(a) The primary street setback is measured at a right angle from the primary street right-of-way
line, or, from the proposed boundary line of a right of way acquisition area if area is including in
an approved right of way acquisition plan.
(b) On corner lots, the side street setback is measured at a right angle from the side street right-
of-way line.
(c) The rear setback is measured at a right angle from the rear property line or the rear right-of-
way or easement line where there is an alley. The rear property line is the property line opposite
to the primary street property line. Where there is more than one primary street, the director
will determine the rear property line based on the criteria in section 20.40.020(4).
(d) All lot lines which are not primary street, side street or rear lot lines are considered side
interior lot lines for the purpose of measuring setbacks. Side interior setbacks are measured at a
right angle from the side property line.
(3) Irregular Shaped Lots. The director will determine setbacks for irregularly -shaped lots.
2
(4) Primary/Side Street Designation.
(a) Where only one street abuts a lot, that street is considered a primary street.
(b) A multiple street frontage lot must designate at least one primary street. A lot may have
more than one primary street. The Director will determine which streets are primary streets
based on (where applicable):
(i) The street or streets with the highest classification (highest classification is Principal
Arterial, lowest is Local Access);
(ii) The established orientation of the block;
(iii)The street or streets abutting the longest face of the block;
(iv) The street or streets parallel to an alley within the block;
(v) The street that the lot takes its address from; and
(vi) The pedestrian orientation of adjacent or abutting development, existing or
proposed.
(5) Primary Setback Averaging. The primary street setback requirements for principal buildings in R1, R2,
R3, R4, R5, and R6 zones may be averaged as follows:
(a) The proposed building must be located within the range of primary street setbacks, no closer
than the smallest setback in the range and no further than the largest setback in the range.
(b) On an interior lot, the range of setbacks is measured on the basis of the two (2) closest lots in
either direction along the block face.
(c) On a corner lot, the range of setbacks is measured on the basis of the three (3) closest lots
along the block face.
3
(d) Where the calculation cannot be applied to at least four (4) lots on an interior lot or three (3)
lots on a corner lot, the building must meet the district standards.
20.40.030 Build -to Zone
(1) Build -to Zone. The build -to zone is the area on the lot where a certain percentage of the front
building fagade must be located, measured as a minimum and maximum setback range from the edge of
the right-of-way.
(2) Build -to Zone on interior lots. The required percentage specifies the amount of the front building
fagade that must be located in the build -to zone, measured based on the width of the building divided
by the width of the lot.
(3) Build -to Zone on Corner Lots. On a corner lot, a building fagade must be placed within the build -to
zone for the first thirty (30) feet along the street extending from the block corner, measured from the
intersection of the two right-of-way lines.
(4) Build -to zone — Uses Allowed. With the exception of parking spaces and outdoor storage, all
structures and uses (including outdoor dining) allowed on the lot are allowed in the build -to zone.
20.40.040 Setback Encroachments
(1) All buildings and structures must be located at or behind the required setbacks, except as listed in
subsections 2 through 5 below, and in accordance with applicable building codes. No building or
structure may extend into a required easement or public right-of-way (except by written agreement
with the City Council or through an approved street vacation).
(2) Building Features.
(a) Porches, stoops, balconies, galleries and awnings/canopies may extend into a required
primary or side street setback as stated in POMC 20.122.
(b) Building eaves, roof overhangs, gutters, downspouts, light shelves, bay windows and oriels
less than ten (10) feet wide, cornices, belt courses, sills, buttresses or other similar architectural
4
features may encroach up to three (3) feet into a required setback, provided that such extension
is at least two (2) feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
(c) Chimneys or flues may encroach up to four (4) feet, provided that such extension is at least
three (3) feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
(d) Unenclosed patios, decks, balconies, stoops, porches, terraces or fire escapes may encroach
into a side interior or rear setback, provided that such extension is at least three (3) feet from
the vertical plane of any lot line.
(e) Handicap ramps may encroach to the extent necessary to perform their proper function.
(f) Structures below and covered by the ground may encroach into a required setback.
(3) Site Features.
(a) Fences and walls may encroach into a required setback.
(b) Sidewalks and driveways may encroach into a required setback.
(c) Required buffers may encroach into a required setback.
(d) Signs under may encroach into a required setback provided that they meet any sign specific
setbacks pursuant to POMC 20.132.
(4) Low Impact Stormwater Features.
(a) Low impact stormwater management features may encroach into a primary street setback
(but not into the sidewalk), side interior setback, or rear setback including, but not limited to:
1. Rain barrels or cisterns, six (6) feet or less in height;
2. Planter boxes;
3. Bioretention areas; and
4. Similar features, as determined by the director.
(5) Mechanical Equipment and Utility Lines.
(a) Mechanical equipment associated with residential uses, such as HVAC units, swimming pool
pumps or filters, and security lighting, may encroach into a side interior or rear setback,
provided that such extension is at least three (3) feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
(b) Minor structures accessory to utilities (such as hydrants, manholes, and transformers and
other cabinet structures and related fences) may encroach into a required rear or side setback.
(c) Minor utilities below and covered by the ground may encroach into a required setback.
5
20.40.050 Height
(1) Building Height
(a) This section shall apply to all development in the City except for development in the View
Protection Overlay District. This section shall not apply to signs.
(b) Building height is regulated in both number of stories and feet and is measured from the
grade plane to the mean height level between the eaves and ridge of a gable, hip, mansard, or
gambrel roof or to the highest point of roof surface of a flat roof.
'h -ed Roe -I., Roof
M, x
Pampa: Ylall
Tca o- Roof
i
2 S
Rvarge S.de Aderag=Grade
(b) Average grade is determined by calculating the average of the highest and lowest elevation
along natural or improved grade (whichever is more restrictive) along the front of the building
parallel to the primary street setback line.
_ I
Building Heist
Ave ram c'
H ighost Eleva[Highest and
— ---- Lowesf Eleva[ms
Fmra of Buildirg
(c) Where a lot slopes downward from the front property line, one story that is additional to the
specified maximum number of stories may be built on the lower, rear portion of the lot.
3A
51rre
(d) A half story has less than fifty percent of the attic floor area with a clear height of seven (7)
feet or more; measured from the finished floor to the finished ceiling. If more than fifty percent
of the attic floor area has a clear height of seven (7) feet or more, it shall be considered a full
story.
0
(e)A basement with fifty percent or more of its perimeter wall area surrounded by natural grade
is not considered a story.
(2) Height Encroachments. Any height encroachment not listed below is prohibited except where the
Director determines that the encroachment is similar to a permitted encroachment listed below.
(a) The maximum height limits of the district do not apply to a spire, belfry, cupola, dome, or
other similar feature that does not contain conditioned space and is not intended for human
occupancy, or public utility facilities which by design or function must exceed the established
height limits.
(b) The following may exceed the established height limit of the district provided they do not
exceed the maximum height by more than six (6) feet:
(i) Chimney, flue or vent stack;
(ii) Rooftop deck, patio, shade structure;
(iii) Flagpole;
(iv) Vegetation associated with a rooftop garden or landscaping;
(v) Skylights;
(vi) Parapet wall; and
(vii) Solar panels, wind turbines and rainwater collection systems.
(c) The following may exceed the established height limits provided they do not exceed the
maximum building height by more than ten (10) feet, do not occupy more than twenty-five
percent of the roof area, and are set back at least ten (10) feet from the edge of the roof:
(i) Elevator or stairway access to roof; and
(ii) Mechanical equipment.
(3) Ground Floor Elevation. Ground floor elevation is the height of the ground floor relative to the height
of the sidewalk and is measured from top of the abutting curb, or from the crown of the road where no
curb exists, to the top of the finished ground floor.
(a) Minimum ground floor elevation applies to the first twenty (20) feet of the lot measured
from the right-of-way line.
Gr dFloor
Ek�
T.p & Gwb-N_,_,;ra7_
G—d Floor L L H
E kraticn
LC &Road _�0F_
7
(4) Story Height.
(a) Story height is the height of each story of building and it is measured from the top of the
finished floor to the ceiling above.
(b) Minimum ground story height applies to the first thirty (30) feet of the building measured
inward from the interior wall of the primary street -facing facade. At least fifty percent of the
ground story must meet the minimum height provisions.
�.z�:
un er min. -aght
ni
o r min he g-i
C �
20.40.060 Neighborhood Compatibility
(1) Height Plane. A height plane is required when a building taller than thirty-five (35) feet is located on
a lot that abuts another lot with a R-1, R-2, or R-6 zoning designation. In such situations, a building
cannot extend into a forty-five (45) degree angular plane projecting over the subject property measured
from a height of thirty-five (35) feet at the side interior or rear setback line. One foot of additional
setback is required for every foot of height above thirty-five (35) feet until the maximum height of the
district is reached.
W
Chapter 20.41
TRANSFER OF DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS PROGRAM
Sections:
20.41.010 Purpose
20.41.020 Authority
20.41.030 Applicability
20.41.040 General Requirements
20.41.050 Sending Areas
20.41.060 Sending Site Calculations
20.41.070 Receiving Areas
20.41.080 Use of Development Rights
20.41.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to create a process for certification and transfer of transferable
development rights from designated sending areas within Kitsap County to designated receiving areas
within Port Orchard that are zoned for multifamily residential development (apartment buildings). The
transfer of development rights from one property within Kitsap County to another within Port Orchard is
allowed in order to provide the following:
(1) Flexibility and efficient use of land and building techniques;
(2) Preservation of rural character, promotion of farming areas, and provision of long-term open space
opportunities; and
(3) A mechanism to work toward achieving policies outlined in the Kitsap County Countywide Planning
Policies, Kitsap County Comprehensive Plan, the Port Orchard Comprehensive Plan and Port Orchard
development regulations.
20.41.020 Authority.
The transfer of transferable development rights ("TDR") system for Port Orchard is established. The base
residential density of a sending site within Kitsap County may be transferred and credited to a receiving
site within the City of Port Orchard in accordance with this chapter only when a TDR certificate is issued
in accordance with the rules and procedures in this chapter and in Kitsap County Code Chapter 17.580.
20.41.030 Applicability.
This chapter supplements City and County land use regulations and other land protection efforts by
establishing a TDR process, which may be employed at a landowner's option to certify and transfer
development rights from an eligible sending site in Kitsap County to an eligible receiving site in Port
Orchard, and which may include transfer through an open market or TDR bank. This chapter regulates
the following with respect to the transfer of development rights:
(1) Provides a conversion formula to convert County development rights into City building height
bonuses;
(2) Provides a market -based TDR implementation system based on the issuance of TDR certificates by
Kitsap County that may be freely sold or otherwise transferred for use in the City of Port Orchard; and
(3) Requires the recording of conservation easements that restrict development on sending sites within
Kitsap County.
20.41.040 General Requirements.
(1) Development Rights. Residential development rights are considered to be interests in real
property.
(2) Transfer of Development Rights Permitted. The number of dwelling units allowed to be constructed
on a sending parcel within Kitsap County under Kitsap County Code Section 17.580.050 may be
transferred to a receiving parcel within the City of Port Orchard pursuant to the conversion provided in
subsection 3 of this section. In approving a transfer of development rights to a receiving area within Port
Orchard, the decision -maker (depending on permit type) must find that such a transfer is permitted
under and consistent with the zoning applicable to the receiving property. A transfer of development
rights is allowed only under the provisions in this chapter.
(3) Transfer of Development Rights Conversion formula. Each development right (i.e., allowed dwelling
unit) sent from a sending area in Kitsap County shall be worth a 1-story (10 foot) height bonus
measuring two thousand (2,000) square feet on the receiving property within Port Orchard. To illustrate
this conversion, if a mixed use storefront building (e.g., with retail on the ground floor and apartments
on higher floors) in Port Orchard is proposed with a building footprint of twenty thousand (20,000)
square feet at four (4) stories, but the zone allows for a height bonus pursuant to the TDR program to
increase that height to five (5) stories, the purchase of ten (10) development rights from Kitsap County
would allow one (1) additional 10-foot story measuring twenty thousand (20,000) square feet, thus
increasing the allowed height of proposed building from four (4) to five (5) stories.
20.41.050 Sending Areas.
1. The City of Port Orchard will rely on Kitsap County sending area designations in place as of
[ADOPTION DATE OF THIS ORDINANCE] and additionally shall only accept development rights
transferred from properties located in zip codes 98366, 98367, 98312, and 98359, in accordance with
Kitsap County Code Chapter 17.580.
2. Land already encumbered by a conservation easement shall not be eligible as a TDR sending site.
3. Any land below ordinary high water of any fresh or saltwater body shall not be eligible as a TDR
sending site.
4. Development rights allocated to eligible sending sites may be converted to TDR certificates which
may be transferred to eligible receiving sites through the TDR transfer process. After completion of the
conveyance of a sending site's development rights, the property shall be maintained in a condition that
is consistent with the TDR conservation easement imposed under Kitsap County Code
Section 17.580.100.
2
20.41.060 Sending Site Calculations.
The City of Port Orchard shall rely on Kitsap County calculations of development rights eligible for
transfer from a sending site pursuant to Kitsap County Code Chapter 17.580.
20.41.070 Receiving Areas.
The following map shows eligible TDR receiving areas in which height bonuses allowing buildings to be
constructed up to 8 stories not to exceed 88 feet may be constructed. The 8 story / 88 foot height limit
allowed for properties shown on the map supersedes the height limits in POMC chapters 20.34 and
20.35.
I ell�
�'
i
� � o
�g �§
@#
rry of �d orcnare
,�� �••�
.�
�; •.-. � �..E�� s �.�a� ��" � � � � .w•
9J l�4.
Transfer of
Development Highs
Eligi hle areas
yq
gg
i£
IJI,
20.41.080 Use of Transferred Development Rights.
Once development rights have been obtained in accordance with Kitsap County Code Chapter 17.580,
the County will issue certificate(s) certifying the number of rights purchased and the location from which
the rights are being sent. Applicants seeking to use the issued Kitsap County certificate(s) shall submit
the certificate(s) with their development permit application for a project to be constructed on an eligible
suitably zoned property within Port Orchard. Prior to permit issuance for a project that has been
approved pursuant to a TDR height bonus, the certificate shall be conveyed to the City of Port Orchard
and extinguished in exchange for the approved height bonus.
3
Chapter 20.54
NONCONFORMITIES
Sections:
20.54.010 Purpose.
20.54.020 Definitions.
20.54.030 Establishing a legal nonconforming building type, lot, use or structure for the record.
20.54.040 Establishing a legal nonconforming lot for the record.
20.54.050 Restrictions on legal nonconforming uses.
20.54.060 Restrictions on legal nonconforming building types and structures.
20.54.070 Restrictions on legal nonconforming lots.
20.54.080 Permit required.
20.54.090 Administration of nonconforming permits.
20.54.100 Requirements for a complete application.
20.54.110 Criteria for approval — Permit to establish legal nonconforming building type, use or
structure for the record.
20.54.120 Criteria for approval — Permit to establish legal nonconforming lot for the record.
20.54.130 Final decision on nonconforming permit.
20.54.140 Appeal of nonconforming permit.
20.54.150 Nonconformities and Build -To Zone Requirements
20.54.010 Purpose.
This chapter provides standards and procedures for identifying nonconforming situations, establishing
restrictions on the alteration or expansion of a nonconforming situation, and it also specifies when a
nonconforming situation must be brought into compliance with the code. In addition, this chapter also
establishes an optional process for a property owner to obtain a determination that a building, use or lot
is legally nonconforming so that the property owner may use such determination for purposes of
property sale/transfer, or to defend in a code enforcement action. For properties within the city's
shoreline zone, the standards of the city's shoreline master program also apply, including regulations for
nonconforming uses and structures within the shoreline zone. For nonconforming signs, please also see
Chapter 20.132 POMC.
20.54.020 Definitions.
(1) Nonconforming Building Type. A nonconforming building type is a building type which lawfully
existed in a zoning district prior to the adoption of this zoning code, but which is not one of the building
types allowed in the current zoning district pursuant to Chapter 20.32.
(2) Nonconforming Lot. A nonconforming lot is a lot which lawfully existed prior to the adoption of this
zoning code, but which does not comply with one or more of the lot standards for the applicable zoning
district in the current code, such as minimum lot size, minimum lot width or required access.
(3) Nonconforming Use. A nonconforming use is a use which lawfully existed in a zoning district prior to
the adoption of this zoning code, but which is not one of the uses that is permitted or conditionally
permitted in the current zoning district per Chapter 20.39.
(4) Nonconforming Structure. A nonconforming structure is a structure which lawfully existed in a
zoning district prior to the adoption of this zoning code, but which does not comply with one or more
requirements for the applicable zoning district in the current code for maximum height, minimum
setbacks, maximum lot coverage or impervious surface coverage, or design standards.
20.54.030 Establishing a legal nonconforming building type, lot, use or structure for the record.
(1) Permit Required. A landowner may establish that he/she has a legal nonconforming building type,
use or structure for the record by obtaining the permit described in POMC 20.54.080. This process is
optional in situations other than code enforcement actions (in which the landowner may choose to
utilize the process in order to establish the legality of the nonconforming building type, use or
structure).
(2) Abandonment or Discontinuance. In order to establish a legal nonconforming building type, use or
structure, the use or structure must not have been abandoned or discontinued, under the criteria in
POW 20.54.050(4).
(3) Destruction. Should a nonconforming building type, structure or nonconforming portion of a
structure be destroyed by any means to an extent more than fifty percent of its replacement cost at the
time of its destruction, as determined by the city building official, it shall be reconstructed only in
conformity with this code, and only under the following conditions: (a) a complete application for a
building permit (or other applicable permit) is filed with the city within twelve (12) months after the
damage occurred, and the permit issues, with not more than one (1) 180-day extension; (b) the cause of
the damage or destruction was not the willful act of the owner or the owner's agent; and (c) the cause
of the damage or destruction was not due to the ongoing neglect of the owner or the owner's agent.
(4) Enforcement. If a landowner is not able to establish a legally nonconforming building type, use or
structure, or, if the city proves that a legal nonconforming building type, use or structure was
abandoned or discontinued, then the building type, use or structure may be subject to an enforcement
action. In this enforcement action, the landowner will either be required to terminate the use, demolish
the building or other structure or conform the building or other structure to the requirements of this
code, including the provisions of Chapter 20.02 POMC, Administration and Enforcement.
(5) Applicability of New Regulations to Legal Nonconforming Building Types, Uses and Structures. Legal
nonconforming building types, uses and structures have only a vested right not to have the building
type, use or structure or other development immediately terminated when a new code provision is
adopted that prohibits the building type, use or structure. The building type, use or structure may still be
subject to newly adopted reasonable police power regulations.
A legal use of land does not become nonconforming because the zone in which it is located is changed
to a zoning district which requires a conditional use permit for the use. However, any alteration,
expansion or intensification of a use previously approved as a conditional use must follow the process in
Chapter 20.50 POMC for approval of a new conditional use permit unless the zoning changes such that
the use is now permitted outright.
2
20.54.040 Establishing a legal nonconforming lot for the record.
(1) Permit Required. A landowner may establish that he/she has a legal nonconforming lot for the record
by obtaining the permit described in POMC 20.54.060 through 20.54.080. This process is optional in
situations other than code enforcement actions.
(2) Enforcement. If a landowner is not able to establish a legally nonconforming lot, then the lot may be
subject to an enforcement action. In this enforcement action, the landowner will either be required to
establish a legally conforming lot through subdivision, boundary line adjustment, legal adjudication or
other legally -accepted method of lot creation, or else abandon the claim to ownership of a legal lot of
record, subject to the requirements of this code.
(3) Applicability of New Regulations to Legal Nonconforming Lots. Legal nonconforming lots have only a
vested right not to have any use, structure or other development immediately terminated when a new
code provision is adopted which creates or increases the nonconformity of a lot. The lot may still be
subject to newly adopted reasonable police power regulations.
20.54.050 Restrictions on legal nonconforming uses.
(1) Enlargement, Increase, Intensification and Extension Prohibited. A legal nonconforming use may not
be enlarged, increased, intensified or extended to occupy a greater area of land or space, including air
space, than was occupied at the effective date of adoption or amendment of this code. No additional
structure, building or sign shall be constructed on the lot in connection with such nonconforming use of
land.
(2) Use Cannot Be Moved to New Location. No legal nonconforming use shall be moved in whole or in
part to any portion of the building or any lot other than that occupied by such use except where that use
is permitted outright at the effective date of adoption or amendment of this code.
(3) Change in Use. A nonconforming use cannot be changed to another nonconforming use. A change
in tenancy or ownership is not considered a change to another nonconforming use, provided that the
use itself remains unchanged.
(4) No Discontinuation or Abandonment. In order to retain its legally nonconforming status, the legal
nonconforming use of land cannot be discontinued or abandoned for any reason for a period of more
than one hundred eighty (180) days, or for eighteen (18) months in a three (3) year period. For purposes
of calculating the 180-day or 18-month period, a use is discontinued or abandoned upon the occurrence
of the first of any of the following events:
(a) On the date when the use of land is physically vacated;
(b) On the date the use ceases to be actively involved in the sale of merchandise or the provision of
services;
(c) On the date of termination of any lease or contract under which the nonconforming use has occupied
the land; or
(d) On the date a request for final reading of water and power meters is made to the applicable utility
districts.
3
(5) Uses which vary seasonally (such as agricultural uses) shall be deemed abandoned if the seasonal use
is not utilized during one full season, consistent with the traditional use.
(6) Application of Code Criteria and Standards. If the use is discontinued or abandoned for any reason
(other than seasonal use as allowed by subsection (5) of this section) for a period of more than one
hundred eighty (180) days or for eighteen (18) months in a three (3) year period, any subsequent use of
land shall conform to the applicable standards and criteria specified by this code for the land use zone in
which such land is located.
20.54.060 Restrictions on legal nonconforming building types and structures.
(1) Alterations and Maintenance. A nonconforming building type or structure may not be enlarged or
altered in a way that increases its nonconformity, but any structure or portion thereof may be enlarged
or altered in a way that satisfies the current requirements of this code or in a way that will not increase
its nonconformity. Ordinary maintenance and repair shall be permitted.
(2) Roadway Access. The owner of a nonconforming access connection (i.e., street or highway access)
may be required to bring the nonconforming access into conformance with this code and other
applicable standards as a condition of the city or other roadway authority approving a new access
connection permit, or a landowner's requested change in land use.
(3) Relocation or Removal. Should the nonconforming building type or structure be moved for any
reason and by any distance, it shall thereafter conform to the regulations of this code. However, a
structure may be moved on the same site without full compliance if the movement reduces the building
type or structure's degree of nonconformity with the code.
(4) Historic Buildings and Structures. Nothing in this chapter shall prevent the full restoration by
reconstruction of a building or structure which is either listed on the National Register of Historic Places,
the Washington State Register of Historic Places, or the Washington State Cultural Resource Inventory,
as shown in a historical survey meeting the standards of the State Department of Archaeology and
Historic Preservation. "Restoration" means reconstruction of the historic building or structure with as
nearly the same visual design appearance and materials as is consistent with full compliance with the
State Building Code and any code provisions adopted by the city on the subject of historic preservation.
The reconstruction of all such historic buildings and structures shall comply with the life safety
provisions of the State Building Code.
(5) Mobile Homes or Manufactured Homes. Any mobile home or manufactured home located in a
residential district which is a legal nonconforming use may be replaced with an approved manufactured
home that conforms to the applicable requirements of this title.
20.54.070 Restrictions on legal nonconforming lots.
(1) A nonconforming lot may not be altered in size or shape in any way that increases its nonconformity,
but it may be altered in a way that satisfies the current requirements of this code or in a way that will
not increase its nonconformity.
(2) Use of Legal Nonconforming Lot as a Building Site. A legal nonconforming lot may be used as a
building site, provided that all other requirements of the applicable zoning district are met or a variance
is obtained.
4
20.54.080 Permit required.
A property owner may obtain a nonconforming permit to establish a legal nonconforming building type,
lot, use or structure for the record. This permit is not required, unless the city has brought a code
enforcement action relating to the property, or if the property owner desires the permit for another
purpose, such as to obtain a building permit consistent with the desired legal nonconforming building
type, lot, use or structure. In such event, the property owner has the burden to follow the procedures
set forth herein to establish that the condition of the property is legally nonconforming. In the case of a
code enforcement action, the director may place the code enforcement action in abeyance for a
reasonable time in order to allow a property owner to gather the necessary information to demonstrate
that the property is legally nonconforming.
20.54.090 Administration of nonconforming permits.
(1) The following steps shall be followed in the processing of nonconforming permits:
(a) Determination of complete application (POMC 20.24.050);
(b) Determination of consistency (POMC 20.24.090);
(c) Notice of decision by director (POMC 20.24.100); and
(d) Administrative appeal, if any (open record hearing, POMC 20.24.040).
(2) Because the processing of these permit applications requires the submission of different information
for approval, imposes different burdens on the applicant and the city, and varies in other material
respects from the processing of a project permit application, these permits are exempt under
RCW 36.7013.140 from all project permit processing requirements (identified in Chapter 20.22 POMC),
other than those set forth in this chapter.
20.54.100 Requirements for a complete application.
A complete application for a nonconforming permit shall include the following items as applicable to
each classification of nonconformity (building type, lot, use, structure). Refer to the relevant city
application form for numbers of copies of each item that must be included and the type of
accompanying electronic submittal that is required (if relevant):
(1) Completed application form;
(2) Date, name, address, telephone number and email of the applicant;
(3) Name, address, telephone number and email of the owner of the property identified in the
application;
(4) Legal description, street address and assessor's parcel number of the subject property;
(5) A description and photographs of existing site conditions, any plans or permit approvals, and/or
information relevant to the proposed applicant's demonstration of a legal nonconforming building type,
lot, use or structure;
5
(6) Information demonstrating that (a) the building type, structure or use is not permitted outright
under the city's code, including, but not limited to, the use standards of the current zoning or applicable
district; (b) the current zoning code or building code standards for the building type, lot, use or structure
are not met; and (c) the use has not been abandoned or discontinued for the period identified in this
chapter;
(7) Proof of legal nonconforming status, including, but not limited to, planning permits/approvals,
building permits, leases, aerial maps showing the structure and footprint, listings in business or phone
directories (or directory with a list of businesses and residents referenced by address), etc.;
(8) If the application is for a remodel, a complete description of the proposed remodeling relating to
such section(s) of the structure or the entire structure;
(9) The applicant's narrative statement describing the manner in which the application satisfies the
criteria for approval in the applicable section of this chapter;
(10) A SEPA checklist (unless categorically exempt);
(11) The application fee established by the city; and
(12) Any other required information as indicated by city staff in a preapplication meeting.
20.54.110 Criteria for approval — Permit to establish legal nonconforming building type, use or
structure for the record.
(1) Criteria. A permit will be approved establishing the legal nonconforming status of the building type,
use or structure if the applicant provides sufficient evidence and demonstrates to the director's
satisfaction:
(a) That the building type, use or structure satisfies the definition for a legal nonconforming building
type, use or structure in this chapter; and
(b) That the building type, use or structure has been in existence and maintained continuously, with no
interruption that would constitute abandonment or discontinuance under either former or current city
codes.
(2) Acceptable Documentation. The evidence presented by the applicant may include, but is not limited
to, the following as documentation of the existence of a building type, use or structure from a time
when it would have been permitted outright and as documentation of its uninterrupted continuation:
(a) Signed written statements from persons having no financial interest in the property and who are not
relatives of the applicant or property owner. Notarization is not required.
(b) Occupancy listing from the Polk directory or reverse telephone directories.
(c) Business and/or licensing records.
(d) County records showing the previous permitted use if the property was formerly not part of the city.
(e) Assessment records.
(f) Evidence of more than one electric or gas meter or sewer hookup.
0
(g) Other evidence that the director deems useful and reliable, based on the circumstances of the
individual case. Examples include, but are not limited to, photographs, U.S. Census reports, and signed
written statements of experts.
(3) It is the responsibility of the applicant to furnish at least two different types of documentation from
the sources listed above. The city may, in its discretion, require further documentation if the
documentation submitted by the applicant does not demonstrate the existence of the building type, use
or structure from a time when it was permitted outright, or fails to show continuous, uninterrupted
maintenance of the use. The city may also accept only one type of documentation from the sources
listed above, if that documentation is particularly persuasive. Any number of written, signed statements,
however, are not sufficient by themselves to document the existence of a building type, use or
structure.
20.54.120 Criteria for approval — Permit to establish legal nonconforming lot for the record
(1) Criteria. A permit will be approved establishing the legal nonconforming status of a lot if the
applicant provides sufficient evidence and demonstrates to the director's satisfaction that the lot was
lawfully created and recorded with the county auditor's office.
(2) Acceptable Documentation. The evidence presented by the applicant may include, but is not limited
to, a recorded subdivision, large lot subdivision, testamentary subdivision (provided that the
testamentary subdivision conformed to zoning at the time of recording), short plat or binding site plan; a
recorded boundary line adjustment approved by the City if such approval was required at the time of
recording; or a legal adjudication requiring the creation of the lot with subsequent recording with the
county auditor's office.
20.54.130 Final decision on nonconforming permit.
Because the city has excluded nonconforming permits from the procedures set forth in RCW 36.70B.140,
there is no deadline for the city's issuance of a final decision.
20.54.140 Appeals of nonconforming permit.
A nonconforming permit is a Type I decision per Section 20.22.020 of this Title. If an appeal of the
director's decision is filed, the procedures in POMC 20.22.030(7) and (8) shall be followed.
20.54.150 Nonconformities and Build -To Zone Requirements.
"Build -to zone" requirements may apply to certain development proposals in residential, commercial
and mixed -use zoning designations. For information on build -to zone requirements and their
applicability to a proposal, refer to Chapters 20.34 and 20.35.
(1) Building Additions. When an existing building is being expanded and the building does not meet the
build -to requirement, the following provisions apply:
(a) Front. Any addition to the front of the building must be placed in the build -to zone. The addition
does not have to meet the build -to percentage for the lot.
(b) Rear. Rear additions are allowed because the addition does not increase the degree of the
nonconformity.
7
(c) Side. Side additions are not allowed because the extension increases the width that is not located in
the build -to zone.
(2) New Buildings. When a new building is proposed on a site with an existing building that does not
meet the build -to requirement, the following provisions apply:
(a) Front. All new buildings must be placed in the build -to zone until the build -to percentage for the lot
has been met.
(b) Rear. New buildings located outside of the build -to zone are not allowed until the build -to
percentage for the lot has been met.
(c) Side. New buildings located outside of the build -to zone are not allowed until the build -to percentage
for the lot has been met.
M
Chapter 20.58
TEMPORARY USES
Sections:
20.58.110 Temporary uses.
20.58.120 Temporary uses requiring permits.
20.58.130 Additional permit requirements.
20.58.140 Temporary uses exempt from permit requirements.
20.58.110 Temporary uses.
A temporary use is a use established for a limited duration with the intent to discontinue such use upon
the expiration of the time period. In order to regulate such uses by their scope and period of use, a
permit is required for the establishment of temporary uses that are not otherwise permitted in a zone.
Although a temporary use permit is a Type 1 decision, any appeal of a temporary use permit decision
shall be made to the city council.
20.58.120 Temporary uses requiring permits.
The following categories identify temporary uses that are permitted uses subject to securing a permit
from the planning director:
(1) Uses not otherwise permitted in the zone that can be made compatible for periods of limited
duration and/or frequency, such as a seasonal event like a produce or farm market stand that extends
beyond 30 days' duration.
(2) Limited expansion of any use that is otherwise allowed in the zone but which exceeds the intended
scope of the original land use approval — such as a special event like a tent sale or revival annex.
(3) Temporary construction residence as a temporary dwelling for the property owners; provided, that:
(a) A building permit application for a permanent dwelling on the site has been submitted.
(b) The temporary residence must be of minimum impact to the neighborhood.
(c) The temporary residence has adequate sanitary sewer and water provisions.
(d) The temporary residence permit shall be effective for a period of 12 months. The permit may be
extended for one additional period of six months if the permanent dwelling is constructed with a
finished exterior by the end of the initial approval period.
(e) The construction residence shall be removed within 90 days of the expiration of the temporary
construction residence permit or the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the permanent residence,
whichever occurs first.
20.58.130 Additional permit requirements.
(1) Temporary use permits shall be limited in duration and frequency as follows:
(a) For temporary use permits issued pursuant to POMC 20.58.120(1) or (2), the permit shall be effective
for 180 days from issuance.
(b) The temporary use permit shall specify a date upon which the use shall be terminated and removed.
(2) Parking and access for proposed temporary uses shall be approved by the city engineer.
(3) The applicant for a proposed temporary use shall provide any parking or traffic control attendants as
specified by the city engineer.
20.58.140 Temporary uses exempt from permit requirements.
(1) The following uses shall be exempt from requirements for a temporary use permit when located in
the CH, CC, DMU, GMU, CMU, IL, IH, CF, PR or Cl zones for the time period specified below:
(a) Seasonal uses not to exceed a total of 30 days each calendar year, such as Christmas tree lots and
produce stands.
(b) A special event not to exceed a total of 14 consecutive days, such as amusement rides, carnivals, or
circuses, community festivals, and parking lot sales.
(2) Any use not exceeding a consecutive total of three days for a maximum of four events each calendar
year shall be exempt from requirements for a temporary use permit.
(3) Any community event held in a public park or property and not exceeding a period of seven days
shall be exempt from requirements for a temporary use permit.
(4) Temporary structures for tools storage, equipment, and for supervisory offices may be permitted for
construction projects; provided, that such structures are:
(a) Allowed only during periods of active construction.
(b) Removed within 30 days of project completion or cessation of work.
(5) One temporary real estate office located on any new residential development; provided, that
activities are limited to the initial sale or rental of property or units within the development. The office
use shall be discontinued within 30 days of the issuance of a final certificate of occupancy of the last unit
in the development.
2
Chapter 20.68
ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS
Sections:
20.68.010 Accessory dwelling units — Defined.
20.68.020 Accessory dwelling units - Purpose.
20.68.030 Accessory dwelling units — Decision type.
20.68.034 Accessory dwelling units - Administration.
20.68.050 Accessory dwelling units — Property ownership.
20.68.060 Accessory dwelling units — Commercial and industrial development — Code applicability.
20.68.070 Accessory dwelling units — Application procedures.
20.68.080 Inspection.
20.68.090 Violations.
20.68.100 General requirements.
20.68.110 Bulk, location and design requirements.
20.68.010 Accessory dwelling units — Defined.
An accessory dwelling unit is a separate, complete dwelling unit associated with, attached to or
contained within the structure of the primary home or use. An ADU may be either an accessory
apartment (attached dwelling) or a backyard cottage dwelling.
20.68.020 Accessory dwelling units — Purpose.
A. Intent. Accessory dwelling units (hereinafter referred to as "ADUs") are intended to:
1. Provide homeowners with a means of providing for companionship and security.
2. Add affordable units to the existing housing supply.
3. Make housing units within the City available to moderate income people.
4. Provide an increased choice of housing that responds to changing needs, lifestyles (e.g., young families,
retired), and modern development technology.
5. Protect neighborhood stability, property values, and the single-family residential appearance by
ensuring that ADUs are installed in a compatible manner under the conditions of this section.
6. Increase density in order to better utilize existing infrastructure and community resources and to
support public transit and neighborhood retail and commercial services.
7. Provide a means for commercial and industrial sites to have a resident caretaker or security officer.
20.68.030 Accessory dwelling units - Decision type.
An ADU permit is a Type I action and shall be reviewed and considered in accordance with the
procedures for such actions as set forth in Subtitle II of this Title.
20.68.040 Accessory dwelling units - Administration.
The planning director shall have the authority to develop and implement procedures to administer and
enforce this chapter.
1
20.68.050 Accessory dwelling units — Property ownership.
For the purposes of this chapter, "property owner" and "homeowner" shall mean the owner of a property
according to the title of record, or the beneficiary of a legal trust or guardianship.
20.68.060 Accessory dwelling units — Commercial and industrial development — Code applicability.
The following subsections of this chapter do not apply to the construction or establishment of an ADU
that is accessory to a commercial or industrial use:
20.68.100.A. and D.
20.68.110.1 and J
20.68.070 Accessory dwelling units —Application procedures.
A. Procedures. Any property owner seeking to establish an ADU shall apply for approval in accordance
with the following procedures:
1. Application. Prior to installation of an ADU, the property owner shall apply for an ADU permit. A
complete application shall include a properly completed application form, floor and structural plans for
modification, a site plan if detached structures or an addition are proposed, and fees as prescribed in
subsection 2 below.
2. Fees. Upon sale of the property, the new property owner shall be required to sign a new affidavit and
to register the ADU, paying the applicable fee in accordance with the city's adopted fee schedule. If new
or upgraded water or sewer connections are required, water and/or sewer connection fees shall be
required in accordance with Title 13.
3. Accessory dwelling unit agreement. The owner of any property containing an ADU shall record with the
Kitsap County Auditor an accessory dwelling unit agreement and notice to title for the ADU. Such
agreement and notice shall approved by the planning director, on a form approved by the city council,
and shall include as a minimum: (a) the legal description of the property which has been permitted for the
ADU; (b) affirmation that the owner shall occupy either the main building or the ADU (unless the ADU is
within a commercial or industrial development), and that the property owner agrees to all requirements
provided in subsection B.; and (c) the conditions necessary to apply the restrictions and limitations
contained in this section.
The property owner shall submit proof that the agreement and notice to title have been recorded prior
to issuance of an ADU permit. The ADU agreement and notice to title shall run with the land as long as
the ADU is maintained on the property. The property owner may, at any time, apply to the planning
director for a termination of the ADU agreement. Such termination shall be granted upon proof that the
ADU no longer exists on the property and that a notice to title has been recorded which that the ADU has
been removed.
4. Permit. Upon receipt of a complete application, application fees, proof of recorded accessory dwelling
unit agreement, and approval of any necessary building or other permits, an ADU permit shall be issued.
20.68.080 Inspection.
The city shall inspect the property to confirm that minimum and maximum size limits, required parking
and design standards, and all applicable building, health, safety, energy, and electrical code standards are
met.
2
20.68.090 Violations.
A. A violation of this chapter regarding provision of ownership shall be governed by subsection
20.68.100.D, and a violation of provision of legalization of nonconforming ADUs shall be governed by
subsection 20.68.100.H. Violations of any other city permit or code requirements shall be governed by
Chapter 20.02.
20.68.100 General requirements.
ADUs shall be subject to the following requirements, which shall not be subject to a variance.
A. ADU permits may only be issued for a legal lot of record zoned for single-family use containing not more
than one (1) single family dwelling.
B. Occupancy. The maximum number of occupants in any ADU shall be 4 persons. Maximum occupancy
may be further limited by Section 1004 (Occupant Load) of the International Building Code.
C. Composition. The ADU shall include facilities for cooking, living, sanitation, and sleeping.
D. Ownership and occupancy. The property owner must maintain his or her occupancy in the main
residence or the ADU. For the purposes of this Chapter, "occupancy" means that the property owner, as
reflected in title records, makes his or her legal residence at the site, as evidenced by property tax, voter
registration, vehicle registration, or similar means, and actually resides at the site more than six months
out of any given year, and at no time receives rent for the owner -occupied unit. Owners shall record a
notice on title, as approved by the City, which attests to their occupancy and attests that, at no time, shall
they receive rent for the owner -occupied unit. Falsely attesting owner -residency shall be a gross
misdemeanor subject to a fine not to exceed $5,000, including all statutory costs, assessments, and fees.
In addition, ADUs shall not be subdivided or otherwise segregated in ownership from the main building.
E. Parking. No off-street parking is required for the ADU provided that the minimum required off-street
parking per Chapter 20.124 for the primary use (single-family residence, commercial or industrial
development) is met on the lot or if on -street parking is provided on both sides of the street(s) abutting
the lot. One (1) parking stall shall be provided per ADU if either of the preceding conditions is not satisfied.
If additional ADU parking is provided, parking for a commercial or industrial ADU shall be located in the
rear portion of the lot and shall not be accessed from the front if suitable access to the rear is available,
such as an abutting right-of-way that is or can practicably be developed. Driveways shall comply with the
vehicular access and driveway standards in Chapter 20.139.020(2) and the City's development guidelines.
F. Home businesses and occupations. Home businesses and occupations shall be allowed, subject to
existing regulations. However, for residential ADUs if both the main residence and the ADU contain home
business, only one of the two is permitted to receive customers on the premises.
G. Short-term rental. The use of an ADU as a short-term rental shall be allowed, subject to compliance
with the bed and breakfast regulations in Chapter 20.39.345.
H. Legalization of Nonconforming ADUs. Existing ADUs that are made nonconforming by this ordinance,
or ADUs legally existing prior to the enactment of these requirements, may be maintained as a legal non-
conforming use in accordance with Chapter 20.54.
I. Utilities. An ADU must be connected to the utilities of the main residence, or the associated commercial
or industrial development, and may not have separately billed services, with the exception of telephone
and cable television or internet.
3
20.68.110 Bulk, location and design requirements.
A. In commercial or industrial developments, detached ADUs are not allowed, and the ADU shall be
located on or above the second floor of the building in which it is located.
B. For attached ADUs, the lot must meet the minimum lot dimensional and size requirements of the
applicable zoning designation per Chapter 20.24. Attached ADUs that do not increase the building
envelope of an existing residential structure are exempt from this requirement.
C. Size. For backyard cottage detached ADUs, refer to Section 20.32.030 of this Title. For an attached
apartment ADU that is accessory to a detached residential dwelling, the ADU shall not exceed 40 percent
of the total square footage of the residential dwelling and the ADU combined, after modification or
construction, or 1,000 square feet, whichever is greater. For an attached apartment that is accessory to
a commercial or industrial use, the ADU shall not exceed 1,000 square feet.
D. Height. For a backyard cottage detached ADU, refer to Section 20.32.030 of this Title. For an attached
apartment that is accessory to a commercial or industrial use, refer to the appropriate building type in
Section 20.32.
E. Location. A backyard cottage ADU shall be permitted as a second dwelling unit accessory to a detached
dwelling unit and shall be located in the rear yard, in accordance with Section 20.32.030.. An accessory
apartment ADU shall be permitted within a detached residential dwelling, or within a commercial or
industrial building.
F. Setbacks and lot coverage. For a backyard cottage ADU, refer to Section 20.32.030 of this Title. For an
attached apartment that is accessory to a commercial or industrial use, refer to the appropriate building
type in Section 20.32.
G. Design - Attached ADUs. An attached ADU shall be designed to maintain the architectural design, style,
appearance, and character of the main building as a single-family residence. If an attached ADU extends
beyond the current footprint or existing height of the main building, such an addition must be consistent
with the existing fagade, roof pitch, siding, and windows. Any exterior modification or addition to a single-
family residence shall comply with the design standards in Chapter 20.139. Additionally, only one entrance
is permitted to be located in the front fagade of the dwelling. If a separate outside entrance is necessary
for an attached ADU, it must be located either off the rear or side of the main building. Such entrance
must not be visible from the same view of the building which encompasses the main entrance to the
building and must provide a measure of visual privacy.
H. Design — Attached ADUs Associated with a Commercial or Industrial Development. The ADU shall be
part of an overall site and building design that complies with the requirements Chapter 20.128 (Design
Standards), and shall be reviewed in conjunction with the underlying land use or building permit.
I Design - Detached ADUs. A detached ADU shall be designed to complement the architectural design,
style, appearance, and character of the main building by utilizing complementary colors and finish
materials, window styles, and roof design to the main building. The entrance doorto a detached ADU shall
not face the same property line as the entrance door to the main building except when the entrance door
to the ADU is located behind the rear wall of the main building.
J. Other Accessory Buildings. The detached ADU structure shall be the only accessory building allowed on
the parcel, although it can be integrated into a structure that includes a garage or other non -habitable
space. Accessory buildings under 200 square feet in size may be exempted from this restriction, provided
that such buildings meet the relevant zoning requirements for height, setbacks and maximum lot
coverage.
4
K. Walkways. For ADUs with a separate exterior entrance, a pedestrian walkway shall be provided
between the ADU and the nearest sidewalk, or where no sidewalk exists, the nearest street right-of-way.
The walkway shall be composed of materials that are distinct from any adjacent vehicle driving or parking
surfaces. The walkway may function as a shared pedestrian/vehicle space provided that it is constructed
of distinct materials, is located along an exterior edge of a driving surface, and vehicles are not permitted
to park on the walkway so that pedestrian use is hindered or prevented.
5
Chapter 20.100
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS —SUBDIVISION DESIGN
Sections:
20.100.010
Purpose.
20.100.020
General Requirements.
20.100.030
Lot Layout.
20.100.040
Street Standards.
20.100.050
Intersections, Half -Streets.
20.100.060
Street Length.
20.100.070
Cul-de-sac Streets
20.100.080
Dead-end Streets.
20.100.090
Street Width and Design.
20.100.100
Street Offsets.
20.100.110
Curbs and Gutters.
20.100.120
Private Streets.
20.100.010 Purpose.
(1) The purpose of this section is to ensure that subdivisions, short plats, and binding site plans are
compact, pedestrian -friendly, provide necessary infrastructure and services, and contribute to the
character of the town and surrounding neighborhoods, by providing building and site design
standards that:
(a) Reduce the visual impact of large residential buildings from adjacent streets and
properties;
(b) Enhance the aesthetic character of large residential buildings;
(c) Contain sufficient flexibility of standards to encourage creative and innovative site and
building design;
(d) Meet the on -site recreation needs of project residents;
(e) Enhance aesthetics and environmental protection through site design;
(f) Allow for continued or adaptive re -use of historic resources while preserving their
historic and architectural integrity;
(g) Create pedestrian -friendly neighborhoods; and
(h) Provide for the orderly development of property.
(2) These guidelines do not alter the standards as provided in the underlying zoning districts defined
in this title. Projects shall comply with all relevant criteria set forth in this chapter.
20.100.020 General Requirements.
(1) Design in accordance with city standards. All subdivisions, short plats, and binding site plans
shall be designed in accordance with all city standards including but not limited to the adopted City
1
of Port Orchard Public Works Engineering Standards and Specifications (PWESS) and the Port
Orchard Comprehensive Plan.
(2) Approach Roads and Access. All subdivisions, short plats, and binding site plans with a single
point of access must have no roadway that exceeds three hundred (300) feet or sixty (60)
dwelling units from the access point or an average daily traffic (ADT) of greater than one
thousand two hundred (1,200). All other subdivisions, short plats, and binding site plans must
have at least two points of vehicular access and must be connected with improved roadways to
the city's improved thoroughfare and street system by two or more approach roads of the
dimensions and standards hereinafter set forth. An access road that is divided with twenty feet
in each direction to the intersection of two streets shall be considered two means of access.
(a) Requirements for dedication of right-of-way and improvement of approach roads,
signalization, median breaks, additional lanes and other traffic mitigation or safety
improvements may be increased depending upon the size or density of the proposed
development, or if the need is demonstrated by traffic impact analysis.
(b) An exception to standards under subsection (2) above may be granted for a subdivision,
short plat, or binding site plan may be allowed by the decision making authority
provided a second emergency access that is controlled in a manner acceptable to Fire
Authority shall be provided.
(c) Adequate lighting of access points shall be coordinated and provided by the subdivider.
(3) Roadway Network Connectivity.
(a) All proposed developments must have a connectivity index of 1.4 or greater. The connectivity
index shall be calculated by dividing the total number of links (streets including stub -out streets
that connect nodes) by the total number of nodes (intersections, cul-de-sac, no -outlets, dead -
ends).
2
still
ISO
.30111111
is - 25 ass itiollsl • �'
HIS,
e
i y
(b) The decision making authority may grant exceptions to these requirements only upon a finding
that the development is constrained by topographic features, existing development or other
impassible features.
(c) Street right-of-way dedication. Street right-of-way dedications may be required as a condition of
subdivision, short plat, or binding site plan.
(d) Street Construction. All streets and thoroughfares providing access to a proposed subdivision,
short -plat, or binding site plan shall be constructed and paved to city standards and within
rights -of -way in accordance with the adopted PWESS, city's transportation plan, and other
adopted city standards.
(e) Intersection Improvements and Traffic Control Devices. Intersection improvements may be
required to ensure public safety as a condition of subdivision, short plat, or binding site plan and
shall be designed and improved in accordance with the city's transportation plan, adopted
PWESS and/or nationally recognized standards subject to city review and acceptance.
Intersection improvements and/or traffic control devices shall be required only as a result of the
findings of a traffic impact analysis reviewed and accepted by the city.
(f) Private Streets. See Section 20.100.120 - Private streets.
(g) Access Management on City Streets. Subdivisions, short plats, and binding site plans shall meet
the access management standards found in the adopted PWESS.
3
(h) Access management on state highways. Subdivisions, short plats, and binding site plans shall
meet WSDOT access management standards.
20.100.030 Lot Layout.
(1) Lots to be created within a proposed subdivision, short plat, or binding site plan should comply with
the following requirements:
(a) Lot lines should be at right angles to street lines or radial to curvilinear streets unless a
variation will result in a better street or lot plan; and
(b) Corner lots should be graded to provide sufficient sight clearance at intersections.
20.100.040 Street Standards.
(1) Arrangement of Streets and Conformance to the City of Port Orchard Comprehensive Plan
Transportation Element. Except as provided in subsection (1)(a) below, the city's adopted
Transportation Element shall be used to determine the minimum type of roadway, the general location
of the roadway, and the areas that the roadway is intended to connect as part of the platting process.
For streets that are not identified in the city's Transportation Element, such as local residential streets,
the arrangement of such streets within a subdivision shall:
(a) Conform to any plan for the neighborhood or subarea plan approved or adopted by the city to
meet a particular situation where topographical or other conditions make continuance or
conformity to existing streets impractical;
(b) Provide for future access, by stubbing streets for future extension, to adjacent vacant or
undeveloped areas which will likely not have incompatible land uses; and
(c) Not conflict in any way with existing or proposed driveway openings (including those on the
other side of an existing or planned median -divided arterial, in which case new streets shall
align with such driveway openings such that median openings can be shared).
(2) Projections and Related Requirements. Where adjoining un-subdivided areas exist, the subdivision
street arrangement shall make provision for projection of streets into such areas. Dead-end streets shall
otherwise be prohibited, except where projections into un-subdivided land are necessary or where
turnarounds are provided in accordance with Section 20.100.080 of this chapter. Private streets shall not
be allowed to project beyond the subdivision boundary, and therefore shall not be allowed to dead-end
at the subdivision boundary.
(3) Transitions of Right -of -Way Width. Wherever the right-of-way width of a residential, local, collector
or arterial street must transition to a greater or lesser width, the transition shall not occur within an
intersection but within the street right-of-way so that the right-of-way shall be the same on both sides
of the street intersection.
(4) Configuration Shall Reduce Minimal Offsets. Intersecting streets onto an existing or future divided
roadway must be configured in accordance with Section 20.100.100 — Street Offsets, such that the
centerline off -set will accommodate the appropriate median opening and left -turn lanes (with required
transition and stacking distances) on each divided roadway, and shall be aligned with any existing or
4
proposed streets or driveways on the opposite side of the divided roadway (in order to share the
median opening). Median openings and off -sets should be analyzed in the traffic impact analysis, and a
determination made if developments sharing a median opening may cause additional traffic conflicts,
where an exception to sharing a median opening may be made.
(5) Extensions of Existing Streets. New streets which extend existing streets shall bear the names of the
existing streets and shall be dedicated at equal or greater right-of-way widths than the existing streets
for an appropriate transition length, if applicable, unless a lesser street is justified by a TIA.
(6) Street Grades and Horizontal Curves. Minimum and maximum street grades and horizontal curves
shall conform to standards set forth in the Engineering Standards and Specifications the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), or as otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
(7) Street Signs. Street signs shall be installed by the developer at all intersections within and
abutting the subdivision. These signs shall be of a type approved by the city, and shall be installed
according to city standards and in conformance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
(8) Streetlights. Streetlights shall be installed in accordance with the requirements set forth in the
adopted PWESS.
(9) Pedestrian Connectivity. Pedestrian connectivity and access shall be provided between
subdivisions, schools (where access is allowed by the school district), cul-de-sacs (i.e., bulb -to -bulb
access), adjacent areas available for future development, and park and open space areas.
(10) Reserve Strips. Reserve strips controlling access to streets shall be prohibited except where their
control is required by the city and approved by the approving authority.
20.100.050 Intersections, Half -Streets.
(1) Intersections. Street intersections shall be situated at an angle of ninety (90) degrees, plus or minus
fifteen (15) degrees, except where the intersection utilizes knuckles, turning heels or eyebrows in
accordance with the adopted PWESS. Such intersections shall maintain proper intersection visibility as
determined by the latest edition of AASHTO's "A policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets."
The major access driveway to large multifamily, commercial and industrial developments shall also meet
the requirements of this chapter.
(2) Half -Streets. Construction of half -streets shall be prohibited, except when essential to the
reasonable development of the subdivision, short plat, or binding site plan in conforming with the other
requirements of this code and the Transportation Element, and where the decision making authority
makes a determination at the time of approval that there is no immediate benefit to be gained by
constructing the full street section since no access from the street will be needed by the project in
question.
5
20.100.060 Street Length.
(1) Length of a block or street segment. The maximum length of any block or street segment (including a
looped street) shall be six hundred (600) feet along arterial streets. Block faces shall not exceed eight
hundred (800) feet along other streets and the full perimeter of a block shall not exceed two thousand
four hundred (2,400) feet except where topographic or critical areas features on parcels of one-half acre
or larger would justify an exception from this requirement. Cul-de-sac streets shall adhere to Table
20.100.070 (1) or other requirements herein. Measurements shall be measured along the centerline of
the street from the centerline or center point of one intersection to the centerline or center point of the
next intersection. For the purposes of measurement, either a full four-way intersection or a "T" three-
way intersection shall be considered an intersection.
(2) The length of a block or street segment may exceed the maximum length stated in Subsection 1.
above under the following conditions:
(a) Blocks containing retention or detention ponds;
(b) Blocks containing parks; and
(c) Development where the proposed development abuts the rear of an existing
development and no rights -of -way have been provided.
(3) Maximum Length of a Cul-De-Sac Street.
(a) No cul-de-sac served by one access point in any single-family, multiple -family, industrial,
or commercial subdivision shall exceed four hundred fifty (450) feet in length or the
length as shown in Table 20.100.070 (1), whichever is less.
(b) No cul-de-sac in any single-family subdivision district shall be designed to serve more
than twenty-five (25) single-family dwelling units, unless an exception is granted by the
Hearing Examiner to the maximum length, in which case the maximum number of
dwelling units shall be increased in the same percentage as the maximum length has
been increased.
(c) For purposes of this paragraph, cul-de-sac length shall be measured along the centerline
of the cul-de-sac from a point beginning at the intersection of the cul-de-sac street with
the centerline of the street from which it extends to the center of the turnaround at the
end of such cul-de-sac. (Also see Section 20.100.070 for cul-de-sac requirements.) For
the purposes of measurement, either a full four-way intersection or a "T" three-way
intersection shall be considered an intersection.
(d) An exception to the maximum cul-de-sac lengths may be granted by the decision making
authority to develop a parcel:
i. With significant topographic constraints such as those documented in a
geological report or where the resulting roadway would exceed a 12% grade;
ii. With critical areas requiring protection on or adjacent to the parcel;
iii. That is effectively landlocked with no other alternative than a cul-de-sac
exceeding four hundred fifty feet;
iv. Is in a proposed subdivision that has such a unique configuration that the only
way to serve the area in question is with a cul-de-sac exceeding four hundred
fifty (450) feet. Such exception shall not be granted if the length of the cul-de-
sac can be reduced by connection to an adjacent and/or parallel street. The
desire to gain additional lots from the cul-de-sac exception by itself is not
reason enough to grant such exception to the maximum length;
0
v. Additional modifications may be required by the decision making authority upon
recommendation by the fire authority including intermediate turnarounds
(eyebrows) to accommodate emergency vehicles being provided at a maximum
distance of three hundred feet;
vi. Building construction within the area of the cul-de-sac beyond the four hundred
fifty (450) feet distance shall be fire sprinklered and a note shall be added to the
recording plat and the subdivision improvement plans indicating that buildings
are required to be sprinklered within the subdivision, and which lot numbers
have such requirement.
(4) Cross -Reference. Also see Section 20.100.070 below for cul-de-sac requirements.
20.100.070 Cul-de-sac Streets.
Cul-De-Sac Streets. Except where projecting into adjacent unsubdivided areas, any street having only
one vehicular access to another street shall be terminated by a permanent turnaround. Standards for
both the turnaround and its street approach are set forth within this section. Exceptions to these
standards shall be discouraged due to firefighting and solid waste collection requirements. Any
turnaround, either temporary or permanent, that does not meet these requirements shall be
permanently signed for no parking or marked as a fire lane in accordance with the adopted PWESS.
(1) That portion of any street extending from an intersection to a turnaround shall be improved and
rights -of -way platted with the minimal dimensions provided in Table 20.100.070 (1) below.
Table 20.100.070 (1): Width for Cul-de-sac Streets for Certain Activities
Activity Served
Paving Width*
Right-of-way Width
Additional Requirements
Less than 12 dwellings
32'
52'
300 feet maximum length
1— 25 dwelling units
34'
56'
450 feet maximum length —
Single family, duplex only**
Nonresidential Zoning
Districts (except as
otherwise specified)
36'
56'
300 feet maximum length
Industrial Districts
40'
62'
300 feet maximum length
* Measured from the front of adjoining curbs.
** Cul-de-sacs (dead end streets) serving triplex, quadraplex and higher density multifamily uses shall be
discouraged. Exceptions may be granted by the Hearing Examiner where no alternative exists and meeting the
Industrial Districts Standard or in infill development situations.
(2) The turnaround portion of any cul-de-sac shall be improved, and rights -of -way platted, as
prescribed below:
7
Table 20.100.070-2: Width for Cul-de-sac Turnarounds for Certain Activities
Activity Served
Paving Width*
Right -of -Way Width
Additional Requirements***
Residential and
90' diameter
110' diameter or 100'
Shall be a min. of 10' of ROW
Nonresidential Zoning
with 10' utility and
or ROW/Easement
Districts (except as
sidewalk easement**
Combination behind curb
otherwise specified)
Industrial Districts
100' diameter
120' diameter
* Measured to front of adjoining curbs.
** 7 feet to provide room for fire hydrants and other utilities, streetlights and traffic/no parking signs, and satisfy
ADA compliance.
*** or in accordance with the Engineering Standards and Specifications.
20.100.080 Dead-end Streets.
Dead-end Streets. Except when recommended by the Department of Community Development, no
public dead-end streets will be approved unless they are provided to connect with existing streets
(including stubbed -out streets) or future platted streets on adjacent land.
(1) In the case of dead-end streets which will eventually be extended into the adjacent property, no
more than one lot (per side) can front onto the dead-end street stub unless a temporary turnaround
bulb (with the appropriate temporary street easement) is provided at the end.
(2) A temporary dead-end street shall not exceed the maximum allowed length of a normal cul-de-
sac, and the temporary turnaround bulb must be constructed like a cul-de-sac, as provided in Section
20.100.070 Cul-de-sac streets, above.
(3) A note shall be placed on the final plat, short plat, or binding site plan clearly labeling any
temporary dead-end streets (if any) that will at some point be extended into the adjacent property. Any
required temporary turnaround easements shall be shown on the final plat along with their appropriate
recording information, if they are off -site or established by separate instrument.
20.100.090 Street Width and Design.
(1) Pavement Widths and Rights -of -Way. Pavement widths and design and rights -of -way shall be as
designated in the adopted PWESS, provided that for Local Access Streets, the subdivision also meets the
applicable block length requirements of 20.100.060 and connectivity index in 20.100.020.
(2) Design. Streets shall be designed according to the following requirements:
(a) Arterial. Streets shall be designed to accommodate cross -city traffic movement, distributing
traffic to and from collector streets;
(b) Collector. Streets shall be designed to collect traffic from local streets and connect with arterial
streets and freeways;
0
(c) Residential Collector. Generally, the term "subcollector" shall refer to streets designed to
accommodate traffic movement from local streets to higher classifications of streets as well as
provide direct access to activity on individual lots. Specifically, a subcollector may be defined as any
street or portion thereof providing direct access to property within commercial or industrial districts
as designated on the official zoning map of the City of Port Orchard, any street or portion thereof
providing the shortest direct route to a collector street for twenty-five dwelling units or more, or
any street segment extending without off -set from a collector street and connecting two or more
collector streets. Where subcollector streets are terminated by a permanent turnaround, standards
for street width and paving shall be as described in the Engineering Standards and Specifications;
(d) Local. Streets shall be designed to provide direct access to residential activity, and in such a way
as to encourage connectivity of the roadway network, but discourage cut -through traffic.
20.100.100 Street Offsets.
Intersection Offsets. Where parallel streets intersect another street, the centerline of those streets shall
be offset a minimum of one hundred twenty (120) feet, unless a stricter standard is adopted in a
subarea or corridor plan.
20.100.110 Curbs and Gutters.
Curbs and Gutters. Curbs and gutters shall be installed according to the provisions of this chapter and to
the adopted PWESS. Combination curb and gutter improvements shall be provided to mark the edge of
pavement and carry surface water, as set forth below:
(1) Beside Arterial and Collector Streets. The subdivider shall install curbs on both sides of all
arterial and collector streets within the subdivision, and on one side of all such streets along the
subdivision frontage.
(2) Beside Local Streets. The subdivider shall install curbs on both sides of all local streets within the
subdivision and at subdivision boundaries, except for existing boundary streets, in which case curb and
gutter installation shall be required on the subdivision's frontage only.
(3) At Street Intersections. The minimum curvature of curbs at street intersections shall be as
prescribed in the adopted MESS and shall maintain proper stopping sight distance as determined by
the latest edition of AASHTO's "A policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets."
20.100.120 Private Streets.
(1)Permitted Only as Local Street. Private streets shall require approval as an exception at the time
of preliminary plat approval by the Hearing Examiner in accordance with this title. No streets or
thoroughfares shown in the adopted City of Port Orchard Comprehensive Plan may be a nonpublic
street. Construction and development of private streets shall meet the standards for right-of-way
width and improvement as set forth in this chapter as applied to public streets.
0
(2) Classification. At the time a private street is proposed, it shall be classified as either a local access
or sub -collector street, as described herein and made to conform in all respects with right-of-way
paving, curb and gutter, construction, and design requirements as applicable to a public street.
(3) Subdivision Boundary Streets. New subdivision boundary streets (streets proposed or
constructed along a subdivision perimeter boundary) shall not be private.
(4) Private Streets, General. In order to be considered for an exception to allow the construction of
private streets, the developer shall meet the requirements set out in this section.
(a)Construction: All private streets shall be designed, constructed, and maintained to meet
city standards. The construction and improvement plans shall be reviewed by the city in the
same manner as construction and improvement plans for public infrastructure. The city shall
not participate in any portion of the cost of constructing a private street.
(b) Inspection During Construction: All private streets shall be subject to inspections by city
staff in the same manner, at the same intervals, as public streets, including the payment of
applicable inspection fees. A construction schedule shall be submitted with the construction
and improvement plans in order to assist in scheduling the inspections. Failure to pass an
inspection and meet city construction standards shall require re -inspection, and re-
construction, as necessary. No certificates of occupancy shall be released for structures
along a private street until all inspections shall have been completed satisfactorily.
(c) Traffic Control Devices: All private traffic control devices and regulatory signs shall
conform to the " Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices", as amended, and to city
standards.
(d) Restricted Access: The subdivision homeowners association shall clearly mark entrances
to all private streets with a sign, in accordance with the adopted PWESS, placed in a
prominent and visible location, indicating that the streets within the subdivision are
private, and not maintained nor regularly patrolled by the city. All restricted access
entrances shall be manned twenty-four (24) hours every day, or they shall provide a
reliable, alternative means of ensuring access into the subdivision by the City, by
emergency service providers, and by other utility or public service providers, such as
postal carriers and utility companies, with appropriate identification. The method used
to ensure city and emergency access into the subdivision shall be approved by South
Kitsap Fire and Rescue and by any other applicable emergency service providers during
the final platting process. Gates on private streets shall provide a traffic queue analysis
and provide adequate on -street storage in advance of the gate. If the homeowners
association fails to maintain reliable access as required by city codes, the city may enter
the private street subdivision and remove any gate or device that is a barrier to access,
and bill the expense to the association. If the bill is not paid, the city may file a lien for
the expense against any property owned by the association.
(e) Waiver of Services: Certain city services may not be provided for private street
subdivisions, including street maintenance, routine law enforcement patrols,
enforcement of traffic and parking regulations, preparation of accident reports, and
10
payment of costs for street lighting. A note as to waiver of services may be required on
the face of the plat.
(f) Street Lighting: Street lighting as required by this title shall be entirely at the expense of
the developer and subsequent property owners. Decorative poles or alternative spacing
may be approved by the City Engineer, who shall make such recommendation based on
the lighting type, the lumens necessary to effectuate safe traffic and pedestrian travel,
and a finding that the proposed lighting plan provides as well or better for the health,
safety and welfare of the future residents of the private street subdivisions.
(g) Maintenance: The developer shall provide for the establishment of a homeowners or
property owners association, in covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CCRs), to
assume the obligation of perpetual maintenance of private streets and other
improvements held privately, including a mandatory assessment for such private streets
and improvements to be placed on all property owners within the subdivision,
allowance for city staff to inspect the streets to assure they are being maintained to city
standards, hold harmless provisions as required in subsection 5, and providing for notice
to the city attorney and city manager of any amendments to these relevant sections.
The city shall be a necessary party for the amendment of any portions of the CCRs
dealing with these requirements. The proposed CCRs shall be submitted for review by
the city attorney at the time of filing the preliminary plat. The city attorney shall review
the CCRs to ensure that the requirements of this section are met, and shall submit
recommended changes to the developer, who shall incorporate such changes. Absence
of city attorney approval of the CCRs shall require the denial of the exception for private
streets.
(h) Petition to Convert to Public Streets: A property owners association may petition the
city to accept private streets and any associated property as public streets and right-of-
way upon written notice to all association members, and the favorable vote of a
majority of the membership, or as required in the CCRs. A dedication instrument shall
also be submitted, and shall be reviewed and the final form approved by the city
attorney prior to submission of this request to city council.
The city shall not be required to accept any private streets for public dedication and
maintenance. The staff shall review the request and make a recommendation to city
council. City council shall make their decision based on the public health, safety and
welfare considerations of the streets. As a condition of accepting the dedication and
maintenance of private streets, the city may impose a requirement for repairs and
improvements at private expense prior to acceptance, enter into an agreement for an
assessment or pro-rata sharing of costs for repairs or improvements prior to
acceptance, or other legal or equitable options to ensure that the streets being
accepted are not a liability to the city. The city shall be the sole judge of the nature and
extent of repairs or improvements needed. The city may also require, at the sole
expense of the association's or property owner's expense, the removal of any guard
houses, access control devices, landscaping or other amenities located within the
streets or common areas prior to city acceptance.
11
(5) Hold Harmless: The property owners association, as owner of the private streets and
appurtenances, shall release, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the city, any other governmental
entity, and any public utility entity for damages to the private streets that may be occasioned by the
reasonable use of the private streets by same, and for damages and injury (including death) arising
from the condition of the private streets, out of any use of access gates or cross arms, or out of any
use of the subdivision by the city or governmental or utility entity.
12
Chapter 20.122
BUILDING ELEMENTS
Sections:
20.122.010 Intent
20.122.020 Awning and Canopy
20.122.030 Balconies
20.122.040 Forecourt
20.122.050 Gallery
20.122.060 Porch
20.122.070 Stoop
20.122.010 Intent.
The following standards are intended to supplement POMC 20.32 and ensure that certain building
elements, when added to a street -facing fagade, are of sufficient size to be both usable and functional
and be architecturally compatible with the building they are attached to.
20.122.020 Awning and Canopy.
A wall -mounted, cantilevered structure providing shade and cover from the weather for a sidewalk.
(1) An awning/canopy must be a minimum of nine (9) feet clear height above the sidewalk and must
have a minimum depth of six (6) feet.
(2) An awning/canopy may extend into a primary or side street setback.
(3) An awning/canopy may encroach up to six (6) feet into the public right-of-way but must be at least
two (2) feet inside the curb line or edge of pavement, whichever is greater.
20.122.030 Balcony.
A platform projecting from the wall of an upper -story of a building with a railing along its outer edge,
often with access from a door or window.
1
31
I I
P P Taf
Mill
(1) A balcony must be at least four (4) feet deep.
(2) A balcony must have a clear height above the sidewalk of at least nine (9) feet.
(3) A balcony may be covered and screened but cannot be fully enclosed.
(4) A balcony may extend into a into a primary or side street setback.
(5) A balcony may encroach up to six (6) feet into the public right-of-way but must be at least two (2)
feet inside the curb line or edge of pavement, whichever is greater.
20.122.040 Forecourt.
An open area at grade, or within thirty (30) inches of grade, that serves as an open space, plaza or
outdoor dining area.
1 rd o1 tdIiIng wRM up la W rnaa
(1) A forecourt must be no more than one-third of the length of the building face, and in no case longer
2
than thirty-five (35) feet in width.
(2) The depth of the forecourt must not exceed the general width. A forecourt may be no more than
thirty-five (35) feet in depth.
(3) A maximum of one forecourt is permitted per lot.
(4) A forecourt meeting the above requirements is considered part of the building for the purpose of
measuring the build -to zone.
20.122.050 Gallery.
A covered passage extending along the outside wall of a building supported by arches or columns that is
open on three (3) sides.
(1) A gallery must have a clear depth from the support columns to the building's facade of at least eight
(8) feet and a clear height above the sidewalk of at least 9 feet.
(2) A gallery must be contiguous and extend over at least seventy-five percent of the width of the
building facade from which it projects.
(3) A gallery may extend into a primary or side street setback.
(4) A gallery may encroach up nine (9) feet into the public right-of-way but must be at least two (2) feet
inside the curb line or edge of pavement, whichever is greater.
20.122.060 Porch.
A raised structure attached to a building, forming a covered entrance to a doorway.
3
(1) A front porch must be at least six (6) feet deep (not including the steps).
(2) A front porch must be contiguous, with a width not less than fifty percent of the building facade from
which it projects.
(3) A front porch must be roofed and may be screened, but cannot be fully enclosed.
(4) A front porch may extend up to nine (9) feet, including the steps, into a required front setback,
provided that such extension is at least three (3) feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
(5) A front porch may not encroach into the public right -of- way.
20.122.070 Stoop.
A small raised platform that serves as an entrance to a building.
(1) A stoop must be no more than six (6) feet deep (not including the steps) and six (6) feet wide.
(2) A stoop may be covered but cannot be fully enclosed.
(3) A stoop may extend up to six (6) feet, including the steps, into a required setback, provided that such
extension is at least two (2) feet from the vertical plane of any lot line.
(4) A stoop may not encroach into the public right-of-way.
4
Chapter 20.124
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS — PARKING AND CIRCULATION
Sections:
20.124.010
Purpose.
20.124.020
Applicability and Administration.
20.124.030
Off-street parking spaces requirement.
20.124.040
Bicycle parking required.
20.124.050
Accessible parking requirements.
20.124.060
Stacking spaces for drive -through facilities.
20.124.070
Transit and rideshare provisions.
20.124.080
Pedestrian circulation and access.
20.124.090
Off-street parking design standards.
20.124.100
Compact car allowance requirements.
20.124.110
Internal circulation road standards.
20.124.120
Downtown Mixed -Use parking standards.
20.124.130
Minimum parking standards.
20.124.140
Minimum parking stall dimensions.
20.124.010 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to:
(1) Implement the city's Comprehensive Plan;
(2) Ensure that the city's supply of available parking matches parking demand most of the time;
(3) Encourage the continued development of Port Orchard as a walkable community;
(4) Support the efficient provision of transit services including buses and passenger ferries;
(5) Support transit -oriented development in local centers;
(6) Limit the creation of unnecessary new impervious surfaces;
(7) Ensure the efficient use of available and existing parking;
(8) Provide alternatives to single occupant vehicle trips;
(9) Encourage the creation of housing that is affordable to all segments of the population;
(10)Provide housing, employment, and commerce opportunities to residents who by choice or other
limitation, do not own a car;
(11) Recognize innovations in transportation including car sharing, ride sharing, bike sharing, and
other emerging technologies that are likely to change transportation patterns in the future;
(12) Recognize that the city's goals related to the development of walkable local centers is hindered
by restrictive parking minimums and that expansion of transit service as an alternative to single
occupant vehicle ownership is hindered by the lack of development in local centers; and
(13) Support the commitment expressed in the city's Comprehensive Plan to reduce greenhouse gas
emissions.
20.124.020 Applicability and Administration.
(1) The City shall not issue any land use approval (including building permits, subdivisions, conditional
use permits, binding site plans, short subdivisions, or other similar approvals which have the effect
of creating a parking demand) or issue an occupancy permit for any new building or a change in use
unless the use complies with the parking requirements found in this chapter.
(2) Parking studies prepared by individuals with expertise in traffic and parking analysis may be required
at the discretion of the director for unique projects which don't fit squarely in the land use
categories contained herein. The director may require that such studies be evaluated and reviewed
by outside experts hired by the city at the developer's expense prior to city acceptance.
(3) Required parking may be provided off -site if contracts and/or deed restrictions are provided to
ensure the satisfaction of the minimum parking quantity requirements found in this chapter in
perpetuity. Should the parking quantity requirements found in this chapter change, a contract
and/or deed restriction may be amended by agreement with the city so long as minimum parking
quantity requirements continue to be met under the new standard.
20.124.030 Off-street parking spaces requirement.
(1) Off-street parking areas shall contain at a minimum the number of vehicle and bicycle parking spaces
set forth in Sections 20.124.040 and 20.124.140. Off-street parking ratios expressed as number of spaces
per square feet means the gross square footage of floor area. If the formula for determining the number
of off-street parking spaces results in a fraction, the number of off-street parking spaces shall be
rounded to the nearest whole number with fractions of 0.50 or greater rounding up and fractions below
0.50 rounding down.
(2) An applicant may request a modification of the minimum required number of parking spaces by
submitting an application for an administrative variance type 2 pursuant to POMC 20.28.150.
(3) When the city has received a shell -and -core building permit application, off-street parking
requirements shall be based on the possible tenant improvements or uses authorized by the zone
designation and compatible with the limitations of the shell -and -core permit. When the range of
possible uses result in different parking requirements, the director will establish the amount of required
parking based on a likely range of uses.
20.124.040 Bicycle parking required.
(1) Bicycle parking facilities shall be provided for new buildings or facilities, additions to or enlargements
of existing buildings, or for changes in the use of buildings or facilities that result in the need for
additional auto parking facilities in accordance with the parking requirements in 20.124.140 and where
required in table, Section 20.124.140. The director is authorized to approve modifications to these
standards when the applicant successfully demonstrates that the proposed alternative layout, location,
design or type of racking meets the intent of these standards.
(2) The number of required bicycle parking spaces shall be calculated as shown in table, Section
20.124.140.
(3) Individual bicycle parking spaces shall be a minimum of seventy-five (75) inches long by twenty-four
(24) inches wide for each space. Where double -sided multi -racks are utilized resulting in overlapping of
bicycle parking spaces, the minimum bicycle parking space for two bicycles shall be one hundred (100)
inches long by thirty-six (36) inches wide.
(4) Bicycle parking racks shall be located in areas visible from public right-of-way and, shall be provided
with adequate lighting if intended for use after dark. A minimum of fifty percent of the required number
of bicycle parking spaces shall be located within fifty (50) feet of a public entrance to the building
requiring bicycle parking spaces.
(5) Bicycle parking racks shall support the bikes in a stable, upright position, without damage to wheels,
frame or other components.
2
(6) Bicycle parking racks shall support the frame of the bicycle at two (2) points of contact and at least
one (1) wheel. Racks shall allow the frame and one wheel to be locked to the rack, regardless of whether
the front wheel is removed or not. Racks shall be securely anchored. Racks shall accommodate a wide
variety of sizes and types of bicycles, including those with water bottles or without kick stands.
(7) Bicycle parking racks shall be permanently mounted/installed within private property on solid
surfaces. Racks placed adjacent to sidewalks shall not encroach upon required pedestrian access ways,
accessible routes or accessible passing space areas.
(8) Access shall be provided to each required bicycle parking space. Aisles shall have a width of at least
three feet to the front, rear or side of the bicycle parking spaces.
(9) Racks shall be placed a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches away from walls and other elements that
may create an obstacle to accessing the bike parking spaces.
(10) Where the required bicycle parking spaces cannot be properly located upon the property
generating the need for bicycle parking, the owner or applicant of the property generating the need for
bicycle parking may apply for a street use from the city for permission to locate the bicycle parking on
city right-of-way.
(11) New and existing building and facilities may substitute up to ten percent of the required vehicular
spaces for additional bike parking. Substitutions shall be made based on one (1) vehicular parking space
for at least six (6) bicycle parking spaces.
20.124.050 Electric vehicle parking required.
(1) Beginning January 1, 2020, development for each of the land uses identified in table 20.124.050(1)
shall be required to provide electric vehicle infrastructure as shown in the table. For the purposes of
table 20.124.050(1), electric vehicle charging stations shall be provided when a proposed development
contains one or more of the land uses specified in the table, and one of the following occurs:
(a) A new development of 10,000 gross square feet or more is proposed;
(b) A new multi -family residential development containing 10 or more residential units is proposed;
(c) An addition or improvement is made to an existing development that brings the total
development to 10,000 gross square feet or more; or
(d) The parking capacity of an existing parking garage, lot or other site is increased by more than
fifty percent.
(2) The first column in table 20.124.050(1) shows the type of land use for which electric vehicle charging
stations shall be provided, pursuant to this section. The second column shows the minimum percentage
of the facility's parking spaces that shall provide a connection to electric vehicle charging stations.
Table 20.124.050(1)
Required Number of Electric Vehicle Charging Stations
Land Use Type
Percentage of Parking Spaces
Multi -family residential
10%
Overnight Lodging (Levels 3-4)
3%
Retail establishment
1%
All Restaurants (excluding food trucks)
1%
3
Land Use Type
Percentage of Parking Spaces
All Office
3
All Medical
3%
Industrial
1%
All Civic Uses
3%
Convenience Store with Fuel Pumps
5%, minimum of 2 spaces.
Other Uses
1%
(3) Design for Expansion. In order to allow for additional electric vehicle parking in the future as the
market for such vehicles grows, beginning January 1, 2023, all development that meets the criteria of
subsection (1) of this section shall be designed to allow for double the amount of electric vehicle parking
shown in table 20.124.050(1).
(4) Site design must provide electrical, associated ventilation, accessible parking, and wiring connection
to transformer to support the additional potential future electric vehicle charging stations.
(5) General station requirements.
(a) Size. A standard size parking space shall be used for an electric vehicle charging station where
such a station is required or planned.
(b) Installation and Equipment. The station installation and equipment shall be consistent with the
rules and regulations adopted pursuant to RCW 19.27.540, electric vehicle infrastructure requirements,
and with applicable regulations under the city's building and fire codes.
(c) Location, Design, and Maintenance. Where provided, parking for electric vehicle charging
purposes shall meet the standards of subsections 1 through 5 of this section.
(i) Signage. Each charging station space shall be posted with signage indicating the space is only
for electric vehicle charging purposes. Days and hours of operation shall be included if time limits
or tow -away provisions are to be enforced.
(ii) Clearance. Charging station equipment mounted on pedestals, light posts, bollards or other
devices shall be a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches clear from the face of curb.
(iii) Charging Station Equipment. Charging station outlets and connector devices shall be no less
than thirty-six (36) inches or no higher than forty-eight (48) inches from the top of surface where
mounted, and shall contain a retraction device and/or a place to hang permanent cords and
connectors sufficiently above the ground or paved surface.
(iv) Charging Station Equipment Protection. When the electric vehicle charging station space is
perpendicular or at an angle to curb face and charging equipment, adequate equipment
protection, such as wheel stops or concrete -filled steel bollards shall be used.
(v) Maintenance. Charging station equipment shall be maintained in all respects, including the
functioning of the charging equipment. A phone number or other contact information shall be
provided on the charging station equipment for reporting when the equipment is not functioning
or other problems are encountered.
(6) Data to Be Available. To allow for maintenance and notification, the owners of any private new
electric vehicle infrastructure station that will be publicly available (see definition of "electric vehicle
charging station — public") shall provide information on the station's geographic location, date of
installation, equipment type and model, and owner contact information.
4
(7) Time limits may be placed on the number of hours that an electric vehicle is allowed to charge,
prohibiting indefinite charging/parking. If applicable, warnings shall be posted to alert charging station
users about hours of use and possible actions affecting electric vehicle charging stations that are not
being used according to posted rules.
(8) Location. Placement of a single electric vehicle charging station is preferred at the beginning or end
stall on a block face.
(9) Accessible facilities. Where electric vehicle charging stations are provided in parking lots or parking
garages, excluding garages in single -household residential units, accessible electric vehicle charging
stations shall be provided according to the ratios shown on Table 20.124.050. The first column indicates
the number of electric vehicle stations being provided on site and the second column indicates the
number of accessible charging stations that are to be provided for the corresponding number(s) of
charging stations.
Table 20.124.050(2)
Minimum Number of Accessible Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Stations
Number of EV
charging stations
Minimum accessible EV charging stations
5-50
1
51-100
2
101-150
3
151-200
4
201-250
5
251-300
6
(10) Accessible electric vehicle charging stations should be located in close proximity to the building or
facility entrance and shall be connected to a barrier -free accessible route of travel. It is not necessary to
designate the accessible electric vehicle charging station exclusively for the use of disabled persons.
Below are two options for providing for accessible electric vehicle charging stations.
5
Option 1
_._._.T._._.�T,_.
Wdeelstops
..
aeslgrlated—FEZ—
—
A4pc68`>iie Spat$
rutth60 ar96'
Regular
Regular t Regular
we Me
Parking
Parking Parking
Space
jr
Spec SPwe
I
Accessible EV Charging Station
• Includes charging equipment, signage,
and barrier free routes W charging
equipment and the building,
• The barrier Tree area adjacent to the
Accessible EV Statio-n shall be striped and
be a m Inlmum of 44' wide.
EV Charging station
- Charging equipm ant and signage
11GrrdarrQ
Deslgneted—
f4ccossihlo Space � � Reg�lAt !` RRya9f I
8C9ES9BI2&f9i2 EV Pmking I Parking
SRO° ` Se
J
r � I
I
AccassiblaEV Charging Station
• Includes charging equipment, signage.
and barrler tree routes to charging
equipment and the building.
The barrier free are a adjacent tathe
Designated Accessible Space Mal be
striped and be 60' or 56'wide-
EV Charging Station
Option 2 ' Charglog equlpmentand signage
Shpng of bmrirrr®s
route riot req*ad
HWR
r4-£ry
I �
II EV
� I
r'�-�'Guidanoe
I "MMER—M 11Y.
it EV
Reguar I
Parking
I space I ;
!_._._._._._._.i
Re9Wer�{ I
Perking j
space
;
I
pR
Regular i
Parking j
Space
I
I
3 Elf
—kilal
..............i
(11) Charging and parking. Electric vehicle charging stations, where provided for public use, are
reserved for parking and charging electric vehicles only, except as otherwise provided by this chapter.
(12) Electric vehicles may be parked in any space designated for public parking, subject to the
restrictions that would apply to any other vehicle that would park in that space.
(13) Parking restrictions. No person shall stop, stand or park any nonelectric vehicle in a space
designated through signage as an electric vehicle charging station. Any nonelectric vehicle is subject to
removal by the property owner or the property owner's agent.
(14) Any electric vehicle in an electric vehicle parking stall that is signed exclusively for electric vehicle
charging and that either: (a) is not electrically charging; or (b) is parked beyond the days and hours
designated on regulatory signs posted at or near the space shall be subject to removal as posted by the
property owner or the property owner's agent. For purposes of this subsection, "charging" means an
electric vehicle is parked at an electric vehicle charging station and is connected to the charging station
equipment.
0
(15) Signage. Electric vehicle charging stations, other than in residential use, shall have posted signage,
as identified in this section, allowing only charging electric vehicles to park in such spaces. (Exception:
the director may allow an exemption for such signage at a portion of electric vehicle parking stalls within
a publicly owned transit center upon the public transit agency demonstrating through a utilization study
that not all of the electric vehicle charging stalls are needed for commuters using transit and that the
amount of nonelectric vehicle parking is inadequate to meet existing needs; such exemption may be
renewed by the director each year, based on a utilization study completed during the prior year.) For
purposes of this subsection, "charging" means that an electric vehicle is parked at an electric vehicle
charging station and is connected to the charging station equipment.
EXCEPT FOR
ELECTRIC
VEHICLE
CHARGING
(16) Signage for parking of electric vehicles shall include:
(a) Information on the charging station to identify voltage and amperage levels and any time of
use, fees, or safety information.
(b) As appropriate, directional signs to effectively guide motorists to the charging station space(s).
(17) Optional Signage. Optional information may be posted to alert potential charging station users to
other expectations.
(18) An applicant may request a modification of the minimum required number of electric vehicle
parking spaces by applying for an administrative variance type 2 pursuant to POMC 20.124.030 (2).
Relief under an administrative variance type 2 pursuant to POMC 20.124.030 (2) may include but is not
limited to allowing the installation of electrical conduits and sizing panels and electrical services to
standard parking stalls in support of the future installation of charging facilities while waiving or delaying
requirements for installing wiring and chargers as a condition of the project.
20.124.060 Accessible parking requirements.
Off-street accessible parking shall be provided in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, or as subsequently amended, and all state and federal standards including but not limited to the
minimum number of standard and van accessible spaces based on the total off-street parking facility
size.
20.124.070 Stacking spaces for drive -through facilities.
(1) A stacking space shall be an area measuring eight feet by twenty (20) feet with direct forward access
to a service window of a drive -through facility. A stacking space shall be located to prevent any vehicle
from extending onto the public right-of-way or interfering with any pedestrian circulation, traffic
maneuvering, or other parking space areas. Stacking spaces for drive -through or drive-in uses may not
be counted as required parking spaces.
7
(2) Uses providing drive -up or drive -through services shall provide vehicle stacking spaces in the
following serial or combined sequence per lane of drive -up window; such required spaces shall include
the drive -up window space itself:
(a) For each service window of a drive -through restaurant, a minimum of five stacking spaces shall
be provided.
(b) For all other uses, each drive -up window requires a minimum of three stacking spaces.
(c) The director may require a vehicle stacking study for proposals if evidence exists to indicate
that more than the minimum stacking spaces under sections a and b above are required to serve a
particular use or development.
(3) Stacking spaces shall be screened from the right of way and adjacent properties using a five (5) foot
type A or B landscape buffer as described in POMC 20.128.060.
20.124.080 Transit and rideshare provisions.
To support the use of ridesharing as an alternative mode of transportation that will aid the city in its
efforts to reduce air pollution, traffic congestion, and fossil fuel consumption, the following shall apply:
(1) All land uses with twenty-five (25) employees working at any given work site during a single work
shift listed under the government/business services and manufacturing tables shall be required to
reserve parking spaces for registered rideshare vehicle parking as follows:
(a) There shall be a minimum of one (1) open parking space reserved for an employee rideshare
vehicle, and all registered rideshare vehicles shall have a reserved parking space.
(b) A vehicle parked in a rideshare vehicle only parking space must be registered in Kitsap Transit's
countywide public rideshare vehicle registration program, qualify as a rideshare vehicle as defined
by Kitsap Transit, and display a valid car/vanpool pass.
(c) Each rideshare vehicle parking space shall be clearly labeled with a Kitsap Transit carpool or
vanpool parking sign.
(d) Except for disabled parking spaces, rideshare vehicle parking spaces shall be located closer to
the primary employee entrance than any other employee parking spaces.
(2) When one or more scheduled transit routes provide service within six hundred sixty (660) feet of the
employment site and there is designated pedestrian access, the planning director may reduce the
number of required off-street parking spaces.
(3) All uses which are located on an existing transit route and are required under the computation for
required off-street parking to provide more than two hundred (200) parking spaces may be required to
provide transit shelters, bus turnout lanes or other transit improvements as a condition of permit
approval. Uses that reduce required parking pursuant to subsection 2 of this section may provide transit
shelters if transit routes adjoin the site.
20.124.090 Pedestrian circulation and access.
The following general pedestrian design standards shall apply to all developments throughout the city in
addition to those outlined elsewhere within the special design districts:
(1) All uses, except single-family detached buildings, shall provide pedestrian access onto the site.
Pedestrian access shall be located as follows:
(a) Access points at property edges and to adjacent lots shall be coordinated with the existing
development to provide circulation patterns between development sites. Pedestrian access to
adjacent lots shall not be required if the topography is greater than three percent between the
lots.
(b) Residential developments shall provide links between cul-de-sacs or groups of buildings to
allow pedestrian access from within the development and from adjacent developments to activity
M
centers, parks, common tracts, open spaces, schools or other public facilities, transit stops, and
public streets.
(2) Pedestrian walkways shall minimize the conflict between pedestrians and traffic at all points of
pedestrian access to on -site parking and building entrances as follows:
(a) All developments which contain more than one building shall provide walkways between the
principal entrances of the buildings.
(b) Pedestrian walkways across parking areas shall be located as either one of the following:
(i) Walkways running parallel to the parking rows shall be provided at a minimum of every
two parking lot aisles.
(ii) Walkways running perpendicular to the parking rows shall be no further apart than
twenty-five (25) parking spaces.
(3) Pedestrian access and walkways shall meet the following minimum design standards:
(a) Access and walkways shall be physically separated from driveways and parking spaces by
landscaping, berms, barriers, grade separation or other means to protect pedestrians from
vehicular traffic. Lighting may be required.
(b) Access and walkways shall be a minimum of sixty (60) inches of unobstructed width and meet
the surfacing standards of the Port Orchard road standards for walkways or sidewalks.
(c) Access shall be usable by mobility -impaired persons and shall be designed and constructed to
be easily located by the sight -impaired pedestrian by grade change, texture or other equivalent
means.
(d) A crosswalk shall be required when a walkway crosses a driveway or a paved area accessible to
vehicles.
(e) Wherever walkways are provided, raised crosswalks or speed bumps may be located at all
points where a walkway crosses the lane of vehicle travel.
20.124.100 Off-street parking design standards.
(1) The most distant parking space shall not be located more than one thousand (1000) feet away from
the nearest building entrance it is required to serve. Where the off-street parking areas do not abut the
buildings they serve, the required maximum distance shall be measured from the nearest building
entrance that the parking area serves:
(a) In designated local centers, required parking spaces may be located on consolidated off -site
parking lots distributed at accessible locations within the center.
(2) Minimum parking space and aisle dimensions shall be determined by the director. Regardless of the
parking angle, one-way aisles shall be at least 10 feet wide, and two-way aisles shall be at least twenty
(20) feet wide.
(3) Any parking spaces abutting a landscaped area on the driver or passenger side of the vehicle shall
provide an additional eighteen (18) inches above the minimum space width requirement to provide a
place to step other than in the landscaped area. The additional width shall be separated from the
adjacent parking space by a parking space division stripe. The parking space depth may be reduced
when vehicles overhang a walkway under the following conditions:
(a) Wheelstops or curbs are installed; and
(b) The remaining walkway provides a minimum of sixty (60) inches of unimpeded passageway for
pedestrians.
(4) The amount of space depth reduction is limited to a maximum of eighteen (18) inches.
(5) Lighting of off-street parking areas shall be provided for safety of traffic and pedestrian circulation on
the site, as specified in the International Building Code. Lighting shall be designed to minimize direct
illumination of abutting properties and adjacent streets. The director shall have the authority to
0
determine lighting requirements including requiring the preparation of lighting plans to determine the
adequacy of onsite lighting as wells as the off -site lighting impacts.
(6) Tandem or end -to -end parking is allowed in single-family detached residential developments.
Driveways crossing required setback areas may be used for parking when serving single-family detached
dwellings but shall not be considered for purposes of calculating required parking. Attached single-
family and multifamily developments may have tandem parking areas for each dwelling unit but shall
not combine parking for separate dwelling units in tandem parking areas.
(7) All vehicle parking and maneuvering areas serving a development activity shall be an asphalt or
concrete surface, except in industrial zones where only required vehicle parking and related
maneuvering areas must be paved.
(8) Low Impact Development (LID) best management practices (BMPs) shall be used for all parking lot
design and construction, unless site and soil conditions make LID infeasible as determined by the city.
LID BMPs for parking lot design and construction include, but are not limited to:
(a) Pervious surfacing;
(b) Integrating stormwater management facilities, such as bioretention swales, with required
parking lot landscaping; and
(c) Using native species in the landscape design.
LID BMPs shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the LID Technical Guidance Manual for
Puget Sound (current edition).
20.124.110 Compact car allowance requirements.
Subject to director review and approval, up to forty (40) percent of the total number of spaces to be
provided in any development may be sized to accommodate compact cars. Aisle widths shall conform to
the standards set for standard size cars.
20.124.120 Internal circulation road standards.
Internal access roads to off-street parking areas shall conform with or exceed the surfacing and design
requirements of the most recent adopted edition of the Port Orchard Public Works Design Standards
manual.
20.124.130 Downtown mixed -use parking standards.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, development within Downtown Mixed -Use Zone (DMU)
shall provide parking in accordance with the off-street parking requirements set forth in this chapter.
(1) Parking shall not be required for ground floor uses abutting Bay Street between Orchard Avenue and
Harrison Avenue.
(2) For multifamily residential uses in the DMU zone, the off-street parking standard shall be a minimum
of one parking space for each dwelling unit, regardless of the number of bedrooms.
(3) No new street level parking lot or parking garage that fronts directly on Bay Street shall be allowed
between Robert Geiger Street and Seattle Avenue.
(4) Exemptions. The following uses and buildings within the DMU Zone shall be exempt from the parking
standards set forth in this chapter:
(a) Existing buildings and uses along both sides of Bay Street from Orchard Avenue to Seattle
Avenue shall be exempt from the parking requirements set forth in this chapter.
20.124.140 Minimum parking standards.
(1) Vehicle parking minimum quantities shall be provided in accordance with table 20.124.140
below.
10
Table 20.124.140
Land Use
Unit of
Minimum
Supplemental
Additional Off-street
Measure
Off -Street
Parking
Parking required
Parking
Requirement
when lot does not
Requirement
have adjacent public
on -street parking
Residential Uses
Single-family detached
Per
2.0
1.0
(including manufactured
Dwelling
homes, mobile homes)
Two-family
Per
2.0
1.0
Dwelling
Single-family
Per
2.0
1.0
attached (2 units)
Dwelling
Single-family
attached,
multifamily:
Studio
Per Studio
1.25
.25
Dwelling
One Bedroom
Per One
1.5
.25
Bedroom
Dwelling
Two Bedroom
1.75
.25
Per Two
Bedroom
Dwelling
Three Plus Bedroom
Per Three
2
•25
Plus
Bedroom
Dwelling
Boarding House
Per
.5
.25
Bedroom
Congregate Living
Per
Facilities
Bedroom
Lodging House
Group home
Per
•5
(up to 8 residents),
Bedroom
except as follows:
Adult Family Home
Per Adult
2
Plus .5 spaces
1.0
per bed.
Family
Home
11
All group living
Per Bed
.5
.25 per bed
(9 or more residents)
All social service
Per
.5 per bed
Bed/Per
and 1 per
300 square
300 square
feet office
feet office
Public Uses
All civic uses, except as
Per 300
1.0
listed below:
square feet
office
Community
Per Class
1.0
Plus 1 per 5
college, high
Room
students
school, university,
trade or technical
school
Elementary,
Per Class
1.0
Plus 1 per 50
Middle, or Junior
Room
students
High School
Club or lodge
Per 3 Fixed
1.0
Seats
Place of worship
Per 3 Fixed
1.0
Seats
All open space and park
uses, except as listed
below:
Golf course
Per hole
1.0
All utilities
No Min
Commercial Uses
All day care
Per 1,000
2.0
square feet
All indoor recreation,
Per 1,000
1.0
except as listed
square feet
below:
Shooting range
Per Target
1.0
Bowling Alley
Per Lane
3.0
All outdoor
Determined
recreation, except as
during
listed below:
application
Shooting range
Per Target
1.0
All overnight lodging
Per Room
1.0
available for
overnight
12
use by
guests
All medical:
Per 1,000
2.0
square feet
All office
2.0
Per 1,000
square feet
All personal and
Per 1,000
2.0
business services
square feet
All restaurants, (except
Per 1,000
5.0
that taverns, bars, and
square feet
portions of buildings
within restaurants
primarily used for the
consumption of alcohol
shall not require any
vehicle parking or be
included in minimum
parking calculations)
All retail sales
Per 1,000
2.0
square feet
All vehicle and
Per 1,000
2.0
tool/construction
square feet
equipment sales and
rentals
All vehicle service and
Per 1,000
1.0
repair
square feet
Industrial Uses
All light
Per 1,000
1.0
manufacturing
square feet
All research
Per 1,000
1.0
and
square feet
development
All warehouse, storage
Per 1,000
2.0
and distribution, as
square feet
listed below:
(2) Bicycle parking minimum quantities shall be provided in accordance with table 20.124.130 (2) below.
In no case is a single use required to provide more than twenty-four (24) bicycle parking spaces.
Land Use
Unit of
Minimum
Measure
Off -Street
Bicycle
Parking
Requirement
13
Residential Uses
Multi -family (5 or more
Per
1.0
units
Dwelling
All other household
None
living
Required
All group living
Per bed
.125
Public Uses
All Civic
Percentage
5% with a
of
minimum of
Required
3 spaces
Vehicle
Parking
All Parks and
Recreation
None
Required
All Utilities
None
2
Required
Commercial Uses
All day care
All indoor recreation
All outdoor
recreation, except
as listed below:
Percentage
5% of total
All overnight lodging
All medical:
All office
All personal and
business services
of Required
Minimum
All restaurants
Vehicle
Parking
Off -Street
Parking
Requirement
All retail sales
All vehicle and
tool/construction
(minimum 3)
equipment sales and
rentals
All vehicle service and
repair
Industrial Uses
All light
manufacturing
Percentage
5% of total
All research
of Required
Minimum
and
Off -Street
development
14
All warehouse, storage
Vehicle
Parking
and distribution, as
Parking
Requirement
listed below:
(minimum 3)
20.124.150 Minimum parking stall dimensions.
Table 20.124.150
Minimum Parking Stall Dimensions
Minimum Parking Stall Dimensions
Stall Width
Stall Depth
Compact stall
8.0 feet
16.0 feet
Standard stall (required for single-family and duplex
parking)
9.0 feet
20.0 feet
Minimum Loading Requirements
Unit of Measurement
Minimum Loading Spaces
Nonresidential Buildings with Retail, Wholesale, Manufacturing, Storage Uses (1)
10,000 — 16,000
square feet
1.0
16,001— 40,000
square feet
2.0
40,001— 64,000
square feet
3.0
64,001— 96,000
square feet
4.0
96,001 — 128,000
square feet
5.0
128,001 — 160,000
square feet
6.0
160,001 — 196,000
square feet
7.0
Each additional 36,000
square feet
2.0
Retail, Hotel, Office, Restaurant, Hospital, Auditorium, Convention Hall, Exhibition Hall, Sports
Arena/Stadium or Similar
40,000 — 60,000
square feet
1.0
60,001— 160,000
square feet
2.0
15
Table 20.124.150
Minimum Parking Stall Dimensions
Minimum Parking Stall Dimensions
Stall Width
Stall Depth
160,001— 264,000
square feet
3.0
264,001— 388,000
square feet
4.0
388,001— 520,000
square feet
5.0
520,001— 652,000
square feet
6.0
652,001— 784,000
square feet
7.0
784,001— 920,000
square feet
8.0
Each additional 140,000
square feet
1.0
(1) Excluding self-service storage facilities.
16
Section 20.127.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:
20.127.020 Applicability and compliance.
(1) Applicability. The provisions of this chapter apply to all development within Port Orchard, except:
(a) Detached houses, backyard cottages, cottage courts (cottages), side by side duplexes, back to back
duplexes, attached houses, and townhomes as defined in POMC 20.32 shall not be required to comply
with this chapter except that 20.127.330 shall apply to these building types. In addition, 20.127.340
shall apply to townhomes as defined in POMC 20.32 Additional detached house, backyard cottage,
cottage court (cottage), side by side duplexes, back to back duplexes, attached house, and townhome
design standards are found in Chapter 20.139 POMC.
(b) Properties within the designated Old Clifton Industrial Park. See the figure below for a map clarifying
the location of properties which are exempt.
Figure 20.127.020(1)
Old Clifton Industrial Park
(c) The director may waive these provisions in other employment — industrial/office zoned properties
where they are screened from view from the public right-of-way and adjacent nonemployment—
industrial/off ice properties by a minimum 20-foot wide landscaped buffer meeting the requirements of
Table 20.128.296 for urban buffers — full screening or by preservation of comparable existing
landscaping on the site.
(2) Relationship to Other Codes and Documents. Where provisions of this chapter conflict with
provisions in any other section of the Port Orchard design standards, this chapter prevails unless
otherwise noted herein.
(3) For building additions, remodels, and site improvements, three different thresholds have been
established to gauge how the design standards in this chapter are applied to such projects. See Figure
20.127.020(3) below for examples of site development and the respective types of improvements
required under each of the three levels of improvements.
(a) Level I improvements include all exterior remodels, building additions, and/or site improvements
that affect the exterior appearance of the building/site or cumulatively increase the gross floor area by
up to 20 percent of the gross square footage that existed three years prior to the date of permit
issuance. The requirement for such improvements is only that the proposed improvements meet the
standards and do not lead to further nonconformance with the standards.
For example, if a property owner decides to replace a building facade's siding, then the siding must meet
the applicable exterior building material standards, but elements such as building articulation (see
POMC 20.127.430) would not be required.
(b) Level II improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area by 20
percent or more, but not greater than 75 percent, of the gross square footage that existed three years
prior to the date of permit issuance. All standards that do not relate to repositioning the building or
reconfiguring site development apply to Level II improvements. For example, if a property owner of an
existing home in the BP zone wants to convert the home to an office and build an addition equaling 45
percent of the current building's area, then the following elements would apply:
(i) The location and design of the addition/remodel must be consistent with the block frontage
standards (see Article II of this chapter), to the extent possible given the location of the existing building.
For such developments seeking additions to buildings where an off-street parking location currently
does not comply with applicable parking location standards, building additions are allowed provided
they do not increase any current nonconformity and generally bring the project closer into conformance
with the standards. See Figure 20.127.020(3) for an example of this.
(ii) Comply with applicable site planning and design elements (see Article III of this chapter).
(iii) Comply with all building design provisions of Article IV of this chapter, except architectural scale and
materials provisions related to the existing portion of the building where no exterior changes are
proposed. The entire building must comply with building elements/details, materials, and blank wall
treatment standards of POMC 20.127.450.
(iv) The proposed improvements shall comply with the off-street parking, landscaping, and signage
provisions of Chapters 20.124, 20.128, and 20.132 POMC.
(c) Level III improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area by
more than 75 percent of the gross square footage that existed three years prior to the date of permit
issuance. Such developments must conform to all applicable standards.
2
Figure 20.127.020(3)
Examples of Improvement Types and Required Compliance
Existing Site
Ouulaar smrzgn wruiCa'perkirq
Carrunorsial
hui6dirq
tSrklh�
itruor
Pre•exlsUng non•€onformkJes:
Parking in front of the building
No pedestrian connection to the envy
Dc-3sn't moot stmutscapc and landscaping standards
Facade done n't meet stxnd"s
Level II Improvement Example
® Expend existing building fautprint 20-75
' {}Iatd- storagW
eer»carpsrkmg
f
F
sri—
Required improvements;
A. Entry addition meets facade and buil di nE dcsign
tLhnd2M$ (POMC 20.127_400.460)
fk dear addition meets applimble tuilding desip standards
(ROMC 24-127.4W 4W
C. Facade upgraded to meet applicable facade and building
dcsign scaMards (FOMC 20.127.400-44 0)
Q Pedesrrtan ac€em improvements (POMC 20.127-330)
E Parking lot landscaping improvements (Chapter 20.128
POMC)
F. landscaping improvements arc cncouragcd but
rtpc required
3
Level I Improvement Example
Expand existing buIlding footprint i>-20%
uLJUw storagVi rite.'Pdrrung
7 3-
Carnrn•rtial
huidi"
AWOM
Parking
C
it—r
AEqulred amP^axernenm
A Entry addition meets facade and building
design standards (POMC 20.12?AW-460)
G. Roar addition meets applicable building
des gn smnd%r4s (POMC 20.177-40CA60)
C- Landscaping improvements are encouraged
but not required
Level III Improvement Example
® Expand exIsHtng building Footprint }7S%
C
paOMA
sr..w
Required improvements:
A. Entire building mects facadc and building design
anndar¢s (FOMC 20.127.400.460)
B. Landscaping improvements are en€ouraged but
not required
C. Site meets site planning standards (POMC
20.127.300-M)
(4) Review for Compliance. Proposals for development, including design standard departure requests,
shall be reviewed for consistency with the design standards as found in this chapter in conjunction with
every underlying permit application(s) (i.e., building permit, stormwater drainage permit, conditional
use permit, binding site plan, etc.) at each stage of the development. The city recognizes that every
project is unique and that permits are not always submitted in a single package simultaneously. For
instance, a project may require a conditional use permit, building permit, land disturbing activity permit,
and stormwater drainage permit. It is common that a building permit application be submitted after site
development activities have begun. It is also common to develop building pads for future construction
as part of an approved development.
4
Section 20.127.340 is hereby amended to read as follows:
20.127.340 Vehicular circulation and parking.
The standards herein supplement the provisions of public works standards and Chapter 20.124 POMC.
Where there is a conflict, the provisions herein apply, except that the public works director may
override this requirement and apply the public works standard for a driveway if the public works
director finds that a failure to apply the public works standards will result in a threat to public safety.
(1) Purpose.
(a) To create a safe, convenient, and efficient network for vehicle circulation and
parking.
(b) To enhance the visual character of interior access roads.
(c) To minimize conflicts with pedestrian circulation and activity.
(2) Driveway Provisions.
(a) Driveways must comply with the public works standards. Where there is a conflict
between the driveway provisions in this chapter and those in the public works
standards, the driveway provisions in this chapter apply, except that the public works
director may override this requirement and apply the public works standard for a
driveway if the public works director finds that a failure to apply the public works
standards will result in a threat to public safety.
(b) Drive aisles must meet the standards set forth in POMC 20.124.100, Off-street
parking design standards.
(c) Minimize parking lot entrances, drive aisles, and other vehicle access routes onto
private property from a public right-of-way through the following means:
(i) Driveway lanes crossing a public sidewalk must be no wider than the
minimum required per entry or exit lane. The city may impose additional
restrictions to parking lot and vehicle access points to reduce impacts to public
safety, pedestrian movement, on -street vehicle circulation, and visual qualities.
(ii) Minimize the number of driveway entrances and comply with the public
works standards for driveway entrances.
(iii) The reviewing authority may require joint drive aisles serving adjacent
developments when joint access is physically and legally available.
(iv) Minimize conflicts between entries and vehicle parking and maneuvering
areas.
(v) At street corner sites, drive aisles must be located on the lowest classified
roadway and as close as practical to the property line most distant from the
intersection, unless the reviewing authority finds there is a compelling reason to
the contrary.
(d) Standards for driveways for front -loaded townhouses.
(i) Individual driveways are limited to a single lane 12 feet wide.
(ii) Driveways shared between two attached units are limited to 20 feet in
width.
(iii) Front -loaded townhouses or other similar attached housing types must be at
least 30 feet wide to qualify for individual or shared driveways.
Figure 20.127.340(2)(d)
Driveway Standards for Front -Loaded Townhouses
The left image Nhows an acceptable frartt-loaded towithwuse ex-
aiujlle ut plan view, where utdiwidual units are at least 30 feet
w ide. The byelaw examp6e does not meet that req airement.
Oriveway
�. J max ma+c
SId�wJ�
(e) Port Orchard Boulevard Access. Access from Port Orchard Boulevard except for areas
with a designated block frontage as shown in the community design framework maps in
POW 20.127.130 shall be prohibited.
(3) Intersite Connectivity. The provision of through vehicle access connections between
commercially or nonresidentially zoned properties is required except where the reviewing
authority determines it is infeasible or undesirable (e.g., where it is determined that such a
vehicle connection would impact safe pedestrian movement). See Article II of this chapter for
specific block frontage standards. Vehicle access may be in the form of a dedicated or private
alley, connected or shared parking lots, shared drive aisles, or similar features.
(4) Internal Roadway Design.
(a) To increase the function and appearance of internal roadways on large sites (greater
than two acres), street trees and sidewalks must be provided on all internal access
roadways, excepting access roads designed solely for the purpose of service (e.g., waste
pick-up) and loading.
(b) In some instances where traffic speed and volume are low, the reviewing authority
may approve a street where vehicle, bicycle and pedestrian movement are mixed such
as in a "woonerf" or "shared street." Woonerf streets must feature traffic calming and
safety measures as well as landscape and amenity features as determined by the
reviewing authority.
Figure 20.127.340(4)
Good Internal Roadway Examples
The examples above include angled parking and planter strips with street trees. Pedestrian -scaled
lighting also contributes to the character in the upper right image.
The above left image illustrates a thoroughfare lane with a row of street trees. A sidewalk is included on
one side of the street to provide a strategic connection between businesses. The right image illustrates
the curbless "woonerf" design where travel speeds are low and lanes are shared between pedestrians
and vehicles.
(c) Drive -Through Facilities. Where allowed, drive through facilities (e.g., drive -up
windows) must comply with the following:
(i) Drive -through lanes, including waiting and holding lanes, must be buffered
from the street and internal walkways by one or both of the following:
(A) A planting strip at least five feet wide with continuous plantings of
evergreen shrubs and/or trees that will, at maturity, provide a
continuous evergreen screen at least four feet tall.
(B) A wall at least three feet high constructed of brick, stone or siding
materials that matches the principal walls of the building to which the
sign applies.
Departure: Alternative screening schemes may be approved provided they
include both the wall and a substantial vegetative screen. The landscaping must
comply with Chapter 20.128 POMC.
(ii) Drive -through lanes must not restrict pedestrian access between a public
sidewalk and on -site buildings. Walkways must not be located within required
stacking space as set forth in the public works standards.
(iii) This section contains standards for drive -through lanes and facilities. Signs
associated with drive -through lane are regulated under POMC 20.132.150(7).
Chapter 20.128
LANDSCAPING
Sections:
20.128.010 - Purpose
20.128.020 - Applicability and compliance
20.128.030 - Landscape plans
20.128.040 - Integration with LID stormwater management facilities.
20.128.050 - Plant material and installation standards
20.128.060 - Landscaping types
20.128.070 - Landscape site design standards
20.128.080 - Development within required buffers
20.128.090 - Irrigation standards
20.128.100 - Maintenance of required buffers and landscaped areas
20.128.110 - Performance assurance/bonding
20.128.120 - Maintenance assurance/bonding
20.128.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter to:
(1) Promote well -planned and attractive landscaping that enhances the visual and aesthetic appearance
of the city.
(2) Provide space definition and landscape continuity between the built environment and the natural
environment.
(3) Provide appropriate barriers and relief from traffic, noise, heat, glare, and the spread of dust and
debris.
(4) Reduce potential negative impacts between adjacent and neighboring uses.
(5) Reduce flooding and reduce the impact of development on the city's storm drainage system.
(6) Promote tree retention and the protection of existing native vegetation.
(7) Provide for the long-term establishment and health of new landscape plantings.
(8) Aid in the conservation of energy and replenish the atmosphere with oxygen.
(9) Provide for a more pleasant and relaxing urban environment.
(10) Ensure the long term maintenance and attractiveness of landscape plantings.
(11) Maintain and enhance property values.
20.128.020 Applicability and compliance.
(1) Applicability. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all new non-residential, single family
attached (three or more units), and multifamily (three or more units) development within the city.
Also:
(a) The provisions of this chapter shall apply to building additions, remodels and site improvements
per the Level 1-III improvement thresholds set forth in POMC 20.127.020(3)(a-c).
(b) The maintenance provisions of this chapter apply to existing and previously approved landscape
plans and required landscape areas.
(c) Temporary deferral. A certificate of occupancy shall be contingent upon the screening and
landscaping requirements of this chapter being met. This provision may be temporarily deferred
by the director in cases where it is not reasonable for the developer to install certain species of
plant material prior to occupancy due to the recommended planting season not occurring at an
appropriate phase in construction. In such case, the time deadline for planting such materials
shall be extended only to the nearest seasonal period suitable for planting such materials.
Additionally, the director shall require that the applicant obtain a temporary deferral when
water restrictions are in place preventing regular irrigation or watering of plant material. The
director may authorize a temporary deferral through the issuance of a temporary certificate of
occupancy or through the approval of a performance bond in accordance with this Title.
(d) Review in conjunction with other permits. Landscape plan review shall be performed in
conjunction with other permit applications (i.e. land disturbing activity, stormwater drainage,
building permit, etc.). Appeals of decisions related to the application of this chapter shall be
connected to the underlying permit application to which the landscape code has been applied.
(e) The provisions of this chapter may also apply to subdivisions and short plats as specified in
POMC 20.100, but shall not apply to the construction of an individual detached house, duplex,
or backyard cottage.
(2) Exceptions.
The director may waive the provisions of this chapter for Light Industrial (LI) zoned properties which
do not front Old Clifton Road or SR-160 depending on the type of use, number of anticipated
employees and customers, and the site's physical relationship and anticipated impacts to adjacent
and neighboring zones, uses and development.
20.128.030 Landscape plans.
(1) In order to implement the requirements of this section, landscape plans for the entire site are
required as part of the following permit application submittals:
(a) Building permit applications.
(b) Preliminary plat applications.
(c) Short plat applications.
(d) Binding site plan applications.
(e) Conditional use permit applications (where new construction, or expansion of a building is
proposed, or where landscaping is required to meet conditions for granting approval).
(f) Stormwater drainage permit applications.
(g) Land disturbing activity permit applications.
(2) In order to implement the requirements of this section, landscape plans for the entire site shall be
required as part of a Land Disturbing Activity Permit application submittal if the scope of the permit
2
application does not include restoration to pre -disturbance conditions or if the landscape plan
approval is not issued under another permit approval as listed in POMC 20.128.030(1).
(3) Plans shall be developed by a Washington state licensed landscape architect, Washington -Certified
Professional Horticulturalist (CPH), or other qualified individual.
(4) Landscape plans shall include:
(a) Boundaries and dimensions of the site.
(b) Location of existing and proposed easements, streets, curbs, utilities, sidewalks and any other
hard surfaces.
(c) Location of buildings and structures, parking lots, driveways, loading areas, outdoor mechanical
equipment, signs, refuse enclosures, overhead utilities, water meter location, swales, parking lot
lighting, and any existing vegetation that is to remain on the site.
(d) The location and design of landscape areas to be preserved and planted, and plant list to include
the location, number, height at maturity, and type of plant material by botanical and common
name.
(e) Proposed irrigation system if a permanent or temporary system is proposed. All landscaped
areas including adjacent right-of-way must be provided with an underground irrigation system.
(f) Specifications for soil amendments to provide suitable long term growing conditions.
(g) North arrow and scale.
(h) Planting detail section drawings.
(i) Name, address, and phone number of the person preparing the plan.
(j) Calculations demonstrating compliance with this chapter.
(k) Landscape Planting, Hardscape, and Material Precedents (imagery) depicting (approximately)
the landscape plantings, hardscape, and materials to be used in the project.
(5) Applicants shall familiarize themselves with existing site conditions, and are encouraged to meet
with staff to discuss appropriate design options and alternatives for accomplishing the screening and
landscaping objectives of this chapter prior to preparing and submitting a landscape plan.
(6) Applicants are encouraged to integrate landscape plans and stormwater system designs consistent
with the City's adopted Stormwater Management Manual.
20.128.040 Integration with LID stormwater management facilities.
The required landscape design requirements in this chapter may be integrated with low impact
development (LID) stormwater management facilities and best management practices (BMPs) unless
site and soil conditions make LID infeasible, subject to the approval of the director and public works
department. LID facilities shall not compromise the purpose or intent of required landscaping and
landscaping shall not result in the disruption of the LID facilities' functions. LID facilities shall be
designed and constructed in accordance and the LID Technical Guidance Manual for Puget Sound
(current edition).
3
20.128.050 Plant material and installation standards.
(1) Native plant species. New landscaping materials shall include species native to the region or hardy,
waterwise, and non-invasive species appropriate in the climatic conditions of the region (decorative
annuals are an exception). Generally acceptable plant materials must be those identified as hardy in
Zone 8b as described in United States Department of Agriculture's Plant Hardiness Zone Map. The
selection of plant species should include consideration of soil type and depth, the amount of
maintenance required, spacing, exposure to sun and wind, the slope and contours of the site,
compatibility with existing native vegetation preserved on the site, water conservation where
needed, and the impact of landscaping on visibility of the site for purposes of public safety and
surveillance.
(2) Tree standards and guidelines.
(a) Tree heights may be called for within this chapter or elsewhere within this title:
(i) Large tree: Capable of growing 35 feet high or greater under normal growing conditions.
(ii) Medium tree: Capable of growing over 15 feet high and less than 35 feet high under normal
growing conditions.
(iii) Small tree: Capable of growing up to 15 feet high under normal growing conditions.
(b) Unless otherwise noted herein, required trees shall meet the following standards at the time of
planting:
(i) Required deciduous trees shall be fully branched, have a dominant leader branch, have a
minimum caliper of one -and -one-half inches (as measured 24 inches above the root ball),
and a minimum height of six feet at the time of planting as measured from the top of the
leader branch to the top of the root ball.
(ii) Required evergreen trees shall be fully branched and a minimum of six feet in height,
measured from the treetop to the ground, at the time of planting.
(iii) Required trees of any species within parking areas shall be a minimum caliper of one -and -
one -half inches (as measured 24 inches above the root ball) and a minimum height of ten
feet at the time of planting.
(3) Shrub standard. Shrubs, except for ornamental grasses, shall be a minimum of one -gallon size at the
time of planting.
(4) Ground cover standards and guidelines.
(a) Ground covers shall be planted and spaced to result in total coverage of the required landscape
area within three years as follows, or as per recommendations by Washington state licensed
landscape architect, Washington -Certified Professional Horticultura list (CPH), or other qualified
individual. Ground cover plants other than turf forming grasses must be planted in triangular
spacing at the following rates:
(i) Four -inch pots at 18-inches on -center.
(ii) One -gallon or greater sized containers at 24-inches on -center.
(iii) Alternative plant spacing may be appropriate depending on the specific plants. When
applicable, plant spacing information must be included with permit application submittals
from published sources, such as the Sunset Western Garden Book, from Internet sources, or
4
from cut sheets provided by a nursery. Such sources must be identified for verification
purposes.
(b) Grass is acceptable as ground cover in landscaped areas, but generally not preferred for water
conservation and maintenance purposes (lawn areas designed as play areas are an exception).
(c) Ground cover areas shall contain at least two inches of composted organic material at finished
grade.
(5) Tree and plant diversity.
(a) If there are more than eight required trees, no more than 40 percent of them may be of one
species.
(b) If there are more than 24 required trees, no more than 20 percent of them may be of one
species.
(c) If there are more than 24 required shrubs, no more than 75 percent of them may be of one
species.
(6) Soil augmentation and mulching.
(a) Existing soils shall be augmented with a two-inch layer of fully composted organic material tilled
a minimum of six inches deep prior to initial planting.
(b) Landscape areas shall be covered with at least two inches of mulch to minimize evaporation.
Mulch shall consist of organic materials such as bark chips and wood grindings or yard waste,
sawdust, and/or manure that is fully composted. Washed rock may also be used as a mulch.
(7) Landscape installation standards.
(a) All required landscaping shall be in -ground, except when in raised planters. Plant materials shall
be installed to current nursery industry standards.
(b) Plant materials shall be properly supported to ensure survival. Support devices such as guy wires
or stakes shall not interfere with vehicular or pedestrian movement. Where support is
necessary, stakes, guy wires or other measures shall be removed as soon as the plant can
support itself.
(c) Existing trees and plant materials to be retained shall be protected during construction.
Protection measures may include silt fencing, chain link fencing, or other sturdy fencing placed
at the dripline of trees to be retained. Grading, topsoil storage, construction material storage,
vehicles, and equipment shall not be allowed within the dripline of trees to be retained.
(d) Installation of landscaping materials must take into consideration access to utility vaults,
pedestals, and other public and private utility facilities.
(e) Trees and major shrubs at mature size should avoid interference with windows, decks,
pedestrian walkways or other travelled ways, or lighting.
5
20.128.060 Landscaping types.
(1) Type A landscaping.
(a) Type A landscaping shall function as a full screen and visual barrier. This landscaping is typically
found between residential and nonresidential areas and used to screen unwanted views.
(b) Type A landscaping shall minimally consist of:
(i) Trees: Predominately evergreen (more than 50 percent) at the following rates on landscape
strips:
(A) One large tree per 300 square feet or 30 linear feet.
(B) One medium tree per 220 square feet or 22 linear feet.
(C) One small tree per 150 square feet or 15 linear feet.
At least 70 percent of the trees shall be large.
(ii) Shrubs: Predominately evergreen provided at a rate of one shrub per four linear feet of
landscaped strip and spaced no more than eight feet on center.
(iii) Plant diversity. Trees and shrubs must comply with POW 20.128.050(5).
(iv) Groundcover: Planted at a density to cover the landscape buffer per POMC 20.128.070
within three years.
(v) The selected plant materials and configuration will be able to screen 70 percent of the
unwanted views within five years of planting and fully screen the unwanted view within six
years. This requirement will account for the size of materials planted and their typical
growth rate.
Figure 20.128.060(1)
Type A landscaping standards.
Trees at I per 150-300sf of
landscaped area (depending on
size) and arranged in a manner to
obstruct views into the property
Groundcover
Shrubs at I per 4 linear feet of landscaped
strip and maximum 8 feet on center
2
(2) Type B landscaping.
(a) Type B landscaping is a "filtered screen" that functions as a visual separator. This landscaping is
typically found between differing types of residential development and used to screen
unwanted views from the pedestrian environment.
(b) Type B landscaping shall minimally consist of:
(i) Trees: At least 50 percent deciduous trees and at least 30 percent evergreen trees at the
following rates on landscape strips:
(A) One large tree per 300 square feet or 30 linear feet.
(B) One medium tree per 220 square feet or 22 linear feet.
(C) One small tree per 150 square feet or 15 linear feet
At least 70 percent of the trees shall be large.
(ii) Shrubs: Provided at the rate of one shrub per four linear feet of landscaped strip and
spaced no more than eight feet on center.
(iii) Plant diversity. Trees and shrubs must comply with POW 20.128.050(5).
(iv) Groundcover: Planted at a density to cover the landscape buffer per POW 20.128.070
within three years.
(v) The selected plant materials and configuration will meet the purpose of the standards
within five years of planting. This requirement will account for the size of materials and the
growth rate.
Figure 20.128.060(2)
Type B landscaping standards.
Trees at I per 150-300sf of
on size)
® At least 50% of trees
must be deciduous
L. v
A
At least 30% of trees
must be evergreen
Shrubs at I per 4 linear feet of
landscaped strip and maximum
8 feet on center
7
(3) Type C landscaping.
(a) Type C landscaping is a "see -through screen" that functions as a partial visual separator to
soften the appearance of parking areas and building elevations. This landscaping is typically
found along street frontages or between multifamily developments.
(b) Type C landscaping shall minimally consist of:
(i) Trees: At least 70 percent deciduous trees at the following rates on landscape strips:
(A) One large tree per 300 square feet or 30 linear feet.
(B) One medium tree per 220 square feet or 22 linear feet.
(C) One small tree per 150 square feet or 15 linear feet
At least 70 percent of the trees shall be large.
(ii) Shrubs: Provided at the rate provided at a rate of one shrub per four linear feet of
landscaped strip and spaced no more than eight feet on center.
(iii) Groundcover: Planted at a density to cover the landscape buffer per POMC 20.128.070
within three years.
(iv) Plant diversity. Trees and shrubs must comply with POMC 20.128.050(5).
(v) Tree and shrub placement shall be designed to maximize pedestrian visibility (generally
between three and eight feet above grade once trees have matured).
(vi) The selected plant materials and configuration will meet the purpose of the standards
within five years of planting. This requirement will account for the size of materials and the
growth rate.
(c) Where Type C landscaping is designed to also function as a rain garden, adjustments in the
spacing of trees, shrubs, and ground cover will be allowed provided the rain garden meets the
function requirements of subsection (6) below and the intended function of Type C landscaping
as defined in subsection (a) above.
0
Figure 20.128.060(3)
Type C landscaping standards.
Maintain trees and shrubs to maximize
pedestrian visibility (generally open
Trees at I per 150-300sf of between 3 and 8 feet above grade)
landscaped area (depending on size)
v J
L
A, ` At least 70% of trees
must be deciduous
1
s cam.
Groundcover
Shrubs at I per 4 linear feet of landscaped
strip and maximum 8 feet on center
(4) Type D landscaping.
(a) Type D landscaping refers to all other landscaped areas that do not qualify as Type A-C
landscaping. While native and low maintenance trees and shrubs are encouraged in these areas,
lawn areas may be used for recreational or design purposes. These areas may also include
flower beds and perennial beds.
(b) Type D landscaping may include any combination of plant materials provided they comply with
POMC 20.128.050.
(5) Low hedge.
A low hedge is intended to function as an attractive visual divider of space rather than a visual
buffer between uses and properties. To qualify as a hedge landscaping type, the planting must be at
least 30 inches wide and 30 inches tall. The hedge include plant materials that typically grow no
taller than five feet at maturity or are maintained between 30 inches and 48 inches tall. Additional
limits on hedges may be imposed by the public works director within required sight triangles at
intersections. Shrubs or other hedge plant materials must be placed at a rate of one per four linear
feet of landscaped strip or otherwise recommended for shrub species. Plant spacing information
must be included with permit application submittals from published sources, such as the Sunset
Western Garden Book, from Internet sources, or from cut sheets provided by the nursery.
E
(6) Rain garden.
A rain garden is a landscaped depression that collects, absorbs, and filters stormwater runoff from
rooftops, driveways, patios, and other hard surfaces. They can also function as an attractive visual
divider of space. To qualify as a rain garden, the following elements must be included:
(a) Garden located and designed to capture impervious area runoff.
(b) Six to 12 inches ponding depth.
(c) Twelve to 24 inches rain garden soil depth with two to three inches surface mulch layer.
(d) Gradual side slopes (maximum 2:1).
(e) Overflow design elements with measures to protect erosion.
(f) Generous plantings (capable of reaching 100 percent groundcover) of a variety of small trees,
shrubs, ground covers, and grasses. Select plants suitable for the three planting zones within the
garden and around the perimeter.
10
Figure 19.66.050(6)
Rain garden examples.
INFLOW —Water flowing tiff hard
surfaces (for example a root or
driveway) can he delivered to
the rain garden through a swale
lined with decorative rock or
plants, through a pipe, or across
r
a landscaped area.
PONDING DEPTH GRADUAL SIDE SLOPES
.:a
OVERFLOW
10
(6" or 12" typical) f2:1 MAXIMUM)
;�
CONTAINMENT
TOP SURFACE OF
MULCH LAYER
•
OVERFLOW
a
PONOING AREA
.1
r
i
-'
RAIN GARDEN SOIL MIX
EXISTING SOIL
BOTTOM OF EXCAVATION
.a
N
4i
_
20.128.070 - Landscape site design standards.
(1) Required landscape buffer standards. Screening between certain uses may be called for in Table
20.128.070 below or elsewhere in this chapter:
11
(a) The provisions of this section do not apply to, and landscape buffers are not required for,
development with a designated storefront block frontage (POMC 20.127.090-260) unless
required as a condition of a permit (such as a conditional use permit or subdivision) or SEPA.
(b) Where mature trees and vegetation exists within the required buffer areas, the preservation of
said mature trees and vegetation may be preferable to new plant materials. The director may
require up to 50 percent additional buffer width and/or specific planting conditions to better
ensure the survival of existing mature trees and/or augment existing plantings to meet the
intent of the standards.
(c) The letters A, B, and C refer to the required landscape buffer type(s), (described in POMC
20.128.060). Where more than one buffer type is referenced at the intersection of the column
and the row, only one of the listed buffer types is required.
(d) Where the cells at the intersection of the column and the row are empty, there are no
landscaping buffer requirements for the particular situation.
(e) The numbers 1, 2, or 3 after a letter refer to minimum buffer width intensity requirements set
forth in subsection B below.
(f) If a * appears after a use or term within the table, then the use or term is defined in POMC
Chapter 20.12 or 20.39.
(g) Where superscript numbers are included in a cell, see the corresponding note matching the
number below the table.
(h) For the application of building additions, remodels and site improvements, the provisions of
POMC 20.127.020(3) shall apply.
(i) Departures. Alternative buffer treatments may be approved per POMC 20.127.060 for any of
the buffer types required below, provided they meet the purpose of this chapter.
Table 20.128.070
Required buffer types for developing uses.
Existing abutting uses and zones
RMU,
NMU,
GMU,
DMU,
Street,
R1, R2,
R3, R4,
CMU,
Developin
park or
R6, GB
IRS
BPMU
CC, CH
Cl, PF
g use
trail
zones
zones
zones
zones
IF zone
IL zone
IH zone
zones
Single
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Family
plus
plus
and
and
plus
plus
plus
plus
attached*
o
BC-5'
BC-5'
BC-5'
BC-5'
AB-10'
AB-10'
AB-10'
BC-5'
(3 or more
v o
and
and
units) or
path
path
Multifamil
y* (3 or
N
more
12
Table 20.128.070
Required buffer types for developing uses.
Existing abutting uses and zones
RMU,
NMU,
GMU,
DMU,
Street,
R1, R2,
R3, R4,
CMU,
Developin
park or
R6, GB
R5
BPMU
CC, CH
Cl, PF
g use
trail
zones
zones
zones
zones
IF zone
IL zone
IH zone
zones
units)
Low
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
intensity
plus
plus
or
or
plus
plus
plus
plus
non-
ABC-5'
ABC-5'
BC-5'
BC-5'
ABC-
ABC-
ABC-
ABC-5'
residential
or path
or path
10'
10,
10'
use*
Moderate
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
intensity
plus
plus
or
or
plus
plus
plus
plus
non-
ABC-
ABC-
BC-5'
BC-5'
ABC-
ABC-
ABC-
ABC -
residential
10,
10,
or path
or path
10'
10,
10,
10,
use*
High
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
intensity
plus
plus
or
or
plus
plus
plus
plus
non-
ABC-
ABC-
BC-5'
BC-5'
ABC-
ABC-
ABC-
ABC -
residential
15'
15'
or path
or path
10'
10,
10'
15'
use*
Use
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
featuring
plus
plus
plus
plus
or
or
or
plus
an open
ABC-
ABC-
ABC-5'
ABC-5'
A-5' or
A-5' or
A-5' or
ABC -
storage
10,
10,
or
or
B-10'
B-10'
B-10'
10,
yard*
A-10'
A-10'
Heavy
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
Fence
industry*
plus
plus
plus
plus
plus
plus
plus
plus
ABC-
ABC-
ABC-5'
ABC-5'
ABC-5'
ABC-5'
ABC-5'
ABC-
20'
20'
or
or
or
or
or
20'
A-10'
A-10'
A-10'
A-10'
A-10'
(2) Street, park, or trail buffers.
(a) For landscaping between uses or structures and streets, also see the applicable block frontage
standards in POMC 20.127.100-260. Plant materials, installation, and maintenance are subject
to the standards of this chapter.
13
(b) For non-residential, single family attached (three units or more), and multifamily development
(three units or more), see POMC 20.127.220 for Trail/Park block frontage standards. Alternative
designs will be considered based on the unique context of the site, the development, and the
park/trail provided the designs promote safety for park/trail users, and mitigate any potential
negative impacts of the proposed use on the park/trail.
(c) For storage yards, a minimum ten -foot wide planting strip with Type A landscaping is required
between any street and such storage yard.
(3) Surface parking lot landscaping.
(a) Parking lot perimeters.
(i) For parking lots abutting public right of way, use Type C landscaping at a width equal to or
greater than the minimum building setback specified for the applicable block frontage type
specified in POMC 20.127.100-260. For parking lots on sites without an applicable block
frontage type, the parking lot landscape buffer shall be at least ten feet deep.
(ii) For parking lots along internal private roadways in commercial areas, provide a planting
strip at least six feet wide with Type C landscaping.
(iii) For parking lots along internal lot lines, use Type A or B landscaping at least ten feet deep,
except where a greater buffer width is required per the standards in Table 20.128.070.
Departures will be considered provided they meet the purpose of this chapter. Examples of
acceptable departures may include decorative low walls with landscaping, decorative elevated
planters, or landscaping with a trellis. In no case may landscaping buffers be less than five feet
wide. The minimum height of planters or walls, where used, is three feet. The maximum height
of walls where used shall be five (5) feet.
Figure 20.128.070(3)(a)
Parking lot perimeter landscaping departure examples.
Landscaping Type C
1
� a n
V o
13' min.height
Wall built of masonry,
concrete, or other
min,width
permanent material
14
Figure 20.128.070(3)(a)
Parking lot perimeter landscaping departure examples.
Mixture of low level landscaping
in a raised planter. Small trees
may be included provided they
are maintained to allow
eye -level visibility between the
sdewalk and the parking area.
;ht
Raised plar
masonry,c
other permanent material
Above are two possible departure parking lot landscaping buffer designs that may be acceptable in
more urbanized areas, such as downtown.
(b) Internal parking lot landscaping.
(i) Trees and shrubs required.
(A) For every 1,000 square feet of vehicular use area, at least one deciduous tree must be
planted.
(B) Trees and shrubs must be planted within 15 feet of the parking lot to count as parking
lot landscaping.
(C) When a development contains 20 or more parking spaces, 50 percent of the trees and
shrubs must be planted in islands or medians located within the parking lot.
(ii) Landscaping type.
(A) Type C landscaping shall be utilized for landscaping islands internal to parking lots.
(B) At least 75 percent of the required deciduous trees must be large trees. Medium and
small trees are acceptable where overhead electric lines would interfere with normal
growth.
(C) Rain gardens and swales may be integrated into required planting areas.
(iii) Landscaped island sizes. At a minimum, tree islands shall be a minimum of 256 square feet.
Planting islands must be at least six feet deep and wide.
(iv) Landscaped island spacing. Parking bays shall be broken up with landscaped islands or
medians to avoid long monotonous rows of parking. Tree islands shall be evenly
distributed throughout the parking lot in order to provide an even tree canopy throughout
the lot.
(v) Each parking space must be located within 75 feet of a tree measured from the closest
point of the parking space to the tree trunk.
15
Departures will be considered provided they meet the purpose of this chapter.
(4) Foundation planting. All street -facing elevations must have landscaping along any exposed
foundation. The landscaped area may be along the outer edge of a porch instead of the foundation.
This landscaping requirement does not apply to portions of the building facade that provide access
for pedestrians or vehicles to the building. The foundation landscaping must meet the following
standards:
(a) The landscaped area must be at least three feet wide.
(b) There must be at least one three -gallon shrub for every three lineal feet of foundation.
(c) Ground cover plants must fully cover the remainder of the landscaped area.
Figure 20.128.070(4)
Foundation planting.
Foundation plantings would be required along this exposed concrete foundation.
(5) Existing vegetation.
(a) Existing healthy, native, and non-invasive vegetation may be used to fulfill the requirements of
this chapter.
(b) When existing vegetation is proposed to be used to fulfill the requirements of this chapter, that
vegetation shall be shown on required landscape plans as "existing vegetation to be retained"
and prior to land disturbing activities, these areas shall be flagged in the field and be protected
by construction fencing. In the event that existing vegetation proposed to be used to fulfill the
requirements of this chapter is altered, damaged, or removed during development or
construction activity, this area shall be restored to its original state after the development or
construction activity is complete, or, shall be replanted in accordance with a new revised
landscaping plan developed and approved in accordance with this chapter.
(6) Stormwater facilities.
(a) Plant -based stormwater treatment facilities such as rain gardens [see POMC 20.128.060(6)] and
swales may be used to meet the requirements of this section as provided elsewhere in this
chapter.
16
(b) Stormwater detention facilities such as ponds and collection basins may not be used to meet the
requirements of this section unless designed per subsection (a) above.
20.128.080 Development within required buffers.
This section applies to buffers that are required per Table 20.128.070.
(1) Pedestrian walkways are allowed within buffers, subject to the following standards:
1. Walkways shall not exceed five feet in width.
2. Walkways shall cross buffers at an angle between 60 and 90 degrees.
3. Walkways may only run along the length of a buffer if the buffer is at least 40 feet in width, and
the walkway is located within the inner 25 percent of the buffer.
(2) Utilities are not permitted in buffers within a residential subdivision, unless no reasonable
alternative exists. However, utilities may be installed in an easement that is located along street
frontage and parallel to the street. If utilities are placed in a buffer, they shall be located and
installed in a way that minimizes disturbance of the buffer area: not parallel, but crossing at an angle
between 60 and 90 degrees. If storm water drainage channels are placed in a buffer at an angle less
than 60 degrees, the buffer width shall be increased by the width of the utility easement or
disturbance, or at least ten feet, whichever is greater.
20.128.090 Irrigation standards.
The purpose of this standard is to ensure that plants will survive the critical establishment period when
they are most vulnerable.
All required landscaped areas in the city must comply with at least one of the following:
(1) A permanent built-in irrigation system with an automatic controller will serve the proposed
landscape area, and the system will be installed and operational before the city grants an occupancy
permit or final inspection for the development.
(2) A temporary irrigation system will serve the proposed landscape area, provided the applicant can
successfully demonstrate that the proposed temporary irrigation system will provide sufficient
water to ensure that the plant materials to be planted will survive installation and, once established,
will survive without watering other than natural rainfall.
(3) A permanent or temporary irrigation system will not serve the proposed landscape area, provided:
(a) The director finds the landscape area otherwise fulfills the requirements of this section, and
(b) The applicant submits all of the following with the site plan application:
(i) A statement from a Washington state licensed landscape architect, Washington -Certified
Professional Horticulturalist (CPH), or other qualified individual certifying that the materials
to be planted will survive without watering other than natural rainfall.
(ii) A plan for monitoring the survival of required vegetation on the approved site plan for at
least one year and for detection and replacement of required vegetation that does not
survive with like -kind material or other material approved by the director.
17
(iii) A statement from the applicant agreeing to install an irrigation system if the director finds
one is needed to ensure survival of required vegetation, based on the results of the
monitoring plan.
20.128.100 Maintenance of required buffers and landscaped areas.
(1) Maintenance responsibility.
The owners of the property and their agents, heirs, or assigns shall be responsible for the
installation, preservation, and maintenance of all planting and physical features (installed or
vegetated natural areas) required under this section. Damage to these areas shall result in the
revegetation requirements or fines per POMC 20.02 and POMC 2.64.
(2) Inspections after second and fifth year.
The director shall inspect the site two and five years after the issuance of a permanent certificate of
occupancy in order to ensure compliance with the approved landscape plan and to ensure that the
landscaping is properly maintained. Failure to maintain required landscape areas on a permanent
basis may result in fines according to POMC 20.02 and POMC 2.64.
(3) Maintenance responsibility, replacement of damaged vegetation, and associated fines.
(a) The owners of the property and their agents, heirs, or assigns must be responsible for
maintaining all required landscaping and screening areas in a healthy, growing condition.
(b) All landscaping and screening areas must be maintained reasonably free of weeds and trash,
must be treated for pest/diseases in accordance with the approved landscape plan, and must be
maintained so as to prevent mulch, straw, dirt, or other materials from washing onto streets,
sidewalks, and adjoining properties.
(c) Limbing up trees and "topping" or shearing off trees is prohibited, unless required for public
safety reasons approved by the director.
(d) The property owner shall take actions to protect trees and landscaping from unnecessary
damage during all facility and site maintenance operations.
(e) Any dead, unhealthy, or missing vegetation, or vegetation disfigured by severe or excessive
pruning, unusual weather occurrence or natural catastrophe, or other natural occurrence such
as damage by wild or domestic animals, must be replaced with equivalent vegetation that
conforms to the plant materials and installation standards in POMC 20.128.050, other applicable
standards of this title, and the approved site plan.
(f) The owner shall have one growing season to replace or replant after receiving notice from the
director. The director shall consider the type and location of the required vegetation area in
making a determination on the extent of replanting requirements.
(g) Failure to maintain all plantings in accordance with this section shall constitute a violation of the
Port Orchard Municipal Code and may result in fines in accordance with POMC 20.02.
(4) Landscape maintenance plan.
The paragraph and list below regarding a landscape maintenance/management plan shall be placed
on the landscape plan prior to plan approval, along with any other notes applicable to site
landscaping. This statement may be individualized based on the specific characteristics of each site
and its landscaping plan requirements. The maintenance plan shall be prepared by a Washington
18
state licensed landscape architect, Washington -Certified Professional Horticultura list (CPH), or other
qualified individual.
"The owners of the property and their agents, heirs, or assigns shall be responsible for the
installation, preservation, and maintenance of all planting and physical features shown on this plan.
The owners shall be responsible for maintenance of the vegetation, including but not limited to:
(a) Fertilization.
(b) Pruning.
(c) Pest control.
(d) Mulching.
(e) Mowing (if any).
(f) Protection of the root zones from equipment, construction and storage of materials.
(g) Watering.
(h) Other continuing maintenance operations.
Failure to maintain all plantings in accordance with this plan shall constitute a violation of the Port
Orchard Municipal Code and may result in fines."
20.128.110 Performance assurance/bonding.
In the event that landscaping improvements cannot be installed prior to final plat, final short plat, final
binding site plan or formal certificate of occupancy, a cash deposit, letter of credit or other assurance
acceptable to the city equal to 150 percent of the estimated landscaping and installation costs must be
required. Such deposit must be accompanied by a letter which stipulates completion of all landscape
development no later than the next autumn planting season following issuance of the certificate of
occupancy or date of final approval, whichever is later. If these conditions are not met, the city may use
the deposit to install the landscaping.
20.128.120 Maintenance assurance/bonding.
Prior to granting a (permanent) certificate of occupancy and/or granting final approval of site
improvements, the owner of the subject property shall provide a two-year landscape maintenance
bond, cash set -aside, or other assurance acceptable to the city (hereafter "assurance") in an amount
equal to 125 percent of the estimated landscaping and installation costs for the project. It shall be the
owner's responsibility to request a landscape maintenance inspection at least two years after city
acceptance upon final landscaping installation inspection. The assurance shall not be released by the city
unless the city finds upon inspection that the landscaping has been maintained and is in good health. If
the city finds that the landscaping has not been maintained or is not in good health, the city may at its
option require the owner to maintain and restore the required landscaping to healthy conditions prior
to releasing the landscape maintenance assurance, or may itself perform work to correct the
deficiencies using the provided assurance. In the event that a significant amount of the required
landscaping requires replacement as determined by the director, the city may require an additional two-
year landscape maintenance assurance on all or a portion of the required landscaping.
19
Chapter 20.129
SIGNIFICANT TREES
Sections:
20.129.010 Purpose
20.129.020 Applicability
20.129.030 Definitions
20.129.040 Removal and replacement of all significant trees
20.129.050 Retention and protection of significant trees associated with development proposals.
20.129.010 Purpose.
It is the purpose of this chapter is to:
(1) Provide incentives for preserving significant trees and to require the replacement of significant trees
at specified ratios when they are removed.
(2) Mitigate the environmental and aesthetic consequences of tree removal in land development
through tree replacement to achieve a goal of no net loss of significant trees throughout the city.
(3) Provide measures to protect significant trees that may be impacted during construction activities.
(4) Maintain and protect the public health, safety, and general welfare.
(5) Preserve the aesthetic, ecological, and economic benefits of forests and tree -covered areas in Port
Orchard including:
(a) Providing varied and rich habitats for wildlife;
(b) Absorbing carbon dioxide;
(c) Moderating the effects of winds and temperatures;
(d) Stabilizing and enriching the soil;
(e) Slowing runoff from precipitation and reducing soil erosion;
(f) Improving air quality;
(g) Improving water quality;
(h) Masking unwanted sound;
(i) Providing visual relief and screening;
(j) Providing recreational benefits;
(k) Enhancing the economic value of developments; and
(1) Providing a valuable asset to the community.
20.129.020 Applicability.
(1) This section applies to all significant trees in the city.
(2) No significant tree may be removed unless the requirements of this chapter are met.
(3) The following situations, activities, and projects are exempt from the significant tree protection
requirements of this section unless the tree is located in a critical area as identified in POMC 20.162:
(a) Utility developments.
(b) Roadway or street (including sidewalks) construction.
(c) Parks projects.
(d) Trees that interfere with overhead utility lines.
(e) Trees that are causing damage to building foundations.
(4) This chapter shall not be construed to authorize the removal of trees where tree removal is not
otherwise permitted in the POMC.
20.129.030 Definitions.
(1) Significant trees are those trees with a DBH (diameter at breast height) of 18 inches or greater and
which are not identified by a licensed arborist as damaged, diseased, or a safety hazard due to
potential root, trunk or primary limb failure, or new exposure to wind after having grown in a
closed, forested situation.
(2) The root protection zone is equal to one -foot radius from the center of the tree for every one inch of
tree DBH. A modified root protection zone may be established by a certified arborist's individual
tree evaluation.
20.129.040 Removal and replacement of all significant trees.
(1) Approval of the director is required for the removal of significant trees and shall be granted
provided that all other applicable requirements and standards of the Port Orchard Municipal Code
are met. The decision to authorize the removal of a significant tree shall be a Type 1 decision;
however, an application that involves two or more procedures may be processed consistent with
the procedures provided in POMC 20.22.020(2). Approval requires that the following condition and
the replacement requirements of subsection (2) are met:
(a) All significant trees located within any required landscape buffer area or required landscape
planting area shall be retained to the extent practical and feasible.
(b) This provision shall not be construed as to prohibit mass grading provided that significant trees
are replaced in accordance with this chapter.
(2) Significant trees that are removed shall be replaced with trees meeting the following requirements:
(a) Trees must be replaced at the rates described in Table 20.129.040 and at no less than a 1:1 ratio
for any proposed development. If the number of replacement trees required in accordance with
Table 20.129.040 results in a fraction, the number shall be rounded up to the nearest whole
number.
2
Table 20.129.040.Replacement tree quantity.
Significant Tree Diameter
Number of Replacement Trees Required
18-22 inches diameter
.5
22-28 inches diameter
1
28-36 inches diameter
2
Greater than 36 inches diameter
3
(b) To incentivize significant tree retention, every significant tree that is retained shall reduce the
required number of replacement trees by three (3) trees.
(c) Replacement deciduous trees shall be fully branched, have a dominant leader branch, have a
minimum caliper of one -and -one-half inches (as measured 24 inches above the root ball), and a
minimum height of six feet at the time of planting as measured from the top of the leader
branch to the top of the root ball.
(d) A replacement deciduous tree that has a minimum caliper of three inches (as measured 24
inches above the root ball) and a minimum height of eight feet at the time of planting as
measured from the top of the leader branch to the top of the root ball may substitute for two
(2) required replacement trees.
(e) Replacement evergreen trees shall be fully branched and a minimum of six feet in height,
measured from the top of the leader branch to the top of the root ball, at the time of planting.
(f) Replacement trees shall primarily be those species native to the Pacific Northwest. In making a
determination regarding the species of replacement trees, the director shall defer to the species
selected by the property owner unless the director determines that the species selected is
unlikely to survive for a period of at least ten years, represents a danger or nuisance, would
threaten overhead or underground utilities
(g) The property owner shall maintain all replacement trees in a healthy condition. The property
owner shall be obligated to replace any replacement tree that dies, becomes diseased, or is
removed. Replacement trees shall not be removed except when they are moved to another
location in accordance with this chapter.
(h) The director may authorize the planting of fewer and smaller replacement trees if the property
owner can demonstrate the reduction is suitable for the site conditions, neighborhood
character, and the purposes of this section, and that such replacement trees will be planted in
sufficient quantities to meet the intent of this section. The director may require a certifying
statement from a Washington state licensed landscape architect, Washington -Certified
Professional Horticulturalist (CPH), or certified arborist.
(3) If the site does not allow for planting of replacement trees, the trees may be planted (1) on an
alternative site within the city, or (2) on public property (such as in a city park) subject to the
approval of the public works director. If the trees are not planted on public property, guarantees
shall be provided (such as a conservation easement) to ensure that the replacement trees will not
be removed prior to reaching 18 inches DBH (at which time they will be considered significant trees).
3
(4) The director shall not authorize the planting of shrubs or bushes in lieu of required replacement
trees.
(5) For projects containing 5 or fewer significant trees, the required replacement trees planted shall be
in addition to other required trees installed to satisfy street tree and landscaping buffer, parking lot,
and other landscape area requirements. For projects on non -forested sites containing more than 5
significant trees, up to seventy-five percent (75%) of the required replacement trees to be planted
may be satisfied by planting trees within required or proposed landscaping areas including but not
limited to landscape buffers and parking lot islands as specified in POMC 20.128. For projects on
forested sites containing more than 5 significant trees, up to one hundred percent (100%) of the
required replacement trees to be planted may be satisfied by planting trees within required or
proposed landscaping areas including but not limited to landscape buffers and parking lot islands as
specified in POMC 20.128. For the purposes of this section, a site is considered forested if it
contains more than 20 significant trees per acre.
(6) Guidelines for significant tree replacement. The following guidelines and requirements shall apply to
significant tree replacement:
(a) When individual trees or tree stands are protected, replacement trees should be planted to re-
establish or enhance tree clusters where they previously existed.
(b) Replacement trees shall be planted in locations appropriate to the species' growth habit and
horticultural requirements.
(c) Replacement trees shall be planted in areas that connect or are adjacent to native growth
protection areas or other open space, where appropriate.
(d) Replacement trees shall be integrated into the required landscape plans, if any, for a
development.
(e) Replacement trees to be planted next to or under power lines shall be selected with
consideration of the trees' maturation and maintenance requirements.
20.129.050 Retention and protection of significant trees associated with development proposals.
(1) Significant tree retention plan. The applicant or property owner shall submit a tree retention plan
prepared by a certified arborist, horticulturalist, landscape architect, forester or other qualified
professional concurrent with the underlying development permit application (such as a land
disturbing activity, short subdivision, binding site plan, conditional use, building, or preliminary
subdivision permit application), whichever is reviewed and approved first. The tree retention plan
shall consist of:
(a) A tree survey that identifies the location, size, and species of individual significant trees or the
perimeter of stands of trees on a site;
(b) Identification of the significant trees that are proposed to be retained; and
(c) The location and design of root protection during construction and development activities.
(2) Exemption: Significant tree retention plans shall not be required for the construction of a detached
house or backyard cottage, but these projects shall comply with all other sections of this chapter.
4
(3) Protection of significant trees. To provide protection for significant trees that are to remain during
and after development activity the following standards apply:
(a) Prior to construction, grading, or other land development, each root protection zone is
identified with a temporary chain -link or orange mesh fence with a minimum height of five feet.
(b) No impervious surfaces, fill, excavation, or storage of construction materials shall be permitted
within the root protection zone.
(c) Alternative protection methods may be used if determined by the director to provide equal or
greater significant tree protection.
5
Chapter 20.139
RESIDENTIAL DESIGN STANDARDS
Sections:
20.139.005
Purpose
20.139.010
Applicability
20.139.015
Residential Garage Configuration Standards
20.139.020
Garage Placement and Design
20.139.025
Building Design
20.139.030
Architectural Details
20.139.035
Architectural Variety
20.139.040
Building Design
20.139.045
Rood Design
20.139.050
Accessory Building Standards
20.139.055
Side by Side Duplex and Attached House Standards
20.139.060
Back to Back Duplex Standards
20.139.065
Residential Walls and Fences Standards
20.139.005 Purpose.
The purpose of this chapter is to protect the public health, safety and welfare of Port Orchard by guiding
development to ensure that:
(1) Residential structures are designed and constructed in an attractive manner;
(2) Property values are protected;
(3) On and off-street parking areas are used efficiently;
(4) Public spaces are visible from private living areas; and
(5) Neighborhoods are healthy, walkable places.
20.139.010 Applicability.
(1) The standards in this chapter shall apply to detached houses, backyard cottages, cottages within a
cottage court, duplexes, attached houses, townhouses, and accessory buildings as defined in POMC
20.32, in any zone in which they are built as indicated herein. For existing structures that are being
modified or enlarged, the standards shall only apply to the portions of the structure being modified and
to any additions, unless the project valuation exceeds 50 percent of the taxable value for the structure.
(2) When the project valuation exceeds 50 percent of the taxable value for the structure, the entire
structure shall be brought into compliance with this chapter; except that for any portion of the existing
building to which an owner is not proposing structural changes, the city shall not require that portion of
the existing building to be modified in the following ways (except when required pursuant to the city's
building codes):
(a) Moving an existing exterior wall;
(b) Adding additional windows to an existing exterior wall;
(c) Enlarging an existing covered entry;
(d) Relocating an existing garage or driveway;
(e) Replacing existing siding material; and
(f) Modifying an existing roofline.
20.139.015 Residential Garage Configuration Standards.
(1) The configuration and maximum number of garage bays for the building types listed below shall be
limited based on lot width as follows:
Building Type
Lot Width
Maximum number of
side by side enclosed
standard parking stalls
when vehicle access is
from primary street
Detached House
Less than 40 feet
1
> 40 feet up to 74 feet
2
>74 feet up to 100 feet
3
>100
No limit
Backyard Cottage
N/A
N/A
Side -by -side duplex
74 feet or less
1 per unit
>74 feet
2 per unit
Duplex back-to-back
40 feet or less
1 for the front unit, no
limit for rear unit.
>40 feet and up
2 for the front unit, no
limit for rear unit.
Attached House
74 feet or less
1 per dwelling unit
>74 and up
2 per unit
Townhouse
(See POMC 20.127.340
(2) (d))
<30 feet
➢ 30 feet
Not Permitted
1 per unit
Accessory Buildings
N/A
N/A
(2) A side by side interior parking space shall mean an area within a structure designed for the storage of
a single passenger car or light truck.
20.139.020 Garage Placement and Design.
(1) The following provisions apply to detached houses, side by side duplexes, and back to back duplexes.
(a) Where lots front on a public street, and where vehicular access is from the street, garages or
carports shall be set back at least five feet behind the ground floor front wall of the occupied
portion of a house or front edge of an unenclosed porch.
Exceptions:
(i) Garages may project up to six feet closer to the street than the ground floor front
wall of the occupied portion of a structure or front edge of an unenclosed porch,
provided it is set back at least 18 feet from the property line or sidewalk edge (when
sidewalks are present) and incorporates at least two of the design/detail features
below. Garages placed flush with the ground floor front wall (or between zero and five
feet behind the front wall) of the occupied portion of the house shall incorporate at
least one of the design/detail features below:
(A) A decorative trellis or arbor over the entire garage face, above and
surrounding the garage door.
(B) A balcony that extends out over the garage and includes columns.
(C) Two separate doors for two car garages instead of one large door.
2
(D) Decorative windows on the garage door.
(E) Decorative details on the garage door. Standard squares on a garage door
will not qualify as a decorative detail. Traditional visible hinges and handles
(functional or decorative), and other construction methods creating depth and
texture on a garage door surface are acceptable forms of decorative details.
Examples of decorative details are shown in Figure 2.
(F) A garage door color (other than white) that matches or complements the
color of the house.
(G) Other design techniques that effectively deemphasize the garage, as
determined by the director.
(ii) Garages may be placed closer to the street than the front wall of the house or front
edge of an unenclosed porch, provided the garage door faces an interior lot line and
features (a) window(s) facing the street, so that it appears to be habitable.
(iii) Where lots abut an alley, the garage or off-street parking area shall take access from
the alley, unless precluded by steep topography. This requirement shall not apply to
unopened alleys.
Ydr4046 Teckrg
Lrye !itoet ere
reanrea
J
Forch or covered
�� r � nierape fro
entrp 1e71ue-al
wxdpY is
u-iencluxd
' \ _ 7rojn17 Wi;
perch88 (tv M
=06N can or, ed
rite tha kw yard
\ ;�
eeibmx
a
Figure 1: Garage placement/frontage standards and design.
3
ii■ ii.1 ii
I�ii ■■�1 ii i�
■oo IBM ■og 1111
I-E moo 011 US:
ON nu r:•. un .�
Figure 2: Garage design/detail examples.
20.139.025 Building Design.
This section shall apply to detached houses, cottages within a cottage court, all duplex types, attached
houses, and townhouses as defined in Chapter 20.32.
(1) Porches. All detached houses, cottages within a cottage court, attached houses, and all duplex types
shall have a porch meeting the standards of Chapter 20.122.060.
(2) Focal Point. All detached houses, cottages within a cottage court, attached houses, all duplex types,
and townhouses shall include front doors or windows (excluding windows on a garage door or above a
garage door) as a focal point on the front elevation.
(3) Windows and Transparency. All detached houses, cottages within a cottage court, attached houses,
all duplex types, and townhouses shall provide windows and meet transparency requirements as
follows:
(a) Transparent windows and/or doors facing the street are required. To meet this requirement,
at least eight percent of the fagade must be transparent. The fagade is measured from the base
of the house to the start of the roofline and any other vertical walls facing the street, except for
gabled portions of the fagade not containing livable floor area (see Figure 3 for clarification).
Garages located on the street facing wall of the house shall count as part of the facade.
4
I portions of facade not
ling livable floor area do
int as part of the facade.
At least8% of the
facade must be
transparent
windows
Only shaded areas count as part
ofthe facade for the purpose of
Calculating minimum transparency
Figure 3: Fagade transparency.
(b) Building fagades visible from a public street shall employ techniques to recess or project
individual windows above the ground floor at least two inches from the fagade or incorporate
window trim at least three and one-half inches in width that features color that contrasts with
the base building color. Exceptions will be considered where buildings employ two or more
other distinctive window or fagade treatments that add depth and visual interest to the
building. Examples of distinctive window or fagade treatments are shown in Figure 5. Distinctive
window or fagade treatments include:
(i) Shutters on all street facing windows.
(ii) A keystone above a window (on masonry homes).
(iii) Windows containing more than two glass panes (or that give the appearance of
multiple panes).
(iv) Stained or custom glass.
(v) Exterior window sills.
(vi) Significantly increased facade transparency percentages in a modern architectural
application.
(vii) Other design techniques that effectively emphasize windows as an architectural
feature as determined by the director.
riljV .
III _.
Figure 4: Acceptable (left and middle) and unacceptable (right) window design.
5
Figure 5: Examples of distinctive window or facade treatments.
20.139.030 Architectural Details.
This section shall apply to detached houses, cottages within a cottage court, all duplex types, attached
houses, and townhouses.
(1) Architectural Details. Provide for architectural details that add visual interest to the neighborhood
and are well proportioned to achieve good human scale. Specifically, incorporate at least three of the
following detail elements into the facade of the house:
(a) Decorative porch design, including decorative columns or railings.
(b) Bay windows or balconies.
(c) Decorative molding/framing details around all ground floor windows and doors.
(d) Decorative door design including transom and/or side lights or other distinctive feature.
(e) Decorative roofline elements including brackets, multiple dormers, and chimneys.
(f) Decorative building materials, including decorative masonry, shingle, brick, tile, stone, or
other materials with decorative or textural qualities.
(g) Landscaped trellises or other decorative elements that incorporate landscaping near the
building entry.
(h) Distinctive paint schemes (such as a paint scheme consisting of three or more colors).
(i) Other decorative facade elements or details that meet the intent and standards as
determined by the director.
0
Figure 6. Examples of how houses can meet architectural detail criteria. Image A includes decorative windows,
building material treatment, and roofline elements. Image B includes decorative brick use, window treatments,
entry design, and ventilation circles. Image C includes decorative building materials, door/entry feature, windows,
and roofline elements.
20.139.035 Architectural Variety.
This section shall apply to detached houses, all duplex types, and attached houses.
(1) Developments shall achieve architectural variety by accommodating a variety of architectural styles,
variations of the same architectural style, and through the use of multiple design elements. Specifically:
(a) Duplicative house designs adjacent to each other are prohibited. Simple reverse
configurations of the same house design on adjacent lots are not sufficient to meet architectural
variety goals. Exceptions may be granted by the director in special circumstances where similar
architectural consistency provides a distinct character for a cluster of homes surrounding an
open space or on a particular street (cottage homes in a cottage court for example).
(b) Generally, the more houses in a subdivision or on a street block, the greater the number of
different fagade elevations will be required. Specifically, the following subdivision and street
block variety standards shall apply:
(i) Subdivisions:
(A) Ten to 19 structures, a minimum of four different fagade elevations shall be
used.
(B) Twenty to 39 structures, a minimum of five different fagade elevations shall
be used.
(C) Forty to 69 structures, a minimum of six different fagade elevations shall be
used.
(D) Seventy or more structures, a minimum of seven different fagade elevations
shall be used.
(ii) Street Block:
(A) Less than six structures, a minimum of three different fagade elevations shall
be used.
(B) Seven to 10 structures, a minimum of four different fagade elevations shall
be used.
(C) Eleven to 14 structures, a minimum of five different fagade elevations shall
be used.
(D) Fifteen or more structures, a minimum of six different fagade elevations
shall be used.
7
Figure 7. Examples of detached houses featuring different fagade elevations. Notice the different rooflines, entry
features, window designs/locations, exterior materials, and colors.
(c) In order to qualify as a different fagade elevation, dwellings shall have different roofline
configurations, different color palettes, and different porch/entry design. In addition, a
minimum of two of the following alternatives shall be utilized:
(i) Different window openings (location and design).
(ii) One- and two-story houses.
(iii) Different exterior materials and finishes.
(iv) Different garage location, configuration, and design.
(v) Other different design element that helps to distinguish one fagade elevation from
another as determined by the director.
20.139.040 Building Materials.
This section shall apply to detached houses, cottages within a cottage court, all duplex types, attached
houses, and townhouses.
(1) the following building material standards shall be met:
(a) Mirrored glass and exposed concrete block (except for foundation/crawl space walls where
not visible from the street) are prohibited. Board form concrete is acceptable.
(b) T-111 siding and other plywood types of siding (board and batten with a brick, stone, or
horizontal lap siding lower portion of the building is an exception) shall not be used for facades
adjacent to or directly viewable from a street or public place.
20.139.045 Roof Design.
This section shall apply to detached houses, all duplex types, and attached houses.
(1) A variety of articulated roof forms shall be provided for each individual home that emphasize
building form to create visual interest to the neighborhood and to avoid a monotonous series of
rooflines. Roof should exhibit variety between different plans by using front -to -rear and side -to -side
gabled and hipped roofs, and/or by the introduction of single -story elements. Roof materials, colors and
treatments should correspond to the individual character or style of the home and should be compatible
with the overall look of the neighborhood.
(2) All buildings with pitched roofs shall have a minimum slope of four feet vertical rise for every 12 feet
of horizontal run on the primary roof of the building. A continuous pitched roof shall extend no more
than 40 linear feet unless it contains roof elements. Roof elements may include at least one of the
following:
(a) Dormers.
(b) Cupolas.
(c) Gable or hip projection.
W
(c) Hipped roofs or similar construction are encouraged alongside yards in neighborhoods with
closely -adjacent homes to maximize solar access to neighboring homes and/or private open
space, as shown below.
Gabled rodbne
facing side yard ,.
(Ma
FB .HD
0El El F-11
Usable
open space
Hipped roorbne
facng side yard —
roll re*, ce the
amont of shad.ng
to adacent vde yard
On EB
�j
FIR EE
Usable
open spare
Figure 8: Encourage rooflines along the side yard that maximize solar access to adjacent homes and/or private
open space.
20.139.050 Accessory Building Standards.
Accessory buildings (including detached garages) with more than 200 square feet of floor area shall be
designed to be compatible with the primary structure in scale, size, materials, detailing, and roofline, as
determined by the director. Accessory buildings of any size that have more than one story (such as a
loft, mezzanine or attic space), and accessory buildings that will be located within a required fire
separation according to the IRC, may require a building permit.
20.139.055 Side by Side Duplex and Attached House Standards.
Duplexes should be designed similar in nature to single-family homes and shall feature a visible
pedestrian entry and windows facing the street. Specifically, duplexes shall comply with all detached
single-family design standards in this section with the following exceptions and additional provisions:
(1) For sites without alleys, duplexes may include a 20-foot-wide shared driveway or two 12-foot
driveways on opposite ends of the lot.
(2) Separate covered entries for each unit are required with a minimum dimension of four feet by six
feet. Porches up to 200 square feet may project into the required front yard by up to six feet.
(3) Duplexes on corner lots shall place pedestrian entries on separate streets.
(4) At least 10 percent of the street -facing fagade shall be windows or other glazing (e.g., door glazing).
0
Windows facing the street
are required {at least 10%
of the facade area)
Porch can project up to 6' \
into the front yard setback
provided it is at least 48sf
with no dimension less r
than 6
Pdchedfarticulated
roof forms
ROW Edge/Front Property Line
(In this case. back of sidewalk)
Garage doors are set back from the
facade and occupy less than 60 %
of the ground level facade
Figure 9: Duplex design standards.
20.139.060 Back to Back Duplex Standards.
Back to back duplexes shall comply with all of the same standards applicable to detached houses as
listed in POMC 20.139.015-045 and for any unit within a back to back duplex that abuts a public street.
Any rear unit that does not directly abut a public street is encouraged to meet the listed in POMC
20.139.015-045 and to be finished consistent with the forward street abutting unit.
20.139.065 Residential Walls and Fences Standards.
(1) General Standards. The following standards shall apply to all residential development:
(a) Fences and walls shall either be finished (i.e., without exposed supports or stringers) on both sides,
or else shall be installed so that the finished side faces any street.
Figure 10: Fence with finished side facing a street (left); fence finished on both sides (center); fence with finished
side not facing a street (right).
(b) Fences and walls shall follow the contour of the ground as far as practicable. Fences on sloped
ground may be installed on an incline, or may be installed in stepped sections, with or without an
accompanying retaining wall; however, inclined fences and stepped fences and/or walls shall have the
fence and/or fence section height measured in the same manner as level fences and shall comply with
10
the maximum height restrictions as provided in this section. Adjustments for grade shall occur at the
bottom of the fence to every extent possible. See Figure 11.
Figure 11: Fences on slopes.
(c) Solid fencing or wall sections more than 200 feet long located along a street shall include
architectural features, such as masonry, brick or wood -framed columns to break up the street facing
side of the fence. The minimum separation between those features shall be no less than 15 feet.
Examples of acceptable (upper rows) architectural features and unacceptable (bottom row)
architectural features are shown in Figure 12.
Figure 12. Fences that are broken up with architectural features (top two rows) and those that are not broken up
(bottom row).
(d) Approved columns or posts may exceed the height of the fence by one foot and must meet all permit
and setback requirements.
11
(e) Fences shall be maintained in good repair. It shall be a violation of the zoning code to allow a fence
to fall into disrepair.
(2) Fence Height. The following standards shall apply to all residential development:
(a) If a minimum linear distance of 10 feet separates a fence and retaining wall, a fence may be erected
to a height of six feet above the highest finished grade within the 10 foot distance.
(b) All fences in the primary front yard of single-family, duplex and attached residential uses shall not
exceed four feet in height and a minimum 35 percent open area (see Figures 14, 15).
I - ft. tall
—4
8 fi um
�
� open"
opaNaafld
fence
1
! farm
i
1
1
I
i
Min. 2it.
!
t
� from
1
t
%4dewatk
1
Frame! Yard
1 F(pMYjp4
f
I I
-------- ..........................
Sigh
Triangle
Local Strad
Figure 13. Fence type and height— Front vs. side and rear yard.
12
Figure 14: Fences with at least 35 percent open area — open type fence.
(c) All fences in the rear yard, side yard, nonprimary front of single-family, duplex, attached residential,
and multifamily uses may be solid and shall not exceed six feet in height.
(d) A combination fence and retaining wall may be erected to a height of six feet above the highest
finished grade or eight feet above the lowest finished grade, at the location of the fence, except that at
no time shall the fence portion exceed six feet above the highest finished grade at any point (see Figure
15).
Sala Fence
m
X
E
Retaining wall
Figure 15: Fence and retaining wall on grade.
(e) A retaining wall may not elevate a fence to any height more than allowed by this section.
(f) An entry feature or trellis may have a maximum height of 10 feet and maximum width of 10 feet.
(3) Fence and Wall Placement. The following standards shall apply to all residential development:
(a) No portion of a fence shall extend beyond the property line of the fenced property into the public
right-of-way unless allowed by a right of -way use permit.
13
(b) All fences and walls including fence support systems such as posts, pillars and columns shall be set
back at least to the property line and a minimum of two feet from the back edge of the sidewalk to
allow for safe passage by persons on a sidewalk or traveled walkway or where no sidewalk exists then
two feet behind the edge of asphalt.
(c) Vehicular gates must be set back at a minimum 20 feet from the travel surface of the street or back
of curb in order to meet vehicle stacking requirements.
(d) Gates adjacent to sidewalks, alleys and public rights -of -way shall open inward to the private
property.
(e) A fence along common property lines may be placed at the furthest point forward of the adjacent
property if the adjacent property allows for fence placement that differs from the neighbors.
(f) Solid fences and walls may be erected to a height of eight feet to separate a property from an arterial
street or a frontage road adjacent to a highway. The director shall consider the aesthetic, visual, and
noise reduction characteristics of the fence or wall. A building permit may be required for fences
exceeding six feet in height and for walls.
(g) Where a corner lot is permitted to have a solid fence along a nonprimary front property line that
coincides with an adjacent property's primary front yard, no fence will be permitted that creates a site
distance hazard for vehicles exiting that property or for pedestrians walking along a sidewalk or traveled
walkway.
(4) Residential Fence and Wall Materials.
(a) Approved materials for fence construction include, but are not limited to, commercial quality wood,
brick, masonry, metal, stone, wrought iron, manufactured vinyl or PVC fence material or any other
material approved by the director, unless otherwise prohibited by this chapter.
(b) Barbed wire or razor wire is not allowed on any property used for residential purposes or any
property that has residential zoning.
(c) Electrical fencing is allowed only on properties where legal agricultural uses exist and shall be used
solely for the enclosure of livestock. This provision does not prohibit invisible fences.
(d) Combination fences of lattice and other decorative materials may be used in conjunction; however,
at no time shall the combination exceed the overall fence height limitation.
(e) Prohibited fence materials shall include, but are not limited to, aluminum siding, vehicle parts,
smooth face concrete masonry units/blocks, cloth or plastic tarps, scrap wood or any other material not
customarily sold for fencing.
(f) Plastic or temporary construction fence may not be used as a permanent fence material.
(g) Approved materials for wall construction include, but are not limited to: stone, commercial quality
brick, decorative masonry units, or decorative concrete or any other material approved by the director
unless otherwise prohibited by this chapter.
14
f.
-
4w
1' A
Hof
r OF
PORT
ORCHARD
III
70NTNG
MAP
lei i 7!�